The history of Portugal from the first ages of the world, to the late great revolution, under King John IV, in the year MDCXL written in Spanish, by Emanuel de Faria y Sousa, Knight of the Order of Christ ; translated, and continued down to this present year, 1698, by Capt. John Stevens.

The Supplement to Emanuel de Faria e Sousa his Hi∣story of Portugal, from the Year 1640, where he left off, till this present time, collected from the best Authors that have written thereof, and from Authen∣tick Information of Eye-Witnesses.

Anno 1640.

1. THE Spaniards had now been near 60 Years possessed of the Kingdom of Portugal.* 1.1 Phi∣lip the Second of Spain,* 1.2 after the Death of Henry the Cardinal-King, had carryed it against the House of Bragança by force of Arms, tho' with no good Title, and that Kingdom was insensibly become a Pro∣vince of Spain, without any appearance that the Portu∣guese could ever be able to withdraw themselves from that Foreign Subjection. The Nobility of the Kingdom durst not appear in that Splendor which became their Quality, or claim all the Priviledges due to their Birth, for fear of raising a Jealousie in the Spanish Ministers, at a time when Riches, Birth, or Merit••were thought suffi∣cient to render a Man suspicious, and cause him to be per∣secuted. The Gentry were in a manner banished to their Country Houses, and the Commonalty groaned under the heavy Burthen of the Taxes. The Count Duke de Olivares, Prime Minister of State to Philip the Fourth of Spain, thought a new Conquest could never be too much weakned. He knew that the Natural Antipathy which was betwixt the two Nations could not but render the Sovereignty of the Spaniards odious to the Portuguese. That it must be ever offensive to them to see all Places of Trust filled by Strangers, or else by Men of no Ex∣traction, who were wholly devoted to the Interest of Spain. Therefore he thought to secure his Masters Au∣thority by keeping the Nobility out of Employ, the Gentry remote from Business, and the Commonalty so poor, that they could not have the heart to aspire to any change. Besides, he drew out of the Kingdom all the Young Men that were fit to bear Arms, employing them

in Foreign Wars, lest those turbulent Spirits should di∣sturb the Peace of the Government. Yet this proceed∣ing, which might have succeeded, if not pushed on too far, had a far different consequence than was expected, both by reason of the ill Circumstances the Court of Spain then lay under, as also because of the Prime Minister's Character, who was naturally morose and inflexible. No pleasing Methods were now used in raising of Taxes, but they were rather collected as if they had been Con∣tributions gathered in an Enemy's Country. The Por∣tuguese having now nothing more to lose, and as little to hope for, thought of casting off that Subjection, which they always believed unjust, and was now become insup∣port able.

2. Margaret of Savoy,* 1.3 Dutchess of Mantua, governed Portugal with the Title of Vice-Queen, yet she bore only the Title circumscribed within a limited Power. The whole Intrigue of the Government, and all the Autho∣rity was in the Hands of Michael de Vasconcellos, a Por∣tuguese, who, under the Character of Secretary of State, was the absolute Minister in the Kingdom. He received his Orders immediately from the Count Duke, whose Creature he was, and became most acceptable to him by finding Methods to draw great Sums of Money out of Portugal, and by sowing the Seeds of Sedition among the Nobility, favouring some, and depressing others, which raised implacable Enmity betwixt them. This Discord was the Minister's Security, he believing they could never Plot against the Government, who meditated how to exercise their Revenge upon one another.

3. In all Portugal there was none but the Duke of Bragança who could give the Spaniards any Disturbance.* 1.4 That Prince was of a soft and agreeable Temper, much given to his Ease, his Judgment rather sound than piercing; in Business he aimed at the main Point, and could easily dive into such Matters as he applyed himself to, but loved not application. His Father, Duke Theo∣dosius, who was of a fiery Temper, had laboured to in∣graft in him his Natural Hatred to the Spaniards, that he might regard them as Usurpers of his Right, and had done all that in him was, to inspire into him Ambition and Resolution enough to attempt the Recovery of a Crown which was due to him. D. John had imbibed his Father's Sentiments, but that in such measure as was

most suitable to his Peaceable Temper. He hated the Spaniards, but not so as to seek Revenge with the Ex∣pence of his Quiet. He was ambitious, and did not de∣spair of ascending the Throne of his Ancestors, but was not so impatient as his Father had been. He thought it enough to keep within Prospect of his Hopes, without hazarding an easie Life, and more than Private Fortune in Possession, for a Crown that was very uncertain. Doubtless, had he been the Man Duke Theodosius would have had him, he could never have compassed what he aimed at. His Actions were so narrowly looked into by the Count Duke's Order, that if he had not been so entirely given up to his Ease and Pleasure, he must of necessity have been discovered; and if once discovered, his Repose and Fortune had both been sacrificed. The Court of Spain would never have put such Power into his hands, and suffered him to live in the midst of his Country. Nature made him more Politick than Art could have done. His Birth, Estate, and Right to the Crown, were no Crimes, but his being Formidable, was Crime enough, according to the Laws of true Policy. He was not ignorant of it, and found there was no way to wipe off that Guilt, but by rendring himself less to be feared, and appearing wholly devoted to his Pleasure. Nothing was to be seen at Villaviciosa, the ordinary Re∣sidence of the Dukes of Bragança, but Hunting, Feast∣ing, and such-like Country Divertisements, as if Nature and Fortune had conspired to qualifie him for those Times. In short, such was his course of Life, as gave not the Spaniards the least Umbrage of his aspiring to the Crown, and yet it furnished the Portuguese with assured hopes of a wise and mild Government, if they themselves would attempt to Enthrone him.

4. His Conduct could breed no Suspicion,* 1.5 but an Ac∣cident that happened some time before, in which he had no hand, had begun to raise a Jealousie in the Prime Mi∣nister. The People of Evora, provoked by certain new Taxes, had mutinied, and in the heat of that Fury, amidst their Complaints against the Tyranny of the Spaniard, some Acclamations had been heard for the House of Bragança. Here it first appeared how much Philip the Second erred in leaving within the Kingdom a Family so Powerful, and that had so good a Title to the Crown. Hereupon, the Council of Spain resolved

to secure the Duke of Bragança, or at least, to remove him out of Portugal. Immediately the Government of Milan was offered him, which he refused, pleading want of Health, and Knowledge in the Affairs of Italy. The Prime Minister seemingly approved of his Reasons, but found out another Method to draw him to Court. The King being about to March to the Frontiers of Aragon, to punish the Rebellion of the Catalonians, he wrote to the Duke, exhorting him to be present in that Expedi∣tion at the Head of the Nobility of his Country. The Duke,* 1.6 who was upon his Guard against all Artifices of the Court, answered, He was not in a Condition to de∣fray the Expence he must be at in that Expedition, to support the Grandeur of his Family. These repeated Denyals gave the Prime Minister ground to fear the Duke, notwithstanding his Natural Propension to Ease, had still some thoughts of a Crown. Considering there∣fore of what Importance it was to the King his Master, to secure his Person, he omitted nothing that might con∣duce to the compassing his Design. But it being dange∣rous to use Force, because of the great Affection the Por∣tuguese always bore to the House of Bragança, he resol∣ved to bring him to his beck by all imaginable exterior marks of Affection, and of an entire Confidence in him.

5. There was War at that time betwixt France and Spain,* 1.7 and the French Fleet having appeared on the Coast of Portugal, furnished the Prime Minister with a fair Pretence for carrying on his Designs. It was requisite there should be a General to Command the Forces that were to Guard the Coast. This Commission was sent to the Duke with such an Absolute Power, as seemed to put the whole Kingdom into his hands: Yet this served only the better to hide the Bait. For at the same time, D. Lope de Ossorio, Admiral of the Spanish Fleet, had Orders to put into the nearest Port to the Duke, as if he were drove in by stress of Weather, or on some other Pretence, and having drawn him aboard, as to an Enter∣tainment, to carry him away to Spain. But Fortune ordered it otherwise, for the Spanish Admiral lost several Ships in a Storm, and the rest being dispersed, he could not gain the Coast of Portugal. This no way discouraged the Count Duke, who looked upon the Disappointment as meerly accidental, and therefore he laid his Project another away, writing to D. John in such terms, as

expressed the greatest Confidence, lamenting the loss of the Fleet, which left the Coast open to be insulted by the Enemy, and advising him to visit and strengthen those Places that were most exposed. At the same time he sent him 40000 Ducats to raise new Forces, if requi∣site, and to defray the Charge of his Progress. In the mean while, the Governours of all Strong Holds being for the most part Spaniards, had private Instructions to secure him, if a favourable Opportunity were offered, and send him into Spain. D. John suspecting these extraordinary marks of Kindness, made the Minister fall into the Snare he had laid for him. Tho' he returned Thanks for the Trust reposed in him, and gave special Assurances of Fidelity; yet he made use of this Opportunity to pre∣fer his Friends to such Posts as might be most for his own Interest. He made use of the Money to Purchase new Creatures, and always visited the Forts so well at∣tended, that there was no hopes of seizing his Person.

6. All the Court of Spain,* 1.8 being ignorant of the De∣sign it was grounded upon, loudly exclaimed against the Prime Minister for putting such Power into the hands of a Person so suspitious; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the King liked the Project the better, because no Body could dive to the bottom of it. Thus the Duke of Bragança, under colour of exe∣cuting his Employment, freely traversed all Portugal, laying at the same time the Foundation of his future Greatness. He had a Magnificent Retinue, which drew the Eyes of the People after him; he heard all Men with extraordinary Courtesie; he curbed the Insolency of the Soldiers, and at the same time commended the Officers, and used all possible mean•• to oblige them. His Beha∣viour charmed the Nobility, for he received them with obliging marks of Distinction, according to every Man's Merit and Quality. To be short, he bestowed Favours where-ever he came, and yet gained more Friends upon the hopes of what they might promise themselves from him, than what at present they received. So that those who saw him, thought they prayed for their own In∣terest, when they offered up their Vows for his exalta∣tion to the Throne. His Partisans did not neglect at the same time to do all things that might be for the establishing of his Reputation. John Pi••••to Ribeiro, the Comptroller of his Houshold, was the Man that laboured most to reduce to an exact Method the hopes of his

Master's Exaltation, which were yet but in Prospect. This was a vigilant active Man, expert in Business, and passionately zealous for his Master's Promotion, as ho∣ping to have no small hand in the Government, if the Duke ascended the Throne. His Master had owned to him, that he would willingly embrace a fair Opportu∣nity of seizing the Crown, but would not do it like one who had nothing to lose; that therefore he gave him leave to manage that Affair, yet so, as it should never appear that he was any ways concerned.

7. Pinto had long applyed himself to discover what discontented Persons there were at Lisbon,* 1.9 and to increase their number. He spread Complaints against the pre∣sent Government. He put the Nobility in mind of the Honourable Employments their Families enjoyed under their Natural Princes, and represented their being sum∣moned to the War in Catalonia, as an Honourable Ba∣nishment. Among the Merchants and Shop-keepers he complained of the loss of their Trade, discoursed of the Tyranny they lay under, and extolled the Dutch and Catalonians, who had asserted their Liberties. The Clergy he stirred up, by shewing how the Priviledges of the Church were infringed, and benefices given to Strangers, which ought to be the Reward of Merit and Learning among the Natives. Such as he knew to be Malecontents, he discoursed about his Master's Qualities, to sound their Inclinations. So cunningly did he manage their several Humours, that after having secured many in private, he at last gathered a Number of the Nobility, and among them was the Archbishop of Lisbon. This Prelate was of the Family of the Cunhas, which is one of the best in the Kingdom; a Man of ••arts, beloved by the Peo∣ple, but hateful to the Spaniards, for whom he had no less aversion, because they had, through the Interest of the Vice-Queen, given the Archbishoprick of Braga to D. Sebastian de Matos de Noronha, and made him Pre∣sident of the Council, called d'O Paço. The rest that made up this Assembly, were D. Michael de Almeida, so great an Enemy to the Spaniards that he could never be perswaded to appear at Court, D. Antony de Almada, and his Son D. Lewis, D. Lewis da Cunha, Nephew to the Arch∣bishop, Melo, the great Master of the Game, D. George his Brother, Peter de Mendoza, D. Roderick de S••a the Great Chamberlain, and many Officers of the Houshold,

whose Employments were become only Titular, since Portugal had lost its Native Kings. To these, the Arch∣bishop, who was naturally a well-spoken Man, made a Speech, representing the state of the Kingdom, since it fell into the hands of the Spaniards, in its most hideous form. He shewed them, how Philip the Second, to se∣cure his Conquest, had put to Death many of the No∣bility, not sparing even the Clergy, having to that effect obtained a Bull from the Pope. How the Spaniards had ever since followed the same Maxims of Government. That no Man's Life or Estate was safe. That the Nobi∣lity was slighted, Benefices given to unworthy Persons, the People consumed with Taxes, the Country lay waste, and Towns desart, the Men being carryed away by force to the War in Catalonia. That the last Orders from Court for Summoning the Arrier-Ban, served only to draw away all the Nobility, that they might end their days in Exile, whilst their Estates were given away to Strangers. In fine, that he would rather wish to die, than survive the utter Ruin of his Country, and hoped so many Worthy Persons were not met there to no pur∣pose.

8. This Discourse renewed the Memory of every man's private Grievances,* 1.10 but above all, they resented the Sum∣mons for Catalonia, as designed for their utter Ruin. These Considerations, and the desire of Revenge, made them resolve to take the necessary Measures for shaking off so heavy a Yoke. They blamed themselves for ha∣ving suffered patiently so long, and concluded it was absolutely necessary to expel the Spaniards, but were divided upon what Form of Government to choose. Some were for a Commonwealth, like that of Holland. The others were for a King, but differed about the Per∣son; some proposing the Duke of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, others the Marquess of Villarcal, and others the Duke of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, all three Princes of the Blood-Royal of Portugal; every Man speaking according to his private Affection, or pro∣spect of Advantage. The Archbishop, who was entirely devoted to the House or Bragança, making use of the Authority of his Character, declared to them, that the choice of a Governour was not Arbitrary, since they could not in Conscience break the Oath of Fidelity they had taken to Spain, unless it were to enthrone the Right∣ful Heir to the Crown, which was the Duke of Bragança.

Besides that, his Power and Interest was such, that with∣out him, they could hope for no Success, tho' he were not, as indeed he was, the first Prince of the Blood. Then he descanted upon the Duke's good Qualities, and so managed the Assembly, that they all resolved to make him their King, and that every Man should use the ut∣most of his Endeavours for carrying on that Design. Thus the Assembly broke up, having first fixed the Time and Place for another Meeting, wherein they should take the necessary Measures to secure a speedy and happy Suc∣cess to their Enterprize. Pinto seeing all well disposed in favour of his Master, writ privately to him, to draw near to Lisbon, as well to encourage the Conspirators by his Presence, as to take Order with them about putting the Design in execution. Upon this Advice, the Duke some days after set forward from Villaviciosa, and came to Almada, a Village opposite to Lisbon, on the other side the River, as if he had fallen in there accidentally in his Progress through the Kingdom. He had so splen∣did an Equipage, and was followed by such a Numerous Train of Persons of Quality and Officers, that he looked more like a King going to take Possession of his Crown, than a General that was visiting the Posts under his Charge.* 1.11 Being so near Lisbon, he could not omit paying his Respects to the Vice-Queen. When he entred the Great Court before the Palace, all the Avenues were thronged with People flocking to see him, and all the Nobility came to Conduct him before the Vice-Queen. Such was the Joy throughout the City at the first sight of him, that he seemed either to want only a Herald to Proclaim his King then, or else courage to seize the Crown. But he was too wise, to commit his Fortune to the wild Sallies of the giddy Multitude; and therefore having visited the Vice-Queen, he instantly retired to Almada, without so much as entring the House of Bra∣gança, for fear of heightning the Jealousie of the Spa∣niards, who were already too much alarmed.

9. Pinto having made the Conspirators observe his Master's fearful Cautiousness,* 1.12 said, they must make their Advantage of his stay at Almada, and use a sort of Vio∣lence to oblige him to accept of the Crown. His Advice being approved of, they gave him in charge to know of his Master, when they might wait upon him with their Proposals; which he did, upon Condition only three of

the Conspirators should come to him. Michael de Al∣meida, Antony de Almada, and Mendoza, were accord∣ingly privately conducted into the Duke's Closet at Al∣mada. Antony de Almada represented to him the mise∣rable state of the Kingdom, the little Security any Man had of his Life or Estate, and that even he himself had no other Refuge to fly to but the Crown. He shewed him the low Condition the Spaniards were reduced to, the Assistance he might expect from Foreign Princes who were Enemies to the House of Austria, and parti∣cularly from France, the Conveniency of the Sea for bringing of Succours; and lastly, the small Number of Spaniards that were left in Portugal, the Garrisons being drained to supply the Army in Catalonia. This Discourse was pleasing enough to the Duke, yet nevertheless keep∣ing himself within the Bounds of his Natural Timidity, he answered so as they might not have cause to despair of him, nor to hope much more than they did before; telling them, He was sensible of the deplorable Condi∣tion of the Kingdom, and of his own Danger; that he commended their Zeal for their Country, and was be∣holding to them for their good Wishes towards him; but that it was not as yet time to think of applying such violent Remedies, which might prove of Fatal Conse∣quence. To this dubious Answer, he added such Caresses and particular Thanks, that they could no longer doubt but that their Proposals were acceptable, and yet they found he would make no advances till the Success of their Enterprize was past all danger. After some private Con∣ference with Pinto, he returned to Villaviciosa, but not with that inward quiet which he used to enjoy as a pri∣vate Man, and therefore immediately communicated the whole Affair to the Dutchess. This Lady was by Birth a Spaniard, and Sister to the Duke of Medina Si∣donia, a Grandee of Spain, and Governour of Andaluzia. She was naturally ambitious, and her Father had endea∣voured to improve that Inclination in her. Besides her Knowledge in other Languages, she was so perfect in her own, and had such an insinuating way, that she drew all mens hearts. All the Customs of Portugal she had made Natural to her self, and had by her extraordinary Application and Carriage gained an absolute Ascendant over her Husband, who never undertook any thing of moment without her Advice, and therefore could not

proceed farther in this Affair without consulting her. To her he revealed the whole Conspiracy, the Parties concerned, their Zeal in carrying it on, and all that had happened to him at Lisbon, and at Almada in the Con∣ference. He told her how much the Nobility were of∣fended at the Expedition against Catalonia. That never∣theless, the greatness of the Danger discouraged him, as did the fear that the Great Ones, out of Envy, would oppose him; that the Power of the King of Spain was formidable, and little Confidence to be reposed in Foreign Princes. These Considerations weighed more with the Duke, than the desire he had of a Crown. But the Dutches, whose A••••••ion was more rooted, presently embraced the hor•••• of a Crown, and used all the Argu∣ments her Rhetorick could furnish her with to perswade him, yet so, as that he should see a greater Number of Conspirators engag••••, and never openly espouse the Cause, till the moment it should be put in execution.

10. The Court at this time was not free from Care.* 1.13 The extraordinary Joy the People express'd at Lisbon, at the sight of the Duke, alarmed the Prime Minister. He suspected there were Private Cabals held at Lisbon, and certain groundless Reports, which are commonly the fore-runners of great Revolutions, increased his Jealousie. Several Councils were held hereupon, and it was finally resolved to call the Duke of Bragança to Madrid, that so the Portuguese, wanting a Head, might have no hopes left of succeeding in their intended Revolt. On the 20th. of October, 1640. the Count Duke de Olivares sent an Express to the Duke of Bragança,* 1.14 to acquaint him, the King expected him at Court, to be informed by him of the Posture of Affairs in Portugal, assuring him he should receive all marks of Honour that were due to his Birth and Quality. This Positive Command strangly surprized him, as knowing, should he refuse to Obey, the next Orders would be, for carrying him away by force; and thinking he was betrayed, concluded himself fallen into the depth of all Misfortunes.* 1.15 Nevertheless, that he might gain time, and advertise the Conspirators of his Danger, by the Advice of his Dutchess, he sent a Gentleman to Madrid, to assure the Prime Minister of his Resolution to appear suddenly before the King. This Gentleman had private Instructions to find some coun∣terfeit Excuses for his delay from time to time. Being

come to Madrid, he assured the King that his Master followed him. He hired a great House, bought Rich Furniture, hired Servants, and lay'd out much Money, as if he daily expected his Master. Soon after, he pre∣tended he had received Advice, that his Master was sick; and finding this Fraud would not last long, presented a Memorial to the Prime Minister, desiring that the King would ascertain in what manner his Master should be received at Court. This was done, in hopes that the Grandees opposing him, the Dispute might be held on foot some considerable time. But the Count Duke, to avoid all delays, perswaded the King to decide the Con∣troversie in favour of the Duke of Bragança; so that he could 〈◊〉〈◊〉 longer doubt of as Honourable a Reception as he cou〈◊〉〈◊〉 himself desire.

11. As soon as the Conspirators understood what Or∣ders the Duke had received from Court, they sent Men∣doza to assure him of their stedfastness, and to perswade him openly to joyn with them. They met a Hunting, and being withdrawn into a Wood, Mendoza made use of the most pre••ing Arguments to engage him to espouse his own Quarrel. The Duke answered, He approved of their Proceedings, and was fully resolved to Head them. Mendoza returning to Lisbon, informed the Conspirators how he had sped, and that the Duke would have Pinto repair to him. He was sent, and with him the whole Scheme of their intended Proceedings. Pinto acquainted his Master, how great a Misunderstanding there was be∣twixt the Vice-Queen and the Secretary Vasconcellos, and withal told him, nothing could have fallen out more advantageously for advancing his Affairs. The Duke, who was fully convinced of the force of his Reasons, found himself more pressed forward by the Gentleman he had sent to Madrid, for he writ, that the Prime Mi∣nister would admit of no longer delays. This made him resolve to lose no time. However, he writ to that Gentleman, that he should acquaint the Count Duke de Olivares, that he would have been at Madrid long since, but for want of Money to support his Dignity••, which as soon as it could be raised, he would set out towards the Court. The Duke carryed Pinto to the Dutchess's Apartment, where several Methods were pro∣posed about the Execution of their Design. At length the Duke concluded that Lisbon should be secured, for

that being the Capital City, would shake the whole Kingdom, and that the same day it was done, he would cause himself to be proclaimed King in all the Towns that depended on him. That such of his Friends as were Governours of Towns should do the like where they commanded; and that the People should be made to rise, even in the Villages that were subject to any of the Conspirators; to the end that the Conflagration being general throughout the Kingdom, those few Spaniards that were in it might not know which part to have re∣course to first. That he would march his own Regiment into Elvas, the Governour of which Place was wholly at his Devotion. That as to the securing of Lisbon, he must leave it to them to Act as Opportunity should offer. Nevertheless, his Advice was, that their first ••••••rts should be made against the Palace, that having seized the Vice-Queen, and all the Spaniards, they might serve as Ho∣stages to oblige the Citadel to Surrender, which might otherwise incommode the City. He gave Pinto two Let∣ters of Credence, directed to Almeida and Mendoza, only requiring them to give entire Credit to the Bearer, and to be faithful and couragious in putting what they had promised in execution.

12. Being come to Lisbon, Pinto delivered his Credentials to Almeida and Mendoza. Then they sent for Lemos and Correa,* 1.16 two Citizens of the Duke's Faction, who em∣ploying many Workmen, and having gone through all the Offices of the City, were in great Reputation among the People. They had before made it their business to incense the Citizens against the Spaniards, by spreading Reports of new Taxes to be raised, and had designedly discharged many of their Workmen, pretending that the Trade being lost, they had no Business for them; but in truth, that Want might make them the readier to rise; and yet from time to time they relieved them, that they might be entirely at their Devotion. Besides, they held Intelligence with the chief Men of every Quarter, so that they assured the Conspirators, that having but one day's Warning, they could raise the greatest part of the Peo∣ple at an hour appointed. Having made sure of the Tradesmen, Pinto admonished the other Conspirators to be ready upon the first Notice given them, and to secure as many Friends as they could, as it were upon some Private Design, without entrusting them with the Secret.

All things being disposed as they could desire, Almeida, Men∣doza, Almada, Melo, and Pinto met, and fixed Saturday, the first of December, for putting their Enterprize in execution. Advice was immediately sent to the Duke, that he might the same day cause himself to be proclaimed King throughout the Province of Alentejo, which for the most part held of him; and it was agreed, they should have one Meeting more, to fix their ultimate Resolutions. On the 25th. of Novem∣ber they met at Night, as had been agreed, in the Palace of Bragança. They found they could make up near 150 Gen∣tlemen, most of them Chiefs of Families, with all their Ser∣vants, and about 200 Citizens and Tradesmen, who by their Reputation could easily draw the greatest part of the People after them. It was resolved Vasconçellos should fall a Victim to the Resentments of Portugal. Some there were who pro∣posed that the Archbishop of Braga should undergo the same Fate, as being a great Friend to the Spaniards, and For∣midable for his great Parts. But D. Michael de Almeida op∣posed it, representing how odious the Murder of a Person of such Dignity would render them to the whole World, and that it would draw the Indignation of all the Clergy upon the Duke of Bragança. Nothing remained now but to order the manner of their Rendevouz, and giving the Attack. It was agreed, that they should divide themselves into four Bodies, which at one and the same time should rush into the Palace, that having possessed all the Avenues, the Spaniards might be kept asunder, and so disabled from relieving one another. That D. Michael de Almeida should Attack the German Guard at the Palace Gate. Melo, the Great Master of the Game, his Brother, and D. Stephen da Cunha, at the Head of the Citi∣zens, were to Attack a Company of Spaniards that mounted daily at a Place, called The Fort. Tello de Meneses, Emanuel de Saa, the Great Chamberlain, and Pinto, were to secure the Apartment of Vasconcellos, and to make him away imme∣diately. D. Antony de Almada, Mendoza, D. Charles de No∣ronha, and Antony de Saldanha had it in Charge to seize the Vice-Queen, and all the Spaniards that were in the Palace, to be kept as Hostages, in case of need. That whilst they were busie in making themselves Masters of their several Posts, some Horsemen should be detached to Proclaim John, Duke of Bragança, King of Portugal, about the City. That having gathered the Multitude into the Streets, they might make use of them as there should be occasion. The As∣sembly broke up, having agreed to meet on Saturday the first of December, some at Almeida's House, and others at those of Almada and Mendoza, where the Conspirators were to Arm themselves.

13. Whilst the Duke of Bragança and his Friends thus pursued their Ends, the Prime Minister, alarmed at his De∣lays, sent away an Express to him, with positive Orders for him to come away instantly; and that he might have no Excuse, sent him a Bill upon the Treasury for 10000 Du∣cats. This Command admitted of no Demurs, and there∣fore in the presence of the Gentleman that brought the Ex∣press, he gave Orders for his Family to set forwards towards Madrid, and dispatched a Gentleman to the Vice-Queen, to acquaint her with his Departure. He writ to the Prime Minister, assuring him, he would be at Court within Eight Days,* 1.17 and at the same time acquainted the Conspirators with what had happened, shewing them the absolute necessity there was of executing their Designs on the day appointed. Nor were the Conspirators backward; but some odd Acci∣dents had like to have put off the Execution, if not broke all their Measures. Almada revealed the whole Design to a Man of Quality, that used always to rail violently against the Spa∣niards, but finding him timorous, with his drawn Sword made him swear Fidelity. Nevertheless, suspecting the Man, he kept his Eye upon him, and acquainting his Associates with his Jealousie, they resolved to delay their Enterprize; yet the next day perceiving all was quiet, they were ashamed to have been so easily terrified, and persisted in their first Re∣solution. Another thing fell out, which cast a great Damp on them; for on the Eve of the Day appointed to rise, Vas∣concellos the Secretary was seen to cross the River, which they imagined he did upon some Intimation of the Design, and that he went to bring over some Forces from the other side; but he returning at Night, having only been at an Entertainment, all was calm again. It was late before the Conspirators parted. George de Melo, who lodged at a Kins∣man's House out of the Town, thought he would take it ill, that he had not been acquainted with the Design, and therefore at his return home, gave him a full Account of the whole Matter. The other, tho' surprized, seemed to rejoyce at it, and thanked Melo for reposing such Confidence in him. They parted, and Melo being in his Chamber, began to blame himself for his rashness, in trusting a Man he was not well assured of. Walking in his Room full of these troubled Thoughts, he heard some noise, and looking cut of his Win∣dow, could perceive his Kinsman ready to take Horse. He ran down in a rage with his Sword in his hand, and by force made him return to his Chamber, then taking the Keys of the House, secured him till the next day, at which time the other complyed, and resolved to joyn with the rest of the Con∣spirators.

14. At length the Day came which was to decide whether

the Duke of Bragança should deserve the Title of King,* 1.18 and Deliverer of his Country, or be called Rebel, and Enemy to the State. The Conspirators met early at the Houses of Al∣meida and the other great Men, where they were to Arm themselves. In all their Countenances appeared such Confi∣dence, as gave assured hope of Victory; but what is most Re∣markable, is, that among so many Persons as were concerned, and some of them Women, none should fail of their Word, or betray their Trust. All being armed, they repaired to the Palace by several ways, and most of them in Litters, the better to conceal their Number and Arms. They were divided into four Bodies, as had been agreed, and expected the Clock should strike Eight, which was the moment appointed to fall on. As soon as the Clock struck, Pinto gave the Signal agreed upon, by firing a Pistol, and then all Parties fell to their Work. D. Michael de Almeida fell upon the German Guard, which being surprized, for the most part unarmed, was overcome without much strugling. The Great Master of the Game, his Brother, and D. Stephen da Cunha charged the Spanish Com∣pany before the Palace, at the Place, called The Fort. Most of the Townsmen, who knew of the Design, were in this Action, and boldly fell in with Sword in Hand upon the Court of Guard. None signalized himself more than a Priest, who carrying a Crucifix in one hand, and a Sword in the other, amidst his loud Exhortations ceased not to Act beyond the most desperate of the Conspirators. None could stand before him; so that after some small Resistance, the Spanish Officer and his Soldiers were forced to Surrender themselves, and for safety of their Lives, to cry out with the rest, God save the Duke of Bragança, King of Portugal. Pinto having made his way into the Palace, headed those that were to Attack Vasconcellos his Apartment. At the foot of the Stairs they met Francis Soarez de Albergaria, Judge of the Civil Causes, who seeing this Tumult, would have interposed his Authority to appease them; but hearing all cry▪ God save the Duke of Bragança he thinking in the Duty of his Office, cry'd▪ God save the King of Spain and Portugal. This cost him his Life, for one of the Conspirators shot him with a Pistol think∣ing it meritorious to punish that Fidelity which now became Criminal. Antony Correa, first Clerk to the Secretary, ran out upon the noise, and was stabb'd by D. Antony de Meneses, yet ye turned up his Eyes full of Revenge, and said, What I dare you strike me? All the Answer Meneses returned, was to stab him three or four times again, till he fell, yet he survived all these Wounds, to die some time after by the hand of the Hangman••▪ Being quit of this Obstacle, the Conspirators pressed forward towards the Secretary's Chamber. James 〈…〉〈…〉 a Captain of Foot, was then with him, who

seeing so many armed Men, and supposing they sought the Life of Vasconcellos, tho' he owed no Obligation to that Mi∣nister, yet out of meer Generosity he endeavoured to keep the Door with his Sword, till the Secretary could make his escape; but being wounded in his Right Arm, so that he could not hold his Sword, and over-powered by the Multi∣tude, he leaped out at a Window, and had the good Fortune to escape. Immediately the Conspirators broke into the Cham∣ber, and not finding the Secretary, tho' they searched all cor∣ners, they threatned an Old Woman-Servant with present Death, if she did not discover him; and she, to save her Life, pointed to the Place where he was, being a close Cupboard or Closet, taken out of the thickness of the Wall, where they found him covered with Papers. Fear prevented his uttering one word, and D. Roderick de Saa gave him the first Wound, firing a Pistol at him; after which, several of the Conspi∣rators having struck him, they cast the Body out at the Win∣dow, crying, The Tyrant is dead, let Liberty live, and D. John, King of Portugal.

15. The Multitude, who had flocked to the Palace, gave great shouts of Joy, seeing the Body cast down, and falling upon it, every one endeavoured to have a stroke at it. Such was the end of Vasconcellos, a Man of great Parts, and inde∣fatigable, who had gathered vast Riches, part whereof was plundered in this hurly-burly.* 1.19 Pinto losing no time, hasted to joyn the Party that was to seize the Vice-Queen, and found they and all the rest were already successful. Those who were to enter that Princess's Apartment being come to the Door, and the enraged Multitude crying out, they would set fire to it, if not opened quickly, the Vice-Queen with her Ladies, and the Archbishop of Braga, appeared in her Cham∣ber, believing her Presence would appease the Nobility, and cause the Commonalty to retire. Whereupon advancing some steps towards the chief of the Conspirators, she said, I confess, Gentlemen, that the Secretary has justly incurred the ha∣tred of the People, and your Indignation, by his Austerity and in∣solent manner of proceeding. His Death is a sufficient Revenge. Believe that what has hitherto passed, may be attributed to the hatred conceived against the Secretary, but if you proceed in this Uproar, you cannot avoid being reputed Rebels, and you will de∣prive me of means of excusing you to the King. D. Antony de Meneses answered, That so many Persons of Worth were not met only to punish a Wretch, who ought to have died by the Hands of the Hangman; that they came to do Right to the Duke of Braganza, to whom the Crown of Right apper∣tained. She would have replyed, but Almeida fearing the Conspirators might cool, said, Portugal had no King but the Duke of Braganza; and then all the Conspirators cryed out,

God save D. John, King of Port•••••• The Vice-Queen seeing them past reclaiming, thought to find more Respect in the City, but as she offered to go down, D. Charles de Noronha prayed her to retire to her Chamber, and not expose her self to the fury of the incensed People. In a Rage, finding her self forcibly detained, she cryed out, Why, what can the Peo∣ple do to me? To which Noronha rudely answered. Nothing, Madam, but throw your Highness out at the Window. The Arch∣bishop of Braga, enraged at what Noronha said, snatched a Sword from a Soldier, and offered to run upon the Conspi∣rators in Vindication of the Vice-Queen; but D. Michael de Almeida laid hold of and told him the danger of provoking those, who, but for him, had decreed his Death. This made him curb his Passion, in hopes of a more favourable Oppor∣tunity of Revenging himself upon Noronha. The rest of the Conspirators seized the Spaniards that were in the Palace, or City. The Marquess de la Puebla Steward to the Vice Queen, D. James Cardenas, Major-General; D. Ferdinand de Castro, Intendant of the Sea, the Marquess de Bainetto, an Italian, Master of the Horse to the Vice-Queen, and several Sea-Officers, were made Prisoners; which was done with as great ease, as if they had been apprehended by Order of the King of Spain. No Man stirred to defend them, and they were in no condition to do it, being most of them taken in Bed.

16. This done, Antony de Saldanha led the People to the Courts of Judicature, where he made an Harangue to them upon the present Happiness of Portugal, in being delivered from Tyranny,* 1.20 and restored to their Natural Prince. His words were received with general Applause, and all Proceed∣ings for the future ordered to run in the Name of D. John, King of Portugal. In the mean while, D. Gaston Coutinho re∣leased all those out of Prison, who had been committed through the Severity of the Spanish Ministers; and they thus unexpectedly delivered, formed themselves into a Body, no less Formidable than, that of the first Conspirators. Amidst this general Joy, Pinto and the other Principal Men were not free from Care. The Spaniards were still possessed of the Citadel, whence they might Canonade the City, and whilst it held out, the King of Spain had always an inlet at Command. Therefore thinking they had done nothing, till they were Masters of that Place, they went to the Vice-Queen,* 1.21 demanding of her an Order for the Governour to deliver it up to them. She rejected them with scorn; but Almada swearing, if she persisted, he would instantly Mur∣der all the Spaniards that were taken; For fear of Sacrifi∣cing so many Persons of Quality, she signed the Order, believing the Governour knew his Duty too well, to obey an Order, he could not but be convinced, was extorted from

her. It fell not out as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 expected, for the Spanish Go∣vernour, D. Lewis del Campo, a Man of no Resolution, see∣ing all the Conspirators in Arms before the Citadel, vow∣ing they would put the Garrison to the Sword, unless they instantly surrendred, was glad to depart with so good a Pretence to hide his Cowardize. The Citadel being sur∣rendred, and the Conspirators now secure on all sides, they immediately dispatched Mendoza, and the Great Ma∣ster of the Game to carry the Happy News to the Duke of Braganza, and assure him there wanted nothing to compleat the People's Happiness but the Presence of their King. Yet was not his Presence equally desired by all Men. The No∣bility looked upon his Exaltation with an envious Eye; The Gentry, who had no hand in the Conspiracy, stood dubious. Some said, they knew not whether he would justifie those proceedings. The Creatures of Spain were in a Conster∣nation, and only took care to save themselves from the Fury of the Multitude. The Duke's Friends, knowing his Intention, prosecuted their Business. They met at the Pa∣lace to settle Affairs till the Arrival of the King, and un∣animously chose the Archbishop of Lisbon President of the Council, and Lieutenant of the Kingdom. He refused at first, saying, there was more need of a General, than a Person of his Character, but soon complyed, upon Condi∣tion, the Archbishop of Braga should be joyned in Com∣mission with him. This subtil Prelate's Design was, to make the other as guilty, in respect of the Spaniards, as him∣self, if he accepted; or if he refused, to render him odious to the new King and People. He of Braga perceived the Snare, but being wholly devoted to the Spaniards, posi∣tively refused to have any share in the Government. Thus the whole Power fell into the Hands of the Archbishop of Lisbon. D. Michael de Almeida, Peter de Mendoza, and D. An∣tony de Almada, were appointed his Counsellors.

17. The Governour's first care was to make himself Ma∣ster of three great Spanish Galeons that were in the Port.* 1.22 Several Barks were fitted out, and manned with the choice Youth of the City, each endeavouring to signalize himself, but they met with no Opposition, the Officers, and most of the Soldiers having been secured ashore, at such time as the Conspiracy took effect. Expresses were sent the same Even∣ing to all the Provinces to excite the People to give Thanks to Heaven for the Recovery of their Liberty, and Command∣ing all Magistrates to cause the Duke of Braganza to be proclaimed King, and to secure all the Spaniards. The next care was to dispose all things for the Reception of the new King. The Archbishop acquainted the Vice-Queen she must withdraw, to make room for the King and his Family. He

caused an Apartment to be furnished for her in the Royal Mansion-House of Xabregas, which is in the Suburbs. The Vice-Queen, upon the first Order, left the Palace, but with a Countenance full of Indignation, and without speaking one Word. Only a few of her own Servants, and the Archbishop of Braga, though with the hazard of his Life, attended her. Still the Duke of Braganza was in suspense, not knowing how Affairs had succeeded at Lisbon, till Melo and Mendoza arriv'd at Villaviciosa. By the joy of their Countenances, and their casting themselves at his Feet, more then by their Words, he understood he was King of Portugal. He conducted them to the Dutchess, to relate what had happened, and they gave her the Title of Majesty; whereas the former Kings and Queens of Portugal had only the Stile of Highness given them.* 1.23 That same Day D. John was proclaimed King in all the Towns that depended of him. Alfonso de Melo did the same at Elvas. The new King set forward for Lisbon with the same Equipage he had provided to go to the Court of Spain He was attended by the Marquess de Ferreira his Kinsman, the Count de Vimioso, and many other Persons of Quality. The Queen was left at Villavicio∣sa to confirm that Province in its Obedience, by her Pre∣sence. All the ways as he went were thronged with Peo∣ple, that ran to see him, pouring Blessings on him, and Cur∣ses on the Spaniards. All the Nobility, Officers of the Crown, and principal Magistrates went out to receive him far from Lisbon, where he made his Entry amidst the joyful Acclama∣tions of the Multitude, on the 6th. of December. All that Night the City was enlightned with Bonfires and Illuminati∣ons, which gave occasion to a Spaniard to say, That he was a happy Prince, since all that Kingdom had cost him but one Bonfire.

18. The whole Kingdom followed the Example of Lisbon,* 1.24 as if there had been a particular Conspiracy in every Town. Expresses arriv'd at Court daily, bringing the King Advice, of Towns, and whole Provinces that had expelled the Spa∣niards, and submitted themselves to him. The Governours of other strong Places had no more Courage than he of Lis∣bon. most of them shamefully marching away without so much as firing a Musket. Thus within Fifteen Days the Spaniards were drove out of all the Kingdom of Portugal. Only D. Ferdinand de la Cu••va,* 1.25 Governour of the Castle of St. Julian, at the Mouth of the River 〈◊〉〈◊〉, appeared reso∣lutely set down to keep that Fortress for the King his Ma∣ster. The Garrison consisted only of Spaniards comman∣ded by brave Officers, who made a vigorous Resistance at the first Approaches of the Portuguese▪ There was no remedy but to besiege the Place in form. Heavy Cannon was brought

from Lisbon, the Trenches opened, and carried on to the Counterscarp, notwithstanding the continual Fire, and fre∣quent Sallies of the besieged. But Treaty being the surest, and often the shortest way, the King made such Advantagi∣ous Proposals to the Governour as he had not the Power to withstand. The great Summs the King offered him, toge∣ther with a Commendary of the Order of Christ, prevailed with him. The Treaty was concluded, and the Fortress sur∣rendred, upon pretence he had not a sufficient Garrison to defend it, notwithstanding the principal Officers refused to sign the Capitulation, and principally D. Roderick Chalon, a young Gentleman of Andaluzia, of great Courage, and Colonel of a Regiment, who offered to hold out three Weeks longer to expect the Succours from Spain, which they heard to be at Sea, under the Conduct of the Duke of Maqueda. The King thought it not fit longer to delay his Coronation, that his Royal Authority might become the more Sacred, and his Person more respected among the People. This Ceremony was perfor∣med on the 15th. of December, with all possible Magnificence. The Duke of Aveiro, the Marquess of Villareal, the Duke de Caminha his Son, the Count de Monsanto, and all the Nobi∣lity of the Kingdom assisted at the Ceremony. The Arch∣bishop of Lisbon, at the head of his Clergy, and attended by several other Bishops, received the King at the Gate of the Cathedral, and there all the Three Estates took the Oath of Fidelity to him. A few Days after the Queen came to Lisbon, having been received at a distance by the whole Court, and the King himself.

19. The News of this Revolution being soon carried to the Court of Spain,* 1.26 struck to the Heart of the Prime-Mini∣ster; yet making the best of that Disaster, he accosted the King with a Countenance chearful, and full of Assurance, saying, Sir, I bring you happy News, your Majesty has just now gained a great Dutchy, and a considerable par••el of Lands. The King, in a surprize, asked in what manner. Sir, replied the Minister, the Duke of Braganza is run mad, he has suffered himself to be deluded by the Multitude, who have proclaimed him King of Portugal, now all his Lands are forfeited to the Crown, and that Family being extirpated, your Majesty will, for the future, possess that Kingdom in Peace. The King was not much taken with these plausible Words, and only told him, That Care must be taken to suppress a Rebellion that might prove of dangerous Consequence.

Anno, 1641.

1. THE new King of Portugal omitted nothing that might conduce to his Establishment on the Throne. After his Arrival at Lisbon,* 1.27 he presently appointed Gover∣nours for all the Frontier Towns, choosing for that pur∣pose Men of Fidelity, Valour and Experience, who im∣mediately went away to their Posts with what Forces they could gather, and used all possible diligence to put the places committed to them into a posture of defence. Commissions were given out to raise Forces, and imme∣diately after the Coronation, the Cortes or Parliament was Summon'd: They met the 28th of January, and by a solemn Act acknowledg'd King John to be their lawful and rightful Soveraign, as descended by the Princess his Mother from Prince Edward, Son to King Emanuel. In this Assembly of the three Estates, the King declared, that for the support of his Houshold, he would content himself with his own private Revenue, and would lay apart all those of the Crown to supply the ne∣cessities of the Kingdom, and that the people might re∣lish the sweetness of his Government, he abolished all new Taxes imposed by the Spaniards. The most consi∣derable employments he gave to such of the Conspira∣tors as had best deserved, yet, Pinto had no share in this promotion, but nevertheless, had so great an influence over the King, that though he had not the Title of a Minister of State, nothing of moment was done without him. Having settled all things at home, the King next bent his thoughts towards Foreign Princes.* 1.28 He dispat∣ched Ambassadors to all the Courts of Europe, to move them to own him, and at the same time to gain Allies and raise new Enemies to the House of Austria. A League offensive and defensive was concluded with the Hollanders and Catalonians, both at that time in Rebel∣lion against the King of Spain. That Monarch nor be∣ing in a condition to use immediate force for the redu∣cing of Portugal, still hop'd he might by fair means or threats work upon the new King, and to that end writ a Letter to him in the Stile of a Sovereign, but in most affectionate terms. The Answer was such as no less tou∣ched the King of Spain, than the News of the Revolt

had done before. He had his hands full in Flanders, Italy, Roussillon and Catalonia, and yet rather than seem to abate any thing of his Royal Grandeur, resolved to hazard all, rather than suffer this Affront to pass un∣revenged. The Duke of Medina Sidonia was order'd to raise Forces in Andaluzia, the Count de Monterey in the two Castiles, and the Marquess de Valparaiso in Leon and Galicia. And because a Fleet was the most abso∣lutely necessary, the Duke de Maqueda Admiral of the Ocean, had Orders to gather all the Vessels that were fit for Service, and to infest the Coast, whilst the others acted by Land.

2. Of all the Ambassadors sent by the King of Por∣tugal to the Christian Princes,* 1.29 only the Bishop of Lame∣go designed for Rome, miscarried: The Master of the Vessel that carried him, put into Cartagena, a Port of the Kingdom of Murcia, and delivered him up to the Spa∣niards, for which Treachery, he received a Reward of 2000 Crowns. That Prelate's Life was in great dan∣ger, for he had certainly been Executed but that the King was put in mind that the Marquess de la Puebl••, and five or six other persons of Quality were Prisoners at Lisbon. This Consideration mov'd him to order the Bishop should be civilly Treated, least, the Prisoners at Lisbon might suffer for his sake. Fortune, which the Year before had so highly favoured the new King, still seemed wholly devoted to his Party. All the Forts on the Coast of Africk, (except Ceuta, and Tangier, which at last afterwards submitted) upon the first News of what had hapned in Portugal, withdrew themselves from their Obedience to the Spaniards, and sent to acknow∣ledge King John, and assure him of their utmost Fide∣lity. Nor was this all, for the Vice-Roy of Brasil, ha∣ving. Intelligence of the Revolution, sent his Son to Lisbon to take the Oath of Allegiance to the new King, in his Name, and in the Name of all the Inhabitants o•• that Coast, who testified an extraordinary satisfaction for that Change. The Islands Azores, resolved not to be the last that declared for the King, and to give him some proof of their Fidelity, at the very beginning of his Reign, they seized 10 Ships coming from India, that knew nothing of the Revolution, and sent them to Lisbon, after having taken off all the Soldiers that were aboard them. In May also this Year, a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 dispat∣ched

Express from India, by John de Sylva Tello, the Vice-Roy, brought the News that the King had been Proclaimed in all his Dominions in Asia,* 1.30 and as far as the Coast of China. The Hollanders at this time were very powerful in those Seas, and being at War with Spain, did all the harm they could in the Portuguese Co∣lonies and Factories, endeavouring with the assistance of the Indians, utterly to extirpate all others, that they might themselves ingross that Trade. To this purpose, they omitted not any manner of Villainies that might conduce to their advantage, and particularly though they had afterwards certain Intelligence of King John's being Proclaimed, and being in amity with their State, yet they ceased not to prosecute their ends in those remote parts, as shall appear in the Sequel of this History. However, before the Revolution reached India, they had got footing in Ceylon, laid Siege to Malaca, which they took, and had their designs against Go••, and all other the Portuguese Conquests in India. In America also they were possessed of Pernambuco, Paraiba, Rio Grande, Ciara, the Islands of Tamaraca and Ferdinand de Noronha, and towards the South of Porto Calvo and Segeripe, all places appertaining to the Crown of Portu∣gal. But after they had information of the Truce conclu∣ded betwixt Portugal and Holland, they perfidiously made themselves Masters of Angola, and the Island of St. Thomas in Africk, of Maranhao in America, and of Malaca in India. To compleat this Prince's Happiness, though before there was a mortal Enmity betwixt the Portuguese and the Hollanders, yet now on the 12th of June a Cessation of Arms betwixt the two Nations was agreed upon and concluded,* 1.31 at the Hague, for 10 Years, and soon after the States sent an Ambassador to Con∣gratulate the King, upon his Accession to the Crown. The Portugal Ambassador returning, brought with him Two Regiments of Horse, and considerable supplies of Arms and Ammunition. The Catalonians also sent the Lord Sala on the same Account, and to Ratifie the League before concluded by the Portuguese Ambassador.

3. All new erected Monarchyes are subject to a thou∣sand accidents,* 1.32 and unless protected by some Heaven∣ly power, can scarce continue long in their full splen∣dor. The King of Portugal was raised to the Throne of his Ancestors, in a manner almost miraculous, he

mounted without any opposition, 600 Towns, and 15000 Villages, submitted to him in less than eight days, and all the people of the Kingdom declared they were never happy till his Accession to the Crown. Ne∣vertheless, no sooner was he seated on the Throne, but he found many Enemies, and among them some of those who had helped to raise him to that Grandeur. About 100 of the Greatest Men in his Kingdom, Conspired to destroy him, and if Heaven had not protected him, there had been but a short space betwixt the Birth and Grave of his Sovereignty. The Arch-Bishop of Braga, the chief Inquisitor, two other Bishops, the Marquess of Villareal, and his Son, the Duke de Caminha, were the principal Conspirators: D. Lorenzo, Pidez de Car∣vallo, the Count de Armamar, and D. Augustin Manuel, were brought in as Associates, the Jews of Lisbon were concerned in the Design, and there was a party in the Fleet then lying at Belem, one Man being aboard every Ship, in order to Fire it upon a signal given. Laurence Pidez de Carvallo, was to break into the Queens Apart∣ment with 100 Men, to secure all there. It was given in Charge to the Jews, to fire the City in 8 or 10 pla∣ces, that the people being busied there, they might have time to force the Palace. The Inquisitor General sent Letters into Spain to acquaint the King with the De∣sign, that the Forces on the Frontiers might be ready to March to Lisbon, upon the first Advice, and the Duke de Maqueda to enter the Port with the Fleet of Spain. Concerning the manner of discovering this Conspiracy, there are three several Accounts. One is, that the Let∣ters being directed to the Marquess de Ayamonte, who was Governour of the Spanish Frontiers, he broke them open, and sent them back to the King of Portugal, when he had seen the Contents, which is most probable; he being afterwards Convicted of High-Treason, and put to Death, at Segovia, for Conspiring against his King, with the Duke of Medina Sidonia, and the new King of Portugal. Another says, that a Spy employed by the King to go often into Spain, meeting a Bohemian who was em∣ployed to carry the said Letters, and suspecting something by his Discourse, made him Drunk, then Stabbing him, and having taken the Packet, brought it to the King; but this seems not to have any thing of probability, or con∣sequently of Truth. The third is, that D. Alfonso de

Portugal, Count de Vimioso, being deprived of his Com∣mand on the Frontiers, and grievously resenting that Af∣front; the Arch-Bishop of Braga, conceived the desire of revenge would easily engage him to enter into the Conspiracy. He therefore discover'd the whole design to him, and the Count seeming to embrace the propo∣sition acquainted the King with the whole matter. The Conspiracy being discovered, the King so ordered the Affair, that most of those persons therein concerned were apprehended, without the least noise or confusion. The 5th of August, at 11 at Night, was the time appointed, for putting the Conspiracy in execution. That very morning the King caused all the Troops that Quarter∣ed in the neighbouring Villages, to march into Lisbon, upon pretence of a review to be taken in the large place before the Palace. He with his own hand, gave several Billets Sealed up, to persons he could confide in, with positive Orders to every one, not to open his Billet till 12 at Noon, and then punctually to obey what it di∣rected. Then having sent for the Arch-Bishop of Braga, and Marquess of Villareal under colour of communica∣ting some important Affairs,* 1.33 they were both seized in the King's Lodgings about Noon, without any noise: At the same time a Captain of the Guards publickly appre∣hended the Duke of Caminha, in the place before the Pa∣lace. Those who had received the Billets having open∣ed them, found each an Order to take up one of the Conspirators, and secure him in such a Prison, till fur∣ther order, which was so punctually executed, that 47 were taken without any difficulty, none endeavouring to escape. When the News of the Conspiracy was noised abroad, it is not possible to express the rage con∣ceived by the multitude against those that were the fo∣menters of it, every Man desiring to be the Executioner of them, as is the nature of the Rabble, wherever they conceive a hatred. The Wrack, forced a Confession from many of the Criminals, and the Arch-Bishop, the In∣quisitor, the Marquess of Villareal, and Duke de Cami∣nha, to save themselves that misery, owned the whole Design. The Marquess, the Duke, the Count de Ar∣mamar, and D. Augustin Manuel, were sentenced to be Beheaded. The Arch-Bishop and Inquisitor, because of their Character, the King Condemned to perpetual Im∣prisonment: All the others were adjudged to be Drawn,

Hanged, and Quartered, and they all suffered according to the Sentence pronounced against them, upon the 29th day of August. It is remarkable, that when the Mar∣quess on the Scaffold had spoke to the people, they cri∣ed out furiously, let him die, let him die: To which the Marquess answered; So the Jews cried out against Christ.

4. These Executions having secured the Prince,* 1.34 he bent all his Thoughts upon War, and having to that purpose obtained of the King of France five Colonels of Horse, three of Foot, and two of Dragoons, he order∣ed them to be ready to march to the Frontiers, and rai∣sed new Troops to reinforce his Army that lay then be∣fore Badajoz: However, they were otherwise employ∣ed, for the Council not thinking it exp••••••ent to wast an Army before a Town that did them no 〈◊〉〈◊〉, those Troops that besieged it were recalled to serve else∣where. The first Act of Hostility I meet with betwixt the Spaniards and Portuguese, was in the Province of Alentejo, near Elvas. A Party of Spaniards having broke into that Province, exercised all manner of Cruelties to terrifie the People, sparing neither Age nor Sex, nor even the Churches. D. John de Acosta, who Comman∣ded at Elvas, having notice hereof, sent out five Com∣panies of Foot under the Command of Gaspar de Sequeira Manuel; These were followed by 400 Men under the Con∣duct of Luis Mendez de Vasconcellos: These being joy∣ned by certain Troops three Leagues from Campo Ma∣jor, marched towards the Spaniards, who still continu∣ed their Ravages, and Charging them, killed 200 upon the spot, pursuing the rest to the Gates of Badajoz, where they took shelter. This fortunate beginning was followed by like consequences; 600 Spaniards advan∣cing into the Province of Alentejo to surprize the Town of Montalvao; Mascarenhas, Collonel of a Portuguese Re∣giment, with only four Companies Attacked them be∣fore they came to the Town, and with such good suc∣cess, that having killed 18 or 20, the rest retired to the Pass on a small River, and he fearing some ambush, be∣cause Night drew on, pursued no further. In the mor∣ning perceiving they were quite gone, he followed them as far as the Town of Ferreira in Castile, which he Plundered and Burnt without any opposition, though it might easily have been defended against a greater power. Beyond the Mountains, the Spaniards had sack∣ed

and Burnt four open Towns, to revenge which, Le∣wis Gomez de Figueiredo passed over into Galicia, took the Town of Monterey, and having pillaged reduced it to Ashes. To requite this, another party of Spaniards fell into the Countrey about Braganza, but the Inhabi∣tants and Soldiers who Quartered thereabouts assem∣bling, cut most of them in pieces, and then piercing into Castile, burnt seven Villages, and the Town of Geronda, of which, they left nothing standing but the Walls: At the same time, Luis Gomez de Figueiredo with 1500 Foot and 300 Horse fell upon the Marquess of Tarrasona, who marched towards Valverde with 2000 of the former, and 200 of the latter, and after a Fight, which lasted about four hours, obtained the Victory, which had been greater but that Night coming on hindred the pursuit.

5. Daily Action more and more incensed the two Na∣tions,* 1.35 and an implacable hatred had taken possessi∣on of their hearts, so that the Frontiers were never free from slaughter and Rapine. D. Gaston Coutinho the Por∣tuguese General, being informed that 6000 Spanish Foot, and 800 Horse had fortified themselves in two Villages, one whereof was in Galicia, the other in Portugal, he marched with 30 Horse to view them, and finding their Works weak enough to be overthrown, if Attacked with vigour, ordered his Foot to advance: A Party of the Enemies Horse that advanced, was easily Repulsed, which causing some Consternation in the main Body, gave time to plant two pieces of Canon against them. These two pieces having played some time, D. Gaston who had made four Batallions of his Foot courageously assaulted the Works in as many places: The Soldiers be∣ing as forward in the pursuit of Honour as their Offi∣cers, nothing could withstand them: They forced the Entrenchments, took four redoubts, entred the place and took all the Baggage, but not contenting them∣selves with this Victory and the gaining of 11 Colours, they burnt all the Villages for two Leagues about. A∣bove 400 Spaniards were killed upon the place, 14 Of∣ficers, and 70 Soldiers were taken. Nor was this all, the Portuguese General making his advantage of the E∣nemies Consternation, the next day marched into Ga∣licia, and pursuing those that having escaped, had for∣tified themselves in another Village, forced them again to retire, burnt nine Houses, and then returned home

with Honour, and his Soldiers enriched with Plunder. In the mean while, Vasco de Azevedo Coutinho, and Emanuel de Sousa de Abreu, being continually infested by the Ex∣cursions of the Spaniards, gathered all the Forces they could and marched to Lobos, in the Castle of which place, the Spaniards always had a safe retreat, after committing their ordinary Ravages. This Castle they assaulted and carried with the loss only of 22 Men, which done, they burnt 700 Houses, as well in the Town of Lobos, as in the neighbouring Villages. This was not yet the last stroak of ill fortune the Spaniards felt. Martin Alfonso de Mello, understanding a great body of them was marched from Badajoz to Attack Olivenza, a Town seated on the River Guadiana, which parts Spain and Portugal, assembled all the Forces he could to relieve that place. Being on his March, an Express came to him from the Governour, giving an account that they had assaulted the Town in two places, but met with such a vigorous opposition that they were forced to retire with the loss of 200 Men; neverthe∣less, he desired some succour, least they should return. They accordingly returned, hoping to surprize the place, feigning themselves a Portuguese Convoy with Provisi∣ons, yet met they with no better success, being again repulsed with the loss of 140 Men. Martin Alphonso, still hoped to be able to overtake them in their return, but they taking another way than was given out, he missed of them, and therefore dismissed his Troops to their several Garrisons.

It was a generally received Opinion throughout all Spain, though the Author of it was not known, that the Duke of Medina Sidonia,* 1.36 held secret Correspondence with the King of Portugal, and favoured his Cause. The ground of this Suspicion was, that King John had to his Queen the Sister of that Duke, and upon this Jea∣lousie, it is thought the King of Spain talking one Day with the Count Duke de Olivarez, complained to him, That he had three or four times observed the Family of Guzman was fatal to his Grandeur: The Count Duke who was himself of that Family, immediately dispatch∣ed an Express to the Duke of Medina Sidonia, summon∣ing him to appear at Court with all possible Speed. He obeyed, and being come to Madrid, he was perswaded, that to clear himself of the imputation of Disloyalty

cast upon him, he should publish a Manifesto, contain∣ing a Challenge to the new King of Portugal. Others are of Opinion, that the Duke knowing himself to be in some measure guilty, published the said Declaration and Challenge of his own accord, to blot out the ill Opini∣on conceived of him: Whatsoever the grounds were that moved him to it, Certain it is, he published and disper∣sed throughout Spain and Portugal, a Cartell in Vindica∣tion of his Honour, charging the new King with the Crime of Rebellion; and challenging him to single Combat with all the Formalities used in those Cases. This Cartel was dated at Toledo, the 29th. day of Sep∣tember, 1641. and is too long to trouble the Reader with in this place; nor is it significant, since as it happens to most things of that Nature, no Notice was taken of it.

7. The Bishop of Lamego betrayed to the Spaniards,* 1.37 as has been said above, being now exchanged for certain Spaniards of Quality; continued his Journey to Rome on his Embassy to his Holiness. Upon his Arrival, the Spanish Embassador protested, that he would immedi∣ately return to Spain, in case the Pope received him as Embassadour from Portugal. Hereupon the Pope to prevent Disorders that might happen, ordered he should come to Town by Night, but suffered him to be visited as an Embassador. He of France sent his Coach to fetch him from Civita Vecchia, with a Guard of all the Portu∣gese and Catalonians that were then at Rome. Being come thither, he took up his Lodging at the French Em∣bassadors, who received him at his Door with all possi∣ble marks of Respect: We shall see what became of this Embassy in its proper place. On the 27th. of Sep∣tember, arrived at Lisbon a Fleet of 18 Sail from Ango∣la, richly laden; two days after came in another from Rio de Janeiro of no less value in sundry sorts of Com∣modities.

Anno, 1642.

THE Island Terzera was the only Place which had refused to submit to the new King of Portugal,* 1.38 the Governour thereof proving more faithful then the rest to the King of Spain. He began to want Provisions and

Ammunition, which being known in Spain, two Ships were sent to him loaden with all Necessaries for his Re∣lief. These Vessels were taken by the Ships of Portu∣gal, which lay about this Island, on purpose to intercept all Succours. D. Alvaro de Viveiro who commanded in the Fort, being now reduced to great streights, and seeing no likelihood of being reliev'd; capitulated, and march'd out with 263 Men, two pieces of Canon, and all other marks of Honour, leaving behind 800 sick Men, who according to Articles were to be taken care of, and sent away as soon as well. D. Emanuel de Souza Pacheco was sent to govern that Island. The Portuguese Fleet consisting of 13 Sail, sailed together with the Dutch, designing to intercept the Spanish Galeons; but the Dutch treacherously forsook the Portuguese, who in a Storm lost their Admiral and Vice-Admiral, the other Ships being much shatter'd.

2. Soon after the Surrender of the Island,* 1.39 News was brought that the Portuguese. Ambassador in Sweden, had concluded an Alliance betwixt the two Crowns, which the King for the satisfaction of his People, caused to be proclaimed by his Heraulds. To confirm which, in a few Days there arrived at Lisbon four Swedish Ships la∣den with Naval and Warlike Stores, sent by the Ambas∣sador; and Letters were brought from the Queen of Sweden, in which she gave their Portuguese Majesties as∣surances of her firm Adherence to them in all that should be for their Service. Tristan de Medoza had in like manner established a firm Friendship and Alliance with the Hollanders. However, the Dutch Fleet that was up∣on the Coast of Goa in India, took some Portuguese Ships commanded by Sancho Faria de Silva, who was kill'd in the Action with 50 of his Men. At the same time they took several places in Brasil, driving out the Portuguese. D. George Mascarenhas, who was Vice-Roy there, sent Advice to the King, and he immediately writ to Francis de Andrade Leitan his Ambassador in England, ordering him instantly to go over to complain to the States of the taking of those Places. The States considering how uncapable the King was at that time to do himself right, made small account of his Ambassador demanding restitution. Goa was at the same time Besieg'd by the same Fleet, which not being strong enough for such an Enterprize, begged the assistance of a Neighbouring

King: That Prince blocked it up by Land, but as soon as he understood of the Revolution of Portugal, he rais'd the Siege, joyn'd in League with the Portuguese Vice-Roy, and by this Means, the Dutch Fleet was forc'd to retire.

3. All this while the Frontiers of Castile and Portugal were full of Soldiers:* 1.40 The Garrison of Campo Mayor of∣ten broke into Estremadura. Parties of Horse from Ba∣dajoz appeared frequently at the Gates of Elvas, and the Governor of this last Place, as often drove Cattel from a∣bout Badajoz. Though these inroads were not very con∣siderable, yet they were not performed without Blood∣shed; Time heightning the hatred betwixt the two Na∣tions, both Parties encreased their Troops. The King of Portugal erected six places of Arms on his Frontiers, and put 5000 Men into each of them. The Spaniards assembled on all sides, and four or five Armies appeared in as many places to oppose and infest the Portuguese. Here∣upon daily Action ensued, sometimes the one, and sometimes the other being superior: Ferdinand Tellez de Meneses Governor of the Province of Beira, was one of the first that gained upon the Spaniards. He made an inroad in∣to Old Castile, where he took and burnt the Towns of S. Martin and Elgas, with the Castle of the latter, which commands all the Territory of Gata. Having made himself Master of Valverde, and finding it conveni∣ently seated to annoy the Enemy, he left in it a Garrison well provided. A small Body of 2500 Spaniards endea∣vouring to give a check to his Proceedings, was put into Disorder at the first Charge; and the Portuguese using their Advantage, cut in pieces most of their Enemies. Martin Alphonso de Melo Governor of Elvas, was no less successful about the same time. For having received intelli∣gence that a party of 300 Spanish Horse ravaged the Country betwixt Badajoz and Valverde; he sent out a good Body of Horse, with 150 Musqueteers, ordering them to attack the Enemy wherever they met them. This was so couragiously performed, that most of the Spanish Horse being slain upon the place, the rest quitted their Horses to save themselves in a small Wood hard by; so that 274 Horses became a prey to the Victors. These were yet but small Advantages; D. Francis de Melo General of the Portuguese Horse in the Province of Alen∣tejo, entred Estremadura, where finding no Forces to op∣pose

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

him, he took Aroches, Villar del Rey, Codissera and Ancinasola; defeated some Troops that adventured to oppose him, took a vast Booty, and so many Prisoners, that the King of Portugal ordered many of the least con∣siderable to be set at Liberty. D. John de Garay Gover∣nor of Badajoz, sent out 800 Horse, and 2000 Foot, with design to surprize Olivenza, but D. Francis de Melo charging them by the way, put them to flight with the slaughter of 300 Men.

4. These continual Incursions kept the Spaniards al∣ways upon their Guard,* 1.41 and made them think of secu∣ring themselves. To this purpose they began to fortifie Aldea del Obispo; but Ferdinand Tellez de Meneses being unwilling to suffer that Work to go forward, marched with 500 Foot, and four Squadrons of Horse, attacked the Place, and carryed it, though obstinately defended: 140 Spaniards were kill'd in the Assault, and 116 taken, and all the Works, as well Old as New, were levelled with the Ground. Then passing on, he did the same to the Town of Castillejo, which was no less offensive to the Portuguese Frontiers, then the other would have been. The King to shew he was no less formidable by Sea then by Land, even in the first rise of his Greatness; fit∣ted out 13 great Men of War, under the command of Antony Tellez, ordering him to seek out the Spanish Fleet, or in case he found it not, to attempt some Sea-port Town; the Spaniards, though weak, omitted not to make their utmost efforts, and infest their Enemies Coun∣try, as much as in them was. Chelas, a considerable Town of Estremadura, and seated near the Frontiers of Alentejo, did often send out Parties, which did incredi∣ble damage in that part of the plain Country subject to Portugal. Francis de Melo who had the charge of those Frontiers incensed hereat, marched with all the Force he could gather, with a resolution to carry that Place; nor did he fail of his Design altogether, for meeting a Squadron of Spanish Horse he cut them off, and then applying his Scaling Ladders, after a Dispute of five Hours, entred the Town. His Men immediately fell to the Plunder, which lost them the opportunity they might have had of entring the Castle with the flying Enemy. Francis de Melo seeing nothing more could be done then plundering the Town, returned leaving the

Streets full of dead Bodies, and having lost but 16 of his own Men.

5. Whilst the War continued in this manner betwixt these two Neighbouring Nations,* 1.42 those of a greater di∣stance sought the Fri••ndship of the new King of Portugal. That King near Goa whom we mentioned before, was the first that moved for this Friendship, when he rais'd his Siege from before the City: The King of Morocco was not long behind him, for he understanding how fast the Crown was settl'd by the unanimous approbation of the whole Kingdom, and so many Alliances with most Princes of Europe, except those that were devoted to Spain, sent now into Portugal, to desire leave of the King that an Ambassador might come to put an end to the A∣nimosities which had been produced by the violent pro∣cedure of the Spaniards.

6. The ill Fortune of the Spaniards raised in them an implacable desire of Revenge.* 1.43 They assembled 1500 Foot, and 300 Horse, to take a Fort that Ferdinand Tel∣lez de Meneses had built in Val de Mula, on the Frontiers of the Province Tralos Montes, and marc•••••• till they came in sight of the Fort; there discovering 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Portuguese Horse, and 400 Foot, they halted to consult what was to be done. D. Sancho Manuel, the Portuguese Camp-Master having obtained Leave of Ferdinand Tellez, though so unequal in Number, charged the Enemy so vigorously, that at the first shock the Foot fled, and the Horse seeing the Rout, durst not come up to support them. Having with such ease overthrown those Troops, the Portuguese General resolved to make use of the Ad∣vantage, being informed they were retired to Fuentes in Castile, where some Fortifications were begun to be thrown up. Being too weak to attack them there, he stayed till 500 Foot more had joyn'd him, and then advanced; he planted some Canon against the Place, and began to batter it, but seeing no effect, thought of sending for more Troops to carry it by Escalade, when he was told the Spaniards assembled in great Numbers from all parts to cut off his Retreat. His danger drew D. Alonso Fur∣tado de Mendoza to his Assistance, but being still much inferiour to the Enemies, they retired with Speed, and unmolested by the Spaniards. Nor was there any more quiet on the Frontiers of Galicia; for D. Martin Dara∣din the Governour of that Kingdom, not being in a con∣dition

to oppose two Portuguese Armies that broke in up∣on him at once, they burnt 150 Villages in that Coun∣try, and returned home with a considerable Booty.

7. It was now but reasonable the Forces should have been put into their Winter Quarters; nevertheless the Duke d'Alva having gather'd all the Power he could sent them under the Conduct of his Son to wast the Province of Beira.* 1.44 Ferdinand Tellez de Meneses having Notice hereof▪ formed a Body of 7000 Foot and 2700 Horse, resolving to prevent the Spaniards, whose Forces were no less Considerable; he marched to Val de Mula, and encamped before the Town of Guardan, which he Summoned, and finding no Disposition in the Governor to surrender, batter'd it with two pieces of Canon. The Battery was of little effect, and therefore Ferdinand Tellez commanded Peter Sousa de Castro to at∣tack the Out-works with all the Musqueteers, and Gas∣par de Seixas with some other Battalions to sustain him; The Attack was begun with great Resolution, and con∣tinued for three Hours, at the end whereof the Be∣sieged put 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a white Flag, and sent a Drum to offer to Capitulate•• The Garrison marched out upon sorry Terms, the Governor and Officers being only allowed to carry their Swords, and all the Souldiers to the number of 340, being sent Prisoners to Lisbon. The Booty was great, besides much store of Provision and Ammunition found in the Place; but the main Consequence of taking this place was, that it secured the Portuguese Frontiers, and laid those of Castile open to Incursions. Whilst this was doing, about the Province of Beira, without the Spanish General, who had taken the Field, his attempting to succour the Town; D. Antony Mascarenhes commander of Valladores, took Quintas and Corgra. D. Sancho Ma∣nuel plunder'd and burnt the Towns of Sorvo, Avilar and Chalenga; the Captains, Edward Miranda, and Emanuel de Andras, did the same to those of Basquilha, Villar del Puerto, and Saranitho, and so did others all along the Frontiers. D. Francis de Melo, General of the Cavalry in Allentejo, being abroad with 300 Men, the Governour of Badajoz upon Notice of it, marched out with 700, and leaving half of them in Ambush, with the other half ad∣vanced to draw on the Portuguese: Melo thinking he had no more Enemies to deal with but what were in sight, charged them, and they as soon retired, till they drew

him into the ambush. He was at first surprized, seeing himself Attacked by that fresh body, but recovering him∣self, divided his men, and sent one part to charge those that had drawn him on whilst the other engaged those that lay in ambush. In this manner the Fight continu∣ed a considerable time, after which, fresh Troops ap∣peared, coming from Badajoz, to the assistance of the Spaniards, and others from Elvas, to sustain the Portu∣guese. These last were 1600 Foot, and four Squadrons of Horse, under the Conduct of the Count de Obidos. Now the face of Affairs was changed, for the Portuguese ob∣tained a Compleat Victory. The first of the Spanish Troops were cut in pieces, and the last retired with the loss of 176 Horse. Of the Portuguese, 37 were killed in the ambush, and 16 in the Engagement after it.

8. The Assembly of the States,* 1.45 or Parliament of Por∣tugal, being the only Authority that could establish the Crown, and raise such supplies as were necessary for the support of it; the King fixt their Meeting for the 18th. of September, and that day the Session was com∣menced with all the Ceremonies usual upon such occasi∣ons. The Bishop of Elvas performed the Office of Chan∣cellor; acquainting that Assembly in the King's Name, with the causes of their being convened: He represented the great Blessing of Liberty, the King's extraordinary Care to repair the Harms done by the Spaniards, the mighty Power he had, as well by Sea as Land; the Al∣liances he had made Abroad, and put them in mind how he had never lay'd any Impositions upon his People, but maintained the expence of his House upon the private Patrimony of his Family; and that being now much ex∣hausted, he recommended it to them to find out means to support so great a Charge, assuring them of his Royal Protection, and that their Liberties and Privileges should be religiously preserved. Great was the expectation the King had conceived of this Assembly, nor was he disap∣pointed, for they gave such Testimonies of their Duty, as exceeded even his Hopes. They returned Thanks for his Care in asserting their Liberties, for delivering them from the Yoke of Spain; for the Alliances he had made Abroad, and for all his good Intentions, offering him their Lives and Fortunes, and sending him a Blank Pa∣per, that he might dispose of their Estates as he thought fit for the support of the State, and purchasing his Brother's

Liberty, who was kept Prisoner by the Spaniards ever since the beginning of the War, having been put into their hands by the King of Hungary, in whose service he had been nine Years. The King returned the blank as it was sent to him, and had more plentiful supplies granted him than he himself would have demanded. The Parliament settled two Funds, the one for Land, the other for Sea-Service: All other expences were to be supplied out of the Patrimony of the House of Bra∣ganza.

9. D. John Rodriguez de Souza, y Vasconcellos Count of Castelmelhor,* 1.46 went over to Brazil in the Spanish Fleet, in the Year, 1639. In 1641. he was sent by his General to the Spanish Plantations, in the West-Indies. The News of the Revolution of Portugal, being then brought to the Fleet, the Spaniards cryed down the New King's Title, and exclaimed against the Portugueses as Rebels. This sensibly touched the Count de Castelmel∣hor, yet he was forced to bear with it, being in no con∣dition to make his resentment appear without his cer∣tain destruction. There were seven Portuguese Gallions in the Fleet, and in them 3000 Men. With the Officers of these Ships, he conspired to seize the Fleet; as also the Town and Cittadel of Cartagena, in new Spain, be∣fore which, they were then at Anchor. Most of the Of∣ficers were already engaged in this Design, and all dis∣posed for putting of it in execution, but the Count ha∣ving communicated it to Antony Tenezedo a Portuguese, in whom he confided, as having done him many signal favours; he discovered the whole matter to the Gover∣nour of the Cittadel, who immediately apprehended the Count, and had him Condemned to Death. This Sen∣tence had been executed within two days, had not the Count appealed to the Court of Madrid, and the Ad∣miral of the Fleet having had the Sentence confirmed by the Council there, no hopes remained for his deliverance but in God. Whilst the Admiral sent into Spain to have the Sentence confirmed, the King of Portugal got intelligence of what had hapned. He immediately sent away a Caravel, Commanded by a Captain, in whose Conduct he had great confidence, ordering him to sail for Cartagena, and use all possible means to deliver the Prisoner. The Weather proved favourable to the De∣sign, the Captain Arrived safe, and found means to let

the Count know he was come to rescue him. To this purpose, he agreed with a Dutch Captain who Com∣manded a Frigat in that Port, for the Caravel being so leaky, that it could not be put to Sea again, he burnt it. In the mean while, the Count with ready Money and large promises, corrupted a Corporal, and two Spanish Soldiers, that had the keeping of him, and they altoge∣ther got aboard the Dutch Frigat, which carried them safe to the Island of Tortuga, where they were favoura∣bly received by the French Governour. Thence they went over to the Island Tercera, and lastly arrived at Lisbon, where they were bountifully rewarded by the King.

Anno, 1643.

1. THE hatred the Spaniards and Portugueses bore to one another, was too great to suffer them to lie still: Though the Season was not yet fit for Action, the Frontiers were never free from incursions. D. San∣cho Manuel a Portuguese Major-General, thinking no dif∣ficulties too great to be surmounted, marched out with 150 Horse, judging that a sufficient number to plunder the Town of Fituro in Castile, four Leagues from the Frontiers of Portugal. His Design being divulged, and the Spaniards believing his Forces greater than they were, they abandoned the Town, leaving it to be ran∣sacked by the Soldiers without the least opposition. But the retreat proved not without danger, for the Spani∣ards of the neighbouring places assembling to the num∣ber of 200 Horse, Charged them before they could re∣cover their own Frontiers, and that with such resoluti∣on, that the Portugueses were at first forced to give ground. But having quitted all the Booty which encombred them, they rallied, and giving a fresh Charge, worsted those by whom before they had been drove. Night com∣ing on, put an end to the Battle. The number of the Dead was equal, and the Victory had been dubious, but that the Spaniards got away in the dark, leaving the Booty and the Field to the Portugueses. This small Action was the cause of a greater, for the Marquess de Elecha, General of the Spanish Horse, resolving to re∣venge that loss, entred Portugal with 500 Horse, and

300 Musketiers, surprized the Town of Sabugal, fired 13 Houses, killed seven of the Inhabitants he found in Arms, and drove away all the Cattle he found. Not content with this, he returned by the way of Alfayates to brave the Garrison, but this boldness cost him dear. Ferdinand Tellez de Menezes the General who was with∣in two Leagues of that place, gathering 200 Horse and three Companies of Foot, sent to the Governour of Al∣fayates to joyn him with the best men he had, which was accordingly performed; that Governour bringing with him 200 Men. With this force they pursued the Spaniards, and having overtaken, fell upon them: The Fight was bravely maintained, for the Spaniards and Portugueses gave three several Charges in such a manner, that it was not discernable who had the better: being now fallen in after the Fire, with Sword in hand, and the Marquess de Elecha, the Spanish General, and D. Francis de Erasso, who was next in Command to him, being both Slain, Victory began to incline to the Por∣tugueses, for the Spaniards dismayed at the loss of their Commanders fled, leaving the Field strewed with Dead Bodies, Arms and Plunder which they quitted to save their Lives. The Portugueses were forward enough to have pursued them, but Ferdinand Tellez held them in, fearing to fall into some ambush, being to pass before the Enemy. The Duke of Alva's Enterprize redounded more to the honour of the Spaniards. He being desirous of do¦ing something considerable in Portugal, drew together 8000 Foot and 900 Horse, with which he entred Por∣tugal, burnt four open Towns, put many of the Inha∣bitants to the Sword, and finding a vigorous resistance at Eschallam, which place, he had caused to be Attack∣ed at the same time, he retired again, to avoid meeting all the Troops of the Frontiers drawn together to oppose him.

2. It was not only the success on the Frontiers that rendred the King of Portugal fortunate. Two Jesuits being procurators for the Provinces of Cochin and Goa in India, arriving at this time, brought him an Account how well affected the people in those distant Provin∣ces were to his interest. This happy News was a great addition to the joy of his success in War, for they assu∣red him that most of those Eastern Princes had joyned in League with his Vice-Roy, as soon as they under∣stood

he was restored to the Crown of his Ancestors. The King who omitted nothing that might encourage his faithful Servants, and gain him new Friends, sent away two Gallions, and six other Vessels, with all ne∣cessaries to the former, and with assurances to the latter, that they should always find in him a brotherly return of affection, as long as they continued their friendship to∣wards him.

3. Francis de Lucena,* 1.47 Secretary of State ever since the Revolution, had upon complaints preferred against him by his Enemies been committed Prisoner to the Castle of St. Julian, but nothing being proved against him, after a long Imprisonment, the King had resolved to re∣store him to his Honour, when an unfortunate accident on a sudden brought him to an untimely end. The Count de Obidos General of the Province of Aleitejo hap∣ned to take a fellow coming from Badajoz, who prov∣ed to be Servant to Peter Bonete Adjutant to the Major-General. Upon examination, this Man declared that his Master held Correspondence with the Spaniards, and he being thereupon Apprehended and put upon the Rack, made a Confession, which at his Death, he de∣clared to be false; but wherein he accused D. Joseph de Meneses, Governour of Fort St. Julian of a Design of betraying it to the Spaniards, Francis de Lucena, the Secretary of holding Correspondence with them, and se∣veral others of joyning with them in these Treasonable practices. All the persons accused being put to Tor∣ture, some of them to the last, denied their knowledge of any such Treason, but others, to be eased of their misery, owned all that was laid to their Charge. Up∣on this weak evidence, several were put to Death. D. Joseph de Meneses, endured the Rack constantly, deny∣ing it, and being cured, the King offered him again a Command, but he refused it; saying, He was now re∣solved to serve him, who knew how to Reward services, and punish Offences. The unfortunate Secretary, Francis de Lucena, being put upon the Rack, and being weak with Age fainted away without Confessing. Never∣theless, though all had recanted that accused him, he was Condemned to Death as a Traytor, and suffered accordingly, positively denying any guilt in the matter he was accused of, to the last minute of his Life. The Rabble would have torn him in pieces when he was

brought Prisoner from the Castle of St. Julian, for in all Countries they are ready to devour the innocent, bu•• he was then preserved by the Guards, to be made a Sacri∣fice to that many headed Monster in a more solemn man∣ner, being publickly beheaded upon a Scaffold.

4. Whilst due Examination was making into this piece of Treachery,* 1.48 the King of Portugal made gene∣rous acknowledgments to the Count de Castelmelhor, on account of his good Endeavours and Sufferings before-mentioned. The post of General of the Frontiers, be∣twixt the Rivers Duero and Minho, given him as the first Reward of his Fidelity in the West-Indies, seeming too small a Recompence for a Service of such Consequence; he added to it a present of a considerable▪ Sum of Money, a Commendary of the Military Order of Christ, worth 2000 Crowns a Year, gave the reversion of it to his Children, and confirmed that Earldom to his third Ge∣neration. To Father Ambrose a Benedictin, concerned in the Counts Escape, he gave a Benefice. To Antony de Abien, Captain of the Caravel, that went for him a considerable Commendary. And because Dominick de Sylva, Antony Rodiguez the Spanish Corporal, two Souldiers that were upon the Guard, and the Dutch Captain that lent his Vessel to forward the undertaking, had all contributed to the Earl's Deliverance; they also were made par••••∣kers of the King's Bounty. The Dutch Captain had 2000 Crowns, Dominick de Sylva was Knighted, and had a Company in a Marine Regiment with a Pension. The Spanish Corporal had also a Company in the Land-Service, with a Pension as the other. The two Souldi∣ers were likewise made Captains, but without any other addition of Honour or Pension. These Acts of Genero∣sity in the King, redounded much to his Honour, as did no less his Prudence in placing good Commanders upon the Frontiers. George de Melo General of the Gal∣leys, was put into the Fort of St. Julian, to secure that Place, whilst D. Joseph de M••nezes the former Gover∣vernour was proceeded against. D. Francis de Sousa Cou∣tinho, returning from his Embassy of Sweden, had the Government of the Island Tercera conferred on him. D. Alvaro de Abranchez was appointed General of the Fron∣tiers of Beira, a••d D. John de Sousa, of those of the Pro∣vince Tralos Montes.

5. About this time News was brought to Lisbon of two several Accidents which moved different Passions in the People.* 1.49 One was, that the Count Duke de Oliva∣rez had lost the favour of the Catholick King, whose prime Minister he had been for the space of 22 Years; and because his Government had appeared. Tyrannical to the Portugueses, there were few of them, who did not express extraordinary satisfaction at his fall. The other piece of News produced great Compassion in such as were least Zealous for Religion.* 1.50 F. Antony Francis Car∣din a Jesuit, and general Procurator for the Society in the Province of Japan, gave an account, that four Por∣tuguese Amabassadors from Macao, being at the Town of of Nangassaqui, with 66 Persons in their retinue, for the settling of Trade, and to endeavour the planting of the Faith there; the Emperor of that Island, whose Name was Toyogun, had cast them all into Dungeons, then put to Death the four Ambassadors, with 53 of the chief of their Retinue, and sent home the other 13 in derision of the Apostles, to carry the News of that Bloody Execution to Macao. The Dutch notwith∣standing the Cessation of Arms, betwixt the Crown of Portugal and the States of Holland, entred the City Ne∣gapatan in India; the Portugueses not being able to with∣stand them, and obliged them to ransom it for 110000 pieces of Eight. A Treaty was afterwards set on foot for settling a Truce betwixt the two Nations in those parts, but the Hollanders thinking it more for their Advantage to continue the War, soon broke it off. The next Act of Hostility they committed, was in the Island Ceylon, where thinking to surprize the Portugueses quarter'd in the Village Curaza, as relying on the Truce betwixt the two Nations, they marched against them; but they having intelligence of their coming, charged them with such Bravery, that of 400 Hollanders, scarce any escaped being kill'd or taken. This Victory gave the Portugue∣ses in that Island quiet for some time. But still the War was continued in other parts. After the Dutch had left Negapatan, it was besieged by a Neighbouring Nayque or Prince of the Indians, but he meeting with a vigorous opposition, soon desisted.

6. In America, the Portugueses under the command of Antony Teyxeyra, after a long Siege, recovered from the Dutch the City St. Luis of Maranhao, they being forc'd

to abandon it for want of Provisions, and most of them afterwards perished by the hands of the Indians, whom they had barbarously used. Our Affairs were not so successful in Angola where our Men under the Command of Peter Cesar were worsted by the Dutch, who after∣wards concluding a Truce with them, treacherously fell upon them, killing 40, taking 187 Prisoners, and for∣cing the rest to fly for safety to the Mountains. Our Fort at Mozambique enjoyed most Peace, for the Empe∣ror of Monomotapa having been lately converted to the Faith, by the religious of the Order of St. Dominick, professed an inviolable Friendship towards the Portugue∣ses, and had obtained a number of them of Julius Mo∣niz, the Governor of that Fort for his Guard.

7. The Pope always continuing fix'd in his Resoluti∣on,* 1.51 not to give Audience to the Bishop of Lamego, sent by the King of Portugal, with the quality of his Ambas∣sador to Rome, that Bishop was at length oblig'd to re∣turn home. He was conducted by some of the Duke of Florence's Horse to Leghorn, where four Portuguese Ships lay ready to carry him to Lisbon. D. Luis Perei∣ra de Castro Counsellor in his Majesties Council of Con∣science, was nevertheless chosen to undertake another Voyage to Rome. But because the rejecting of a se∣cond Ambassador might be of ill Consequence to the Crown of Portugal, this Counsellor took only the stile of Deputy of all the Clergy of the Kingdom, to repre∣sent their wants, and how prejudicial it was to refuse to admit an Ambassador from his Portuguese Majesty, who had omitted nothing that might tend to convince the Christian World of his Zeal for Religion, and his Respect to the Holy See.

Anno, 1644.

1. IN pursuance to the League concluded betwixt the Kings of France and Portugal;* 1.52 the former excited the latter, to invade the Territories of Spain with all his Power by Sea and Land, that so he might be put in∣to a Condition to make the greater progress in Catalonia. Hereupon King John gave Orders for gathering an Ar∣my of 12000 Foot and 2000 Horse, which was to enter Castile by the way of Alentejo. The Catholick King

having Advice hereof, the better to secure his Dominions on that side, whilst he attended the Affairs of Catalonia, gave the command of his Army in Estremadura, to the Marquess de Torrecusa. Mathias de Albuquerque having served the King of Portugal well, was by him continu∣ed General of the Frontiers. The first attempt made by the Marquess proved unfortunate, for he could not make himself Master of Ougela, a little Town in Portu∣gal, which after the Gate had been forced with a Pe∣tard, was bravely defended by the Inhabitants, for the space of six Hours.* 1.53 Among the other Defendants, a Woman did Wonders with a Baker's Peel; and though wounded, could never be perswaded to retire till the Assault was given over. The Portugueses after this were not slack to return the Spaniards their Visit at Mentejo; which place, though well fortifyed and defended by four Companies, they assaulted and took by Scalade, where falling disorderly to Plunder, the Spaniards took the op∣portunity to rally, and fell upon them so resolutely, that they had all Perished, but that the Monteiero Mor came in opportunely with his Horse, and forced the Spaniards to retire to the River Guadiana, where many of them were drowned. Hence the Portugueses advanced, and ra∣sed Membrillo an open Town, save a Trench that had been thrown up about it. The same they did to Villa Nueva de Barcarota, but attempted not the Castle, in which was D. Francis de Velasco, Lieutenant General of the Horse of Castile, who having but 500 Horse with him, was not able to appear in the Field against the Por∣tugueses. They being now 6000 Foot and 1100 Horse▪ with 6 pieces of Canon, took and destroyed Villar del Re••, Roca de Almanacite and Puebla, all Towns of E∣stremadura. These Actions of the Portugueses struck to the Heart of the Marquess de Torrecusa, as perceiving a sort of Faintness in his Soldiers, which looked like infa∣tuation, being wholly opposite to the natural Bravery of the Spaniards. He called a Council of War, in which he proposed to take the Field, and give the Enemy Bat∣tle. Many applauded his Propositions, yet others advi∣sed to besiege Olivenza, as the strongest of the Enemies Garrisons, which would draw their Forces out of Spain, and perhaps necessitate them to give Battle upon Terms of Disadvantage. This opinion wanted not some to sup∣port it, but the Marquess and others persisting in the Re∣solution

of hazarding a Battle, their Authority prevailed. The Spanish Army consisted of 7000 Foot, and 2600 Horse in 34 Troops, under the command of the Baron de Molinguen, who was now to command the whole Ar∣my, because the Marquess was to stay at Badajoz. These Forces met the Enemy sooner than they ex∣pected.

2. On the 26 of May, 1644,* 1.54 Albuquerque the Portu∣guese General, finding himself reduc'd to that necessity, that he must either fight or fly, chose rather to hazard a Battle, than forfeit his Reputation. He performed the Office of a Major General, ordering his Battle himself. The command of the Right Wing he gave to the Monte∣iro Mor, and the Left to the Commissary General, who had under him the Dutch Horse, commanded by Captain Piper. The two Armies ingaged, and the Spaniards gave such a furious Charge on the Portuguese Left Wing, where the Commissiary commanded, that the Dutch Horse fled, and running upon their own Foot, so disor∣der'd that part of the Army, that the Spaniards drove them from their Ground; their General being in danger to be bruised to Death, his Horse falling upon him, but a French Captain saved him, giving him another Horse that ran lose, and sustaining the shot of the Enemy till he mounted. Being delivered from that Danger, he had recourse to the Body of reserve, which advancing to the Place, which the Spanish Horse had left to pursue the Dutch, and others that fled, made such Havock among the Foot, before Victorious, that they were forced to fly. The Horse returning from the pursuit, and seeing the Foot broke, could never be brought to a Charge, but betook themselves to their Heels, quitting their Cannon and Baggage. Of the Spaniards, about 2000 Foot and 700 Horse were killed and taken, with about 40 Colours and Standards. Of the Portuguese, 750 were slain, and among them two Collonels. The Portugueses continued a Day in the field of Battle, least the Spaniards should return and vaunt they had kept it. King John rejoycing at this Victory which secured his Crown, crea∣ted the General Earl of Alegrette, giving him a Pension of 4000 Crowns, and rewarded many other of the Prin∣cipal Men in the Army. The Marquess of Torrecusa la∣boured to gather all the Forces of Estremadura; being grieved he was not present at the Battle, as believing it

lost for want of Conduct, and it troubled him the more, because he was the adviser of it.

3. Whilst these things hapned in Estremadura, several Incursions were made on all the Frontiers of the King∣dom, but in them was nothing Memorable, for the Portu∣gueses were most upon the Defensive, and the Spaniards only kept the War afoot, till the affairs of Catalonia might be settled, that then they might turn their whole Force to this side.* 1.55 About this same time, D. George de Mascarenhas, Count de Monte Albano who was of the Council of State, and had other great Employments, was impeached of Conspiring with others against the King, for which he was committed to the Castle of Be∣lem, and the rest to other Prisons. Upon Examination, the Accusation was found malicious and groundless, whereupon he and all the others on the second of No∣vember were honorably discharged, and restored to their Estates and Honours. At this time also dyed the Arch-bishop of Braga, one of the managers of the first Conspiracy against the King. Dying, he made it his request to the King, that he would pardon his Treache∣ry, and grant that his Body might be Buryed without some Parish Church, without any inscription upon it, to the end, no Memory might survive of one that hath been Traytor to his King.

4. The Portuguese Governors on the Coasts of America at length concluded a Truce with the Count de Nassan,* 1.56 who governed at Pernambuco for the Hollanders. Yet so far were they from observing the Articles of it, that they rais'd a new Fort at Segeripe, took several of our Ships, and committed many Barbarities against the Portugueses; that according to composition, remained under them at Pernambuco. These things moved John Fernandez Veigra, and Francis Berenguer, to lay the design this Year of expelling them that Province; the success of their Enterprize belongs to another place. In Africk, Tangier had till this time held for the Spaniards, but now the Garrison secured their Governor, sent him Prisoner to Lisbon,* 1.57 and declared for King John. The Moors thought to have surprized that City, and gave a desperate As∣sault, but were repulsed with great Loss. The Dutch in India, notwithstanding their repeated Orders from the States to cease from all Hostilities, still found pre∣tences to carry on the War; and landing a great num∣ber

of Men in Ceylon, took the Fort of Negumbo, having first overthrown the Portugueses that were to defend it; they presuming, though much inferiour in Number, and contrary to their Orders to meet the Enemy in open Field, who pursuing them after the defeat, entred the Fort in that Heat, putting above 300 of our men to the Sword. The City Macao in China was near falling a∣gain into the Hands of the Spaniards; many of the In∣habitants favouring their interest, and raising a dangerous Tumult to promote the same, but by the Courage of Sebastian Lobo the Governour, who fired from the Castle upon the City, together with the In∣terposition of the Jesuits, it was again reduced to Obe∣dience. Gonzalo Sequeyra was sent Ambassador by the King to the Emperor of Japan, but through the Instiga∣tion of the Hollanders was not received.

Anno, 1645.

1. THis Year the King having regard to the good Ser∣vice done by the Earl of Castello-Melhor,* 1.58 in the Province betwixt Duero and Minho, appointed him Ge∣neral of Alentejo. In April he took possession of that Command, and at the same time received intelligence that the Marquess de Leganez was come to Badajoz, to command the Spanish Army. Soon after the Counts Ar∣rival at Badajoz, 500 Spanish Horse made an Incursion into the Territory of Campo Mayor, whence they retired with great Booty. In their retreat, the two Captains Emanuel de Gama Lobo and D. Charles Jordano, charged them with 300 Portuguese Horse, recovered the Prey, and took from them 80 Horses. The Count de Ca∣stello Melhor, presently after attempted to drive the Country about Badajoz, and to that purpose marched with 800 Horse and 1500 Foot, but returned with∣out doing any thing more, than driving the Ene∣mies advanced Parties to the Walls of Badajoz. In re∣turn, the Spaniards with a Body of 700 Horse, fell in∣to the Country of Barbacena and Sancta Olaya, which is two Leagues from Elvas and Campo Mayor; the Horse of both which Places, to the Number of 500, joyning, charged them in their Retreat, reco∣vered all the Booty, and took 60 of their Horses. The

Count de Castelmelhor having thoroughly examined the strength of Badajoz, thought to have surprized that place, and in order to it marched with 5500 Foot, and 1200 Horse, two Petards, and eight pieces of Canon, which last being useless for a surprize, were the cause he failed of his design, for the Carriages breaking by the way, (as was thought rather through the malice of those who had them in charge than neglect) so much time was spent in fixing them again, that it was day before he could reach the Fort of Telena, which being a League from the City, he was forced to return without attempt∣ing any thing to Elvas.

2. The King having certain intelligence that the Spa∣nish Army daily increased at Badajoz, gave out all the necessary Orders for his Troops to Rendesvouz at El∣vas, and to be himself the more at hand, went over to Aldea Gallega, which was the cause that many of the Nobility and Gentry repaired to the Army.* 1.59 On the 25th day of October, the Marquess de Leganez, marched from Badajoz, with 12000 Foot, 3000 Horse, 10 pieces of Cannon, and a Train proportionable, and halted in sight of the Bridge of Olivenza, and Fort St. Antony. In two days he took the said Fort, and another at the foot of the Bridge, both which, he demolished, and broke several Arches of the Bridge, to cut off the Com∣munication of Olivenza. Whilst the Spaniards were bu∣sie at this work, a Party of 600 of their Horse, meet∣ing 400 of our Foot, under the Command of Major John da Fonseca Barreta, within two Leagues of Estre∣moz, cut most of them off, the Major being the first that Fled; whereas, he might have easily drawn his Men within an Inclosure which was by, and have there∣by secured them against any Horse. The King of the Mal∣divy Islands, in India, being now come to Portugal, to crave Aid of the King against a Brother who had Usur∣ped the Crown; served in the Army this Campaign, and was treated with all imaginable respect. Count Castelmelhor, having drawn together all the Force he could, and being yet Inferiour to the Enemy, kept him∣self still within the Olive-Gardens at Elvas, but conti∣nually sent out Parties to Alarm the Enemy. D. Rode∣rick de Castro, with 1000 Horse, and 500 Musketiers, sustaining one of those Parties, the Enemy Charged it, and pursuing too far, he cut off 90 of their Horse. A∣nother

of our Parties being beyond Badajoz, took the Count de Izinguen, who came to be Lieutenant-Gene∣ral of Horse, in the Spanish Army, and being sent to Lisbon, continued a long time Prisoner in the Castle of Belem. The Marquess de Leganez, having done nothing more than break the Bridge, and demolish the two Forts, returned towards Badajoz, and in 12 days ere∣cted a new Fort at Telena, near that City, destroying at the same time a Tower, in which, was an Ensign and 15 of our Men, a League from Elvas. This is all that was done of moment, in the Province of Alentejo, and both Armies went into Winter-Quarters.

3. In the Province betwixt Duero and Minho,* 1.60 there was no memorable Action; only small inroads made on both sides: But the Province Tralos Montes, enjoy∣ed perfect Peace, both Parties lying still, each fearing to provoke the other. D. Ferdinand Mascarenhas, Count de Serem, Governed Beira. At his first coming thither, the Spaniards drove a Prey from about Villa Tropim, and Malpartida, but Captain Ruy Tavarez de Brito, o∣vertaking them with 100 Horse, recovered all, though at the cost of his own Life. Soon after, the Enemy lay∣ed Siege to Salvaterra, but without success; for the Count having drawn together all the Force he could make to relieve it, and being reinforced from Alentejo, they broke up the Siege and departed. They being gone, the Count fortified the Frontier places, and obli∣ged the Countrey People to retire farther from the bor∣ders, because he was inferiour to the Enemy in For∣ces.

4. We left John Fernandez Vieyra,* 1.61 the last Year in the Mountains of Pernambuco, expecting succours from Ba∣hia, to make War upon the Hollanders. They laid se∣veral designs to take him, but he having timely notice; still escaped their hands. They promised 1000 Florins Reward for his Head, and he on the other side offered 8000 Crusados for any of the Heads of those of their su∣pream Council. Henry Hus was sent with 1500 Dutch, and 800 Indians, into the Mountains, to cut him off with all his Party; but he having gathered 1200 men, where∣of only 200 had Fire-Arms, posted himself so advanta∣geously, and received them with such resolution, that after a dispute of several hours, they were totally rou∣ted with much slaughter, and had not the Night shel∣tered

them, none had returned to carry the News. The Arms taken in this Action were the principal part of the Booty, because of the great want of them there was among the Portugueses. John Hus, revenged himself up∣on the innocent Inhabitants of the Towns of St. Lau∣rence and Apopucos, who lived under the protection of the Dutch, robbing and putting them to the rack. Soon after Antony Philip Camarao, and Henry Dias, with the Blacks and Indians under their Command, joyned John Fernandez Vieyra. Andrew Vidall, also sent with some Foot, by Antony Tellez, Governour of Bahia, to ap∣prehend John Fernandez, for breaking the Truce with the Dutch, took part with him against them. Advice being brought them that the Hollanders plundered Var∣zea, and carried away the Women that were there, they marched with all speed and defeating them in the Field, obliged those that retired into a House to sur∣render themselves. Though the Hollanders complained that Andrew Vidal being sent to their assistance, had joyned their Enemies, yet they as soon as he was lan∣ded, had burnt the Ships that brought him from Bahia.

5. The Dutch going about to disarm the Portuguese Inhabitants of the Town of Sirinhaem,* 1.62 they were so in∣censed, that gathering together under Hypolito de Ver∣coza, they drove them not only out of the Town but out of the Fort, whither they had fled for safety. At Pontal de Nazareth, our Men had also Besieged the Dutch in the Fort, and Martin Sourez Moreno, with his Regiment coming to the assistance of the Besiegers; Theodosius Straet, the Governour, underhand contrived how to deliver it up to them, and he with most of his Men entred into their Service. Andrew Vidal, who had been in this last Action, having again joyned John Fer∣nandez Vieyra, they resolved to block up the place called Arrecife, and the City Mauricea, which was im∣mediately put in execution, all the Forces being posted in the most convenient places, to cut off the Enemy from all relief by Land. They Attacked and took the Fort St. Cruz, seated betwixt the Arrecife and the Town of Olinda, the Commander with 60 Men taking Ser∣vice among the Portugueses. The Fort of Porto Calvo, was also taken by Christopher Lins, the Garrison being streightned for Provisions, and he having intercepted a Vessel coming to their relief.

6. Whilst these things were doing, the Portugueses of the River of St. Francis, following the example of the rest of their Countrey-Men, falling upon the Dutch, who would have secured the principal Men among them, flew some, and drove the rest out of Town. Then be∣sieging them in the Fort, and being reinforced by some Companies sent by the Governour of Bahia, they obli∣ged them to surrender, and rased the Fort, that the E∣nemy might never think of recovering it. Andrew de Rocha de Antas, and Valentin de Rocha were the princi∣pal promoters and managers of this enterprize, who ha∣ving delivered their own Province▪ marched with the Soldiers and such others as would follow them, to joyn John Fernandez, and his Forces before Arrecife. Here it was resolved to Attack the Island Itamaraca, whence the Besieged had all their sustenance. The De∣sign was put in execution with 800 Men, who falling to plunder before they had secured the Victory, were repulsed, 80 of them being slain, and many wounded. The Besieged made a great sally upon the quarter where Henry Dias Commanded, but his Blacks received them with such bravery that very few returned to the Town. Nevertheless, having agreed with a Regiment of Dutch, that served the Portugueses, that in the heat of the Acti∣on they should fall upon them; they ventured to make another Sally, but with no better success, the Treache∣ry of the Hollanders being timely prevented by their Col∣lonel, who suspected their fidelity. A few days after, 130 of them Deserted, whereupon the rest were disar∣med, and sent away to Bahia, except only the Colonel, Theodosius Straet, who was found innocent, and served to the last. But it is time we leave them to the next Year.

7. At Tangier, the new Governour D. Gaston Coutinho, made an inroad into the Countrey, with 150 Horse, overthrew a Party of Moors, and returned with a great booty, which proved fatal to Tangier••; for the Plague then raging among the Moors, was brought into the Town, and in half a years time carried off 1700 persons; a great number for that small place. The Affairs of India we related in the last Year, and have nothing more, but that D. Philip de Mascarenhas, the new Vice-Roy Arrived at Goa, from Ceylon, and entred upon the Government. The Truce with the Hollanders

is the cause there will be little to say relating to those parts. Six Ships sailed this Year from Lisbon for India, and arrived in safety.

Anno, 1646.

1. D. John Mendez de Vasconcellos, the Portuguese Ge∣neral for the Province of Alentejo,* 1.63 had an Ar∣my of 10000 Foot, and 2000 Horse, about Elvas, ra∣ther to serve the interest of the Catalonians, than for any desire King John had to make any incursion into Estremadura. D. Roderick de Castro, General of the Horse, and his Lieutenant, D. John Mascarenhas, were ordered to march with 600 Horse, carrying 300 Foot behind them to Olivenza, where they should receive farther Or∣ders, of what was to be done on the 17th of July, at Night. They marched with great secrecy, and having there received instructions, continued their march thence all Night, and at break of day without meeting the least opposition, entred, plundered and burnt the Town of Sta. Marta, bringing away a great booty, though the place was eight Leagues up the Countrey, betwixt Ba∣dajoz and Cafra.* 1.64 The Portugeses of the Province of Beira, were not idle, but made a road as far as Valverde, driving away all the Cattle, and taking many Prisoners. Not content with what was done, they advanced to Silleros, a place six Leagues higher in the Countrey; but here they met not with their usual success, for after some skirmishing, they were forced to retire. The Spaniards to divert the Enemy from ravaging Castile, on the 5th of August, Attacked Fiaces, but to no purpose, for tho' the Wall was low and weak, it was so resolutely de∣fended that they were forced to quit the enterprize.

2. Wherever the Portugueses came,* 1.65 they utterly de∣stroyed all before them, that the Enemies Frontiers be∣ing bare and desolate, they might find the greater diffi∣culties, if they attempted to invade Portugal. Now to remove the Spaniards still farther off, and in case the War continued to employ them about recovering of their own, or if a Treaty of Peace were set on Foot, to have something to restore, they were resolv'd to attempt the taking of Codisseira. This place was considerable as well for its Riches, as the Strength of the Castle

and Number of its Garrison. The Count de Alegrette, who as has been said, was rewarded with that Title by the King, to show himself worthy of it, resolved to use his utmost Endeavours to gain this place. It was diffi∣cult to carry it by open Force and a Seige, and there∣fore he concluded upon a Surprize. Having chosen 600 Foot, and some Troops of Horse, backed by a good Number of Voluntiers, and provided Scaling Ladders, Petards, and all other Necessaries, he Marched by the way of Portalegre and Elvas to Aronches, where he was reinforced by other Troops and Voluntiers, with which Forces he posted himself within a League of Codisseira. There he halted till Night, having secured all the Men he met by the way; That none might carry Intelligence to the Enemy. His eagerness made him think it dark enough sooner than really it was; And therefore ap∣proaching the Place, whilst yet some glimmering of Light was abroad, he was discovered at a distance, by a Sharp sighted Sentinel, who giving the Alarm in the Town, was soon answered by the Castle, in both which Places, As well the Inhabitants as Souldiers, Ran to the Walls, and put themselves in a posture of Defence. Notwithstanding, all the opposition made from the Walls, the Portugueses boldly made up to the Gate, and Fired the Petards at the Town and Castle Gates, which were torn in pieces, and they Entring put to the Sword, all they found in Arms. D. John de Guevara, was reti∣red into the great Market-place with many of his Offi∣cers, hoping there to Maintain his honour; but the harm they did among the Portugueses, enraged them the more, so that they were scarce satisfyed to disarm and make them prisoners of War. The Danger being over, they fell to plundering the Town, and not so content set fire to it, reducing to ashes the place they designed to have maintained. This success made the Victors think of attempting Badajoz. They marched to Telena, a Fort Built the foregoing Year,* 1.66 by the Marquess de Le∣ganez, 〈…〉〈…〉-work to Badajoz. There were in it, 150 Spaniards, who at the first Summons, basely Sur∣rendred upon discretion; and the Fort was demolished. Whilst the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 were at work, the Forces advanced to Badajoz, where the Marquess de Mo••inguen was Go∣vernour, who presently marched out with 7000 Foot, and 150 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The Portugueses tho' much inferior in

number stood their Ground, and obstinately defended themselves for the space of seven Hours, but were at last forced to retire, having lost many Men, besides many more wounded. The Spaniards say, the Fort of Telena was not Demolished, but left in the same Condi∣tion the Portugueses found it, they wanting time to ruin the Works, or remove any thing out of it, being forced to retreat with Precipitation.

3. Nothing better was the success of the Marquess de Aytona,* 1.67 the Catholick King's General, betwixt the Ri∣vers Duero and Minho, in his design of surprizing Salva∣terra. He marched with 600 Foot, and 500 Horse, but the Count de Castelmelhor, who commanded the Por∣tugueses in that Province, understanding his Design, post∣ed himself under the Walls of that Place; and the Mar∣quess perceiving his Intentions had taken Air, posted himself not far off, and being master of the Field, erect∣ed a Fort upon an Eminence, that might serve as a Bri∣dle upon the Garrison of Salvaterra, and where he might be at Hand upon any Opportunity, to throw himself into that place which was very considerable, as being upon the Frontiers of Beira. Some considerable Action might reasonably be expected here, the Spaniards keep∣ing to their Strength, and the Portuguese to theirs, and the Forces on both sides daily encreasing. The Spanish Army grew up to the Number of 10000 Foot, and 3000 Horse, which on the 20 of November, undertook the Siege of Salvaterra, and pressed it so vigorously, that they soon lodged themselves upon the Ditch, and had be∣gun to mine, hoping in few days to carry the place. This was the posture of their Affairs, when understan∣ding that all the Forces of the Province of Beira, com∣manded by Count Seren, reinforced by others of Alen∣tejo, under the Conduct of D. Sancho Manuel, were marching with all possible speed to the Relief of the Town, they raised the Siege with such Precipitation, that they left behind them much Provision, Am∣munition, their Baracks, and about 300 sick and lame Souldiers. The Portugueses coming later then they had hoped, as those who were stayed by the violent Rains, were much troubled to be disappointed of meeting the Spanish Army, the routing of which they had promised to themselves, and greater Security to their Frontiers for the future. Having burnt the Baracks, and the

Country round about, they returned to their Winter-quarters, as the Spaniards had done on their side.

4. Thus stood all the Affairs on both sides,* 1.68 when as well the one as the other perceived that this sort of Acti∣on served only to harrass themselves. The Catholick King seemed to maintain an Army to no purpose, since in 5 or 6 Years time, he had done nothing but waste Mony, and loose Men and Ground. All the Portugueses did, was to destroy Towns, frighten the Country Peo∣ple, and kill some few Soldiers. These Considerations moved both Parties to put their standing Forces into Garrisons, and forbear farther Hostilites. Whilst the Catholick King attended the Affairs of Catalonia, and made his Interest at Rome, to obstruct the new King's being treated as such by the Pope, and the vacant Bene∣fices in Portugal, to be filled by Men of that Princes presenting; he laboured to heap up Treasure of the Riches brought him from India, that whenever the Catholick King should renew the War, he might not want Mo∣ney, which is the Life and Sinews of all Armies. He also took care to strengthen himself with Friends and Confederates, and having secured the King of France, his Ministers endeavoured to joyn in Amity with the new Common-wealth of England.* 1.69 It remained to solli∣cite the Friendship of the See of Rome, not only by per∣forming the publick Act of Obedience, and filling the vacant Churches, but by satisfying that Court, as to two Points, which it seemed to resent. One was, that King John persisted in retaining some Revenues taken from the Church. The other, that he kept the Arch-bishop of Braga Prisoner, for which he was excommunicated, and therefore the Pope demanded, that the Revenues should be restored, and the Arch-bishop put into his Hands, as being his proper Judge. To those things the Portuguese Ministers answer'd, that had the Pope sent his Nuncio, the Dispute about those Revenues, might have been easily accommodated; it being made appear, that the Crown was in possession of them for about 600 Years. And as to the Arch-bishop, that he being guilty of High-Treason, what the King had done, was justifi∣able according to the Canons, and therefore he could in∣cur no Censure of the Church. Nevertheless, the King was ready to commit the Tryal of that Cause to such Judges, as his Holiness should appoint; but not to deli∣ver

his Person, because of the danger there was, that he should be set at Liberty by the way, if he touched at any port of Spain; as also, because King John not be∣ing yet owned as such at Rome, they would not adjudge the Arch-bishop guilty of High-Treason. The Court of Rome seemed satisfyed as to this Point, but not as to the other.

5. In this place it will not be amiss to relate the end of the Misfortunes befallen to Edward,* 1.70 Brother to King John. It was said above, how he was taken in Germa∣ny, where he served the Emperor, and delivered up to the Ministers of Spain, as guilty of being privy to the revolt of Portugal. It was layed to his Charge, that being a Subject of the King of Spain, he had not disco∣vered to him the designed revolt of that Kingdom. On this account, he was put into the Castle of Milan, where fresh Evidence was found against him. He was kept with Guards upon him in the very Room, all his own Servants being removed from him, upon Suspicion that they contrived his Escape. The Governor of the Ca∣stle imagining that his Confessor who was a Jesuit, might have a hand in that Contrivance; sent him word to chose another, so it were a Subject of the King of Spain, and no Jesuit, letting him also know, that every now and then he must change his Confessor. This Message be∣ing delivered by the Lieutenant of the Castle, D. Ed∣ward broke out into a Passion, which he had never done before, and among many other rash Expressions, said, His Comfort was, that he suffered for the King his Bro∣ther, for his Family and Country, for which he was willing to lay down his Life. This the Lieutenant deposed a∣gainst him; and several Soldiers also restifyed, that being upon his Guard, they had heard him drink a Health to the King his Brother. The Governor having taken those depositions, there came a Commission from Spain, appointing three Judges to try him, and they again ex∣amined all the Witnesses; then they proceeded to ex∣amine the Prisoner himself, who being asked what he knew of the design of revolting in Portugal; utterly de∣nyed he had any knowledge of it, but unadvisedly in his Discourse, added, that being at Lisbon, F. Bartholomew Gerreiro a Jesuit had told him, that many Sebastianists (so they called those affected to the line of Braganzza) de∣sired him not to depart Portugal, because they thought his

Presence necessary for carrying on their Designs; that ne∣vertheless he would not see any of them, but went away for Germany. Next, they asked him whether he had gi∣ven the King (meaning the Catholick King) an account of those Words; he said he had not, as making no ac∣count of them, but had immediately departed the Kingdom. They also put Questions to him about the Healths he had drunk, and the words he spoke upon the changing his Confessor, but they laid the chief stress on the words spoke by F. Guerreiro, and his not discovering them to the King, for which they pretended he was guilty of High-Treason, and consequently deserved Death. D. Edward pleaded, that he being a Knight of the Military Order of Christ, the judgment of secular Judges against him was void. To this they answered, that in cases of High-Treason, those Priviledges cease; besides that, two of the Judges were also Knights of Military Orders. Death put an end to this Controver∣sie, for the Prisoner falling Sick, either through his long Suffering, or some other Cause, put the same period to his Life and Imprisonment.

6. For the better settlement of the Affairs of the Na∣tion,* 1.71 then in some disorder, through the long continu∣ance of the War; the King had summoned the Cortes or Parliament to meet in December, of the foregoing Year. They being accordingly assembled, redressed ma∣ny Grievances, occasioned by the Army; ordered, that for defence of the Frontiers, there should be kept in Pay, 16000 Foot, and 4000 Horse, and as well for the pay∣ment of them, as other Expences of the War, assigned 2150000 Cruzados, which in English Money, is 286666 l. 13 s—4 d. allowing 3000 Reis to the pound, according to the common Computation.

7. We left the Portugueses at Pernambuco last Year, successful on both sides,* 1.72 and besieging the Hollanders in their Towns, all along the Coast. These last, erected a new Fort, to secure the Communication between Sinco Pontas, and Af••••gados, but their Garrisons attempting to cast down the Woods that were in the way, were o∣bliged to quit that Work, with the loss of many Men. At the same time, D. Antony Philip Camarhao, who was gone to reduce the Indians of Rio Grande, gave a great overthrow to the Dutch, who came to attack him with 500 Men of their own, and 1000 Indians. The News of this suc∣cess,

being brought to John Ferdinandez Viegra, he sent for Andrew Vidal, with six Companies to reinforce the Victors. To the end, the Enemy might not perceive his Forces were lessened, he kept them in continual A∣larm; and Henry Diaz, who commanded the Blacks, with only his own Men, took the new Fort the Dutch had erected, putting all within it to the Sword. An∣drew Vidal, at Paraiba, having laid himself in Ambush, sent out 40 Portugueses, who drew 220 Dutch and Indi∣an•• into the Snare, where they all perished. Both the Besieged and the Besiegers at Pernambuco suffered great Want, but several methods were found to relieve the latter. The former had no hopes, but in a Fleet they expected from Holland▪ They had three Ships, which lay to secure their passage to the Island Itamaraca, and other parts of the Continent, which John Fernandez Vieyra perceiving, he attack'd them with 500 Men in Boats, who took one, and burnt the other two, then passing over to the Shore, he drove the Defendants from several small redoubts, and erected a Fort at the Port St. Mark, in which he left 200 Men with 18 pieces of Can∣non, which he had taken from the Enemy.

8. The Dutch were now reduced to the last Extremi∣ty,* 1.73 when 3 Ships arrived from Holland, bringing Provi∣sions, Ammunition and Men; as also an Account, that two Fleets were fitting out, the one to secure Per∣nambuco, the other to conquer Bahia. Near the same time, a small Ship and two Caravels, brought some re∣lief to the Besiegers from Portugal. John Farnandez Vieyra, was several times warned, that a Conspiracy was carryed on against his Life; yet he still slighted the Advice, till being one day advanced from his Company, he saw three Fire-locks levelled at him, whereof only one gave Fire, and shot him through the Shoulder. Ne∣vertheless he pardoned the Conspirators, contenting him∣self with only a verbal Check, given them Face to Face. Now at length, arrived a great Fleet from Holland, un∣der the Command of Sigismund Van Scop, with 4000 Men, and all other Necessaries. To oppose this great Power, the Portuguese Commanders gather'd all the Soul∣diers and Inhabitants, that were before dispersed in pla∣ces of less Consequence, and so considerably encreased their Force, that they stood no longer in fear of their E∣nemies. On the 5th. of August, Sigismund Van Scop mar∣ched

with 1200 Men, to attack the Town of Olinda; but a pass that led to it, being well fortifyed, he twice assaulted it, and was as often repulsed with great loss, and himself wounded. The following Night, 1000 Men sallyed upon one of the Portuguese Quarters, but with with no better Success. After this, Sigismund rai∣sed some small Forts in convenient places, as well to secure that Coast, as to amuze his Enemies; his design being as soon as his Fleet could be made ready, to sail for Bahia, and make himself Master of that Place, but that belongs to another Year.

9. Africk this Year affords us nothing remarkarble,* 1.74 only some Incursions of D. Gaston Coutinho, Governor of Tangier, and the Martyrdome of Sebastian Gomez, who suffered Death with exquisite Torments, for his constan∣cy in the Faith. D. Phillip Mascarenhas, continued in the Government of India, where likewise there happen∣ed little of moment, by reason of the Truce with the Dutch; only about the latter end of April, 46 Sail ly∣ing at Anchor, without the Bar of Goa, ready to sail the next day; such a sudden violent Storm arose, that not a Vessel, or so much as one Man was saved, but all to∣gether perished in the Sea.

Anno, 1647.

1. JOhn Mendez de Vasconcell••s,* 1.75 who still commanded in Alentejo, finding his Forces too weak to with∣stand the many Incursions of the Enemy, applyed him∣self with great diligence to fortifie the Frontiers, and particularly Ouguela, and Campo Mayor; but upon Ad∣vice, that the King had appointed Martin Alfonso de Melo, Governor of that Province, he retired to Lisbon, being unwilling to serve under him. Andrew de Albu∣querque, General of the Artillery, commanded during the Absence of the Governour. No sooner was he vest∣ed with this Power, but the Spaniards made an Incursi∣on with all their Horse, into the Country, betwixt Ge∣romenha, and Elvas, and carryed away a great Prey; Albuquerque, though he drew out of Elvas, being too weak to oppose them. To revenge this, he sent Henry de Lamorle with some Troops, to draw out the Spani∣ards of Albuquerque, which he managed so dexterously,

that bringing them into an ambush they were totally rou∣ted, and 120 Horses taken. The Enemy made another Incursion towards Olivenza, but as they retired, 200 Portuguese Horse Charging them in the Rear, recovered all the Booty. At this time came to Elvas, Martin Al∣fonso de Melo, the new Governour. The Baron de Mo∣linguen General of Horse, Commanded the Spanish For∣ces. He gathered 1200 Horse, and advanced towards Elvas, 800 Horse, and three Regiments of Foot march∣ed out upon the alarm. Martin Alfonso sent the Horse before, ordering Andrew de Albuquerque to Attack the Enemy, if he found them on this side the Rivers Gua∣diana or Caya. Albuquerque Detached the Commissary-Ge∣neral, D. John de Ataide, with four Troops, and the same Orders. D. John finding only a part of the Ene∣my on this side, would not Charge them, which Anto∣ny Jaques de Payva perceiving, he fell on with his Troop, but being overpowered, his Men fled; those with D. John, instead of seconding, followed their example, as did also those that were with Albuquerque. The Spa∣niards pursued, till they discovered our Foot, and An∣drew de Albuquerque rallying his Horse under their shel∣ter, when having no Foot, they drew off carrying a∣way 40 Prisoners. John Paschasius Cosmander, our prin∣cipal Ingenier, passing betwixt Estremoz and Elvas, was unhappily taken by a Spanish Party. The King offered the Count de Singuen in exchange for him, but the Spa∣niards left no methods untried to bring him to their Ser∣vice, till at last they prevailed.

2. The Count de Castello Mel••or,* 1.76 who Governed the Province betwixt the Rivers Duero and Minho, Un∣derstanding that the Count de S. Estevan, General of Galicia, was to March with 1500 Foot, and 400 Horse, to visit the Frontiers, sent out of Salvaterra, Collonel Francis de Franca Barboza, with 450 Foot, to possess himself of an Advantageous Post called Maley∣tas, near the River Minho, and a Musquet Shot from Salvaterra. The Adjutant Labarta, was Ordered with 20 Horse, to attack the Enemies Scouts, and as if he were Overpowered, to retire and draw the Enemy within the reach of the Foot. Labarta Executed his Orders, and was pursued by 5 Battalions of the Enemy. With Francis de Franca, were 100 Dutch, who fled at the sight of the Enemy, and many Potugueses followed

their example, however Francis de Franca with such as stood by him made good his ground till the Spaniards retired. The Province Tralos Montes still pteserved its quiet, both Parties being inclinable to admit of it. Count Seren who Governed Beyra, having Obtained Leave to quit that Post, the King divided it into two Parts, Appointing two Generals because the Province was Large. D. Roderick de Castro had the Territory about Guarda, Pinhel and Lamego. D. Sancho Manuel that about Castelbranco, Viseu and Coimbra. D. Roderick being come into his Province, immediately disposed all things for the Defence of it, and repulsed a Party of the Enemy that broke in by the way of Alfayates. His next design was to take the Fort of Galegos, 4 Leagues from Almeyda, and 2 from Cuidad Rodrigo. To this purpose he gathered 60 Foot of the Standing-Forces, and 2500 of the Militia, with 160 Horse, and 3 pieces of heavy Canon. On the 23d of August, he marched from Almeyda, and the next day came before Gallegos, Plan∣ted a battery, and began to play upon the Place, but perceiving it required more time to make a breach than he could well spare, and Understanding the Garrisons of all the Neighbouring places were marched to Cuidad Rodrigo, to Relieve Gallegos, he thought a Fair Oppor∣tunity was offered him of taking St. Felices, a Place of more consequence. Wherefore they Instantly broke up, and marched towards it with 120 Foot, and 120 Horse, and by the way Understood, that all the Gar∣rison of the place was marched, except 300 Foot, and 800 of the Country People. Upon this advice he hasted forwards, and giving the Assault at several places together, Entred the Town, Plundered and Burnt it. D. Antony de Isasse, the Governour having Lost 150 of his Men retired with the rest into the Castle, and D. Roderick, Returned with great Honour to Almeida. Severall other small Skirmishes hapned, in which the Portugueses still had the better, which so Encouraged D. Roderick, that gathering 800 Foot, and 150 Horse, he made an inroad into the Territory of Cuidad Rodrigo, Burning all the Open Towns, and utterly destroying the Country, without meeting the least opposition. D. Sancho Manuel, Governour of the other part of the Province, was not idle, but cut off 100 Spaniards, that had taken a prey in his district, and Fortifyed Salva∣terra,

upon advice that the Enemy were assembling a considerable body, which he was not able to Oppose in the Feild.

3. This Year the King created his Eldest Son Theo∣dosius,* 1.77 Prince of Brasil, and began to Assign the Reve∣nues of the House of Braganza, for the maintaining of his House. As the King studied all means to secure his Crown, so the Ministers of Spain omitted not by all ways, tho' never so unjust, to contrive his destruction, and had now infallibly compassed it, had not a special Providence preserved him. One Dominick Leyte, a Na∣tive of Lisbon, who had been Clark in one of the Courts, and was well descended, fled to Madrid, where, having offered his Service to that King's Ministers, he under∣took upon several great promises, and some rewards in possession, to Assassinate King John. In order to it, he returned to Lisbon in May, with one Emanuel Roque, where, by degrees, he hired several Houses in the Tur∣ners-Street, next the Church of St. Nicholas. He opened Doors all along from one House to another, made loop∣holes through the walls to the Street, and provided se∣veral Fire-locks loaded with Poisoned Bullets, to Shoot the King as he passed that way in procession upon Cor∣pus-Christi-day; that if one piece should happen to fail, another might certainly hit. The day being come, and he lying in wait, tho' he twice attempted to fire, his Heart failed him, and the King being passed, he shut the Doors, and went away to the Monastery of Our La∣dy of Grace, where Emanuel Roque expected him with two Horses, and they both returned to Madrid. There he framed excuses for missing of his Design; and re∣ceiving fresh encouragement, returned again to Lisbon. By the way, he discovered his Design to Emanuel Roque, who getting to Town before him, on pretence of taking a Lodging, discovered the Treason. Dominick Leyte, being Apprehended, Confessed the Crime, had both his Hands cut off, and was afterwards Hanged and Quar∣tered.

4. The Marquess de Niza,* 1.78 who had been before Am∣bassador in France, was sent back this Year to sollicite the Concluding a League betwixt the two Crowns. He proposed to Cardinal Mazarine a Match betwixt Prince Theodosius, and the Eldest Daughter of the Duke of Or∣leans, which the Cardinal seemed to approve of, yet it

took no effect, no more than the League at that time. However, King John sent three Men of War to joyn the French Fleet. At Rome, F. Nunho da Cunha, presen∣ted a long memorial to the Pope, pressing him to Con∣firm the Bishops Elected by the King, because of the great want of Prelates there was in all the Portuguese Dominions, but without any success; for three Popes successively, absolutely persisted in the denial. Francis de Souja Coutinho, who was Ambassador in Holland, af∣ter having interposed all the delays that could be ad∣mitted to hinder the States sending a Fleet to Pernam∣buco, finding they had now 30 Sail ready to put to Sea, boldly made use of certain blanks he had of the King's, to assure them that Parnambuco should be restored; which done, he immediately gave the King an Account thereof, desiring he would order him to be secured, and if it were necessary to take off his Head, to satisfie the States, rather than the fraud should be imputed to His Majesty. By this wile the Fleet was kept back from June till December, when it was put out three times, and was still beat back by unseasonable weather, to the great advantage of the Portugueses in Pernambuco. The King on the other hand, always pretended he had ordered his Subjects in that Province to lay down their Arms, that they maintained the War in Contempt of his Commands, and that the succours they had from Ba∣hia, were all by stealth. Several proposals were made for buying those places the Dutch possessed there, but they all came to nothing.

5. We left Sigismund Vanscop,* 1.79 the Dutch Commander at Pernambuco, preparing his Fleet to attempt the Con∣quest of Bahia: All things being in readiness, he set sail from the Coast of Pernambuco called Arrecif••, about the end of January steering his course for the River of St. Francis, the better to conceal his Design upon Bahia. There he took in what necessaries he wanted, and being joyned by Anderson's Squadron, sent thither before, put to Sea again, and soon appeared before Bahia. Fear∣ing to attempt the City, ••e Anchored at the Island Ta∣parica, opposite to it, and three Leagues distant, where he speedily erected a For••, and four redoubts on as ma∣ny Hills that Command it, then stretched out his Fleet, so that all the Shoar lay exposed to his Cannon. Anto∣ny Tellez the Governour of Bahia, fortified the passage,

from the Island to the City, but adventuring contrary to the advice of the Council of War to Attack the Hol∣landers in their strength, was repulsed with great loss. This done, he immediately sent advice to the King, of the Condition he was in, who ordered him speedy re∣lief. Twelve Ships were fitted out, under the Com∣mand of Antony Tellez de Menezes, Count de Villa-Pou∣ca, with Orders, that after relieving Bahia, five of them should be delivered to Salvador Correa de Sá, and Benavides appointed Governour of the Province of Rio de Janeyro, and Captain-General for the Kingdom of Angola. His instructions were to endeavour the reco∣very of that Kingdom, basely usurped by the Dutch, af∣ter they had overthrown Peter Cesar de Meneses, under colour of friendship, as was said before. The Fleet set sail, and the Dutch at Pernambuco having intelligence of it, and fearing it was designed against them, earnestly pressed Sigismund Vanscope to quit Bahia, and come to their assistance, for they were much pressed by the Be∣siegers. The Portuguese Governours at Pernambuco, per∣ceiving that the Dutch about Rio Grande improved that Countrey, which was a great relief to the Besieged, sent Major Antony Dias Cardoso with 300 Men, who de∣stroyed all he found there, driving away 200 Prisoners, and a vast number of Cattle. After this, Andrew Vidal marched with 800 Men to Ceará Merim, on the North of Rio Grande, and wasted all that Territory, killing 70 Hollanders, and bringing away many Prisoners, and as much Cattle as supplied the want of Provisions there was before in the Camp. Whilst these 800 Men were abroad, the Besieged made several Sallies, but without any success, and John F••rnandez Vieyra to curb them, or∣dered that several Parties should continually keep the Enemy in alarm. Then the more to streighten them, he raised a Fort opposite to one the Dutch had built to cover the City Mauricia, which he managed with such dexterity, keeping them always upon their guard, that though it was begun about the beginning of October, they never perceived the work till the 6th of November, when our Artillery began to play upon the City, the Shoar and the bar, for all those places were within reach. We also Attacked and carried the Palace of Count Na∣sau, guarded by two Companies, which having Plun∣dered, our Men returned without any loss. At this

time Sigismund Vanscop returned with his Fleet, having abandoned his Fort at the Island Taparica, before the Arrival of our Fleet. The Count de Villapouca Arrived at Bahia, eight days after the Enemy had abandoned the Fort; but eight of their Ships again appeared upon the Coast. Some Ships went out to receive them, and af∣ter a long dispute, two Portugueses and as many Dutch were burnt and sunk. The Count took possession of the Government of Bahia, and Antony Tellez de Silva the former Governour remained there about his private Affairs, but with ill success, as will hereafter appear. The five Ships designed for Angola, went away in De∣cember, to joyn Salvador Correa, at Rio de Janeyro; what they did we shall see in its place.

6. D. Gaston Continho,* 1.80 Governour of Tangier, never ceased to infest the Moors, and overthrew some parties of theirs that came to ravage the Territories of Tangier. This Year the Fleet of Spain consisting of 47 Ships and several small Vessels, and Commanded by D. John of Austria, appeared before that City, as if it were de∣signed to Land Men, but after some Hours Canonading on both sides, put to Sea again. D. John Luis de Vascon∣cellos, who Commanded at Marzagam, sent Presents to the Alcayde of Azamor, and the King of Morocco, to purchase their friendship; yet the Alcayde with 300 Horse, made an Incursion to the Walls of Marzagam, and though D. John fought with him from nine in the Morning till three in the Afternoon, he was forced to retire, being overpowered by the number of the Infi∣dels. In India, the King of Marava, commonly called Yeveré, trusting to the strength of the Island Ramanan∣cor, revolted from the Nayque of Madure, to whom he was tributary. The Nayque asked the assistance of the Portugueses, for conveying his Forces into the Island. They sent a Fleet to his aid, and by their means the Rebel was reduced, and they received the Reward pro∣mised for their assistance. Four Ships sailed this Year from Lisbon to India, two whereof perished in the La∣titude of Mozambique.

Anno, 1648.

1. THE Count de St. Lorenzo,* 1.81 govern'd Alentejo, and with great industry disposed all things for the defence of that Province. D. James Mexia Marquess of Leganes came the second time to Badajoz, to Com∣mand the Spanish Forces. His coming was the cause that all the Portuguese preparations were redoubled, new Forces raised, and the Frontiers fortified. Whilst the main Bodies were gathering on both sides, the Mar∣quess de Leganes sent 600 Horse by the way of Albu∣querque to plunder the Countrey as far as Marvao. The Count St. Lorenzo, having timely notice of it, sent Achim de Tamericourt, the Commissary-General, with 400 Horse and Orders to fight wheresoever he should meet him. Tamericourt, executed his Orders with so much bravery, that meeting the Enemy near Portale∣gre, he soon routed them, took 200 Prisoners, and re∣covered all the prey. This disaster provoked the Mar∣quess de Leganez to hasten putting in execution his De∣sign upon Olivenza, which place, the Ingenier Cosman∣der (who before we said was won by the Spaniards) had ingaged to put into the Catholick King's hands without much difficulty. On the 20th of June, he ap∣peared at break of day before Olivenza, with 8000 Foot and 3000 Horse. Cosmander, who had the dire∣cting of the Attack, divided these Troops into four parts, ordering them to give the Assault in as many places; reserving to himself a barrier of the covered way, where the Soldiers used to come out to work. The Spaniards advanced with resolution, and mounted two Bulwarks before the Centinels gave the Alarm. The Soldiers of the next Guards, and some of the Inhabi∣tants hasting to the places where the danger was, main∣tained the Fight till the rest of the Garrison came to their relief. D. John de Menezes the Governour, at the first Alarm, ran half Naked with his Sword in his hand into the Street, and with his example so encouraged the Soldiers, that they drove the Enemy, forcing many to cast themselves down headlong from the Bullwarks. Yet the danger was not over, for in other places the Spaniards had turned some Cannon of the other

Bullwarks upon the City, and many fell on both sides. D. John, though he had received three wounds, ceased not to act, as well as give out Orders. The danger lasted till it was clear day; when Cosmander thinking to force the barrier of the covered way, was shot dead from the Wall. His death put an end to the dispute, for though the Marquess de Leganez dismounted his Horse to carry on the Assault; those that were drove out so discouraged the others that were to come on, that the Marquess was forced to sound a retreat, and immediately returned to Badajoz. After this in several small rencounters the Portugueses were successful against the Spaniards; took a considerable Convoy from them near Albuquerque; and the Count de St. Lozenco made an Incursion as far as Talavera, whence he returned with a great Booty, passing in sight of Badajoz, in hopes the Marquess de Leganez might be drawn out, but he stirred not. Some difference arising betwixt the Count and John Mendes de Vasconcellos, who had governed that Province before, the King sent the latter Prisoner to the Old-Tower, where he remained till the time we shall speak of him hereafter. In all the other parts of the Kingdom, there was no Action of any consideration this Year.

2. On the 26th of April, was Born the King's third Son, Prince Peter, (now King) and was Baptized by the Bishop of Elvas,* 1.82 with all Solemnity and publick De∣monstration of Joy. The Marquess de Niza, who was Ambassador in France, ceased not to sollicite the con∣clusion of a League betwixt the two Crowns, but all his endeavours proved successless; whereupon, in Fe∣bruary of the following Year, he left Paris, and retur∣ned home. F. Nunho da Cunha, was still at Rome, solli∣citing the Affairs of Portugal. Two Capucins came to Rome with the Title of Ambassadors from the King of Congo, to give his Obedience to the Pope, and obtain of him Bishops and Missioners, for propagating of the Faith. The Pope gave them publick Audience, and appointed an Arch-Bishop, two Bishops, and 3•• Missi∣oners, Spaniards and Italians, giving them a Summ of Money, and ordering them to imbark in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 port of Spain. F. Nunho da Cunha, opposed the sending of these Bishops and Missioners, because that the Kingdom of Congo appertained to the Conquest of Portugal, and

Dr. Emanuel Alvarez Corrillo, was sent from Lisbon by the King, to second him as well in that, as solliciting the Expediting of Bulls for the Bishops of Portugal, but all they could effect, was only to stop the Voyage of the Bishops and Missioners of Congo.

3. Whilst these things happened in Europe,* 1.83 the Dutch continued blocked up on the Coast of Pernambuco. In January, the Portuguese Governors of that Province, re∣ceived Intelligence, that the Fleet under the Count de Villa Pouca, was arrived at Bahia, but that no Succour was to be expected from thence. They were no ways dismayed at this News, but resolved to proceed more vigorously than before. Accordingly they sent Henry Di∣as with his own Regiment, and some Companies of D. Antony Philip Camarao, to Rio Grande. He march'd with such Secresie and Expedition, that the Enemy knew nothing of it, till they felt the effects of his Arri∣val, for he Burnt and destroyed all before him. Such as could escape, retired to Gurairas, a fortifyed place in a Lake, but he attacked, and carryed that also by Night, putting all within to the Sword, without sparing Sex or Age. Thence he marched to Cunhau, which was also fortified, yet was deliver'd up, those within on∣ly compounding for their Lives. The King at last con∣sidering of how great Consequence it was to expell the Dutch out of America, sent Francis Barreto de Menezes, with two small Vessels, and 300 Men to command there, as Camp-Master General. By the way, he met a Dutch Squadron, by whom he was taken, and carryed Prisoner to Arrecife, where he was kept in Custody 9 Months, and at last made his Escape, with one Francis Bra, Son to the Officer that had him in keeping. Being come into the Portuguese Quarters, he joyned with John Fernandez Vieyra, and Andrew Vidal being positively set down to endure the utmost Extremities, rather then forsake the Enterprize they had in hand. They sent Captain Paul de Cunha, to sollicit some Succours from the Count de Villa Pouca, at Bahia, but he returned without any, at such time as a Fleet was arrived from Holland, which consisted of 44 Sail, with 9000 Land-Men aboard it, besides Sea-Men, when it came out, but some had perished in a Storm. Upon the Arrival of this great Power, the Portugueses gather'd all their For∣ces, quitting the most distant, and least advantagious

Posts; and yet after all, they could make up but 2200 Men fit for Service. Sigismund Vanscop, who comman∣ded the Dutch, proclaimed a Pardon to all Slaves, or Portugueses, that should come over to him, but it took no effect. On the 18th. of April, he took the Field with 7500 Foot, 500 Seamen, 300 Indians, 5 pieces of Cannon, and a great quantity of Ammunition; and mar∣ching to the Fort Barreta, the Captain who commanded there, unadvisedly went out with 80 Men, most of whom were kill'd, the Captain taken, and his Ensign surrendred the Fort. Francis Barreto, who commanded the Portugueses, having called a Council of War, it was resolved to give the Enemy Battle, though at such great odds, rather than stay to be beaten out of all their Posts by degrees. According to this Resolution they march∣ed, and posted themselves in a small Plain, at the Foot of the Mountains Gararapes, on the 16th. of April. They sent out Major Antony Diaz Cardoso, with 20 Men to observe the Enemy, who stirred not that Night, but ap∣peared next Morning, being Low Sunday, upon the Mountains; Antony Dias with his 20 Men, and 40 In∣dians that had joyned him, skirmishing in their Van. The Enemy drawing near, our Men attack'd them with Sword in Hand, and at the first Charge disordered their Van, which retiring to the other Troops, endeavoured to rally. Henry Dias, with his Regiment, pressing hard upon them, was overpowred by the fresh Troops, and forced to give way, so that many of the Portugueses who were disordered in Confidence of the Victory, began to fly▪ Francis Barreto, in good time rallyed them, and charging the Enemy again, recovered the Day. Yet the Dutch were not soon broke, for the Fight continued four Hours very obstinate. At last the Dutch gave way, and retired to a Hill, whether Francis Barreto thought not good to pursue them, because his Men were spent with Travel, and fasting 24 Hours. There were taken 33 Colours, many Arms, and a great Booty. At Night the Enemy returned to the Shoar, leaving behind 1000 Dead, and carrying 523 wounded; of the Portu∣gueses, 80 were killed, and 400 wounded. This done, Francis Barreto marched back to possess his former Quar∣ters, hoping the Enemy was not in a Condition to de∣stroy them, and so it proved; for they had only pos∣sessed themselves of the Fort Barreta, and Town of O∣linda,

which last he resolved to recover. At Night he sent Henry Diaz with his Regiment, and some other Companies, who drove out the Enemy, killing 160 of them, and recovered 5 pieces of Canon. Francis Barre∣to ordered the Works to be rased, and his Men to re∣tire to their Post. Sigismund Vanscop sent a Drum, de∣manding exchange of Prisoners, which was refused, and they all sent away to Bahia. Some Ships of the Dutch Fleet that had been separated by Storm, arriving now, Sigismund several times attacked the Quarters of Henry Dias, but was as often valiantly repulsed by the Blacks. There was great want of Men and Provisions in our Quarters, which was in some measure remedyed by the arrival of Collonel Francis de Figueyroa from Bahia, with 300 Men, and a quantity of Cattle. The joy of this Succour was abated by the Death of D. Antony Philip Camarao, Governor of the Indians, a good Christian, and resolute Soldier. Sigismund Vanscop perceiving Fortune favour'd him not at Pernambuco, put to Sea with some Ships, and landing in several parts of Ba••ia, returned with a great Booty he had gather'd. Francis Barreto growing better versed in the Affairs of that Country, con∣tinued the War with good Conduct, as we shall see in the following Years.

4. It has been said above, that Salvador Correa was sent from Lisbon with the Title of Governour of Rio de Janeyro,* 1.84 and General of the Kingdom of Angola. In January, he arrived at Rio de Janeyro, and found there Emanuel Pacheco de Mello, with the 5 Ships sent by the Count de Villa Pouca, in pursuance of the King's Or∣ders. Salvador Correa was no sooner landed, but he cal∣led a Council to deliberate about recovering the King∣dom of Angola. It was unanimously resolved to go up∣on the Enterprize, and for the carrying of it on, the In∣habitants contributed 55000 Cruzadoes (which is 7333l. 06 s.—04 d.) This encouraged him to hire 6 Ships, and buy 4 small Vessels. He listed 900 Land Men, and 600 Sea-men, and having made all necessary Provision for them, sailed for Angola on the 12th. of May, with 15 Sail. The weather proved so bad, his small Vessels could not keep up with him. However he arrived at Quicombo, where he was ordered to raise a Fort, and landed to view the place. Five days after, arrived his Vice-Admiral, and two of the small Vessels, but the

Night following, the Vice-Admiral sunk in the Bay, without the least Wind, no Man knowing what should be the cause of it. In her perished 360 Men, for only two were saved. Salvador Correa called a Council, where he proposed, that though the King's Orders were not to make War upon the Dutch, as supposing they li∣ved peaceably with the Portugueses, yet finding on the Contrary, that they ceased not to make War upon those who were retired up the Country; he thought it was but reasonable to assist their Country Men, and expell those Usurpers. All that were present answered, they would either recover Angola, or dye. With this una∣nimous Consent he set sail again, and arrived at Loanda. Having taken a Black, he reported that 300 Dutch, with 3000 Blacks so streightned the Portugueses, who were fled to the City Masangano, that it was impossible to have any Correspondence with them. Having received this Confirmation of the unjust proceedings of the Dutch, he sent to summon the Governor of Loanda to surrender. This Message so surprized him, that he sent to desire only 8 days, to resolve what was to be done. Salvador Cor∣rea perceiving this was only to gain Time to call in their Men that were Abroad, replyed he would grant two Days, after which they must expect to be treated with the utmost Rigour. They accepted of the offer, and in that time gather'd all the Force they could into the Fort of St. Michael, which commands the City, and that of our Lady on the Shoar, both which can contain 5000 Men. At the expiration of the two days, Salvador Correa sent to know whether they were ready to surrender; but they answered, they were resolved to hold out to the last. Hereupon he instantly landed 900 Men, and mar∣ched to the Town, which he entred without Oppositi∣on, possessing himself of the Fort S. Antony abandoned by the Enemy, who had left in it 8 pieces of Canon, whereof only two were nailed. With the other 6 and 4 Demi-Canon brought from the Ships, he formed two Batteries that Night, which at break of Day began to play on the Fort of St. Michael, but not with any consi∣derable effect. Salvador Correa displeased at this disap∣pointment, and more at the News, that the Dutch had defeated the Portugueses at Masangano, resolved to ven∣ture upon a desperate Action, which was to assault both the Forts, joyned by a Line of Communication, and

defended by 1200 Dutch, French and Germans, and as many Blacks. Accordingly at break of Day, the assault was given, and though bravely carryed on, he was forc'd to retire, leaving 163 Men killed, and carrying off 160 wounded. However he resolved upon a second attack, but the Enemy prevented him, by hanging out a white Flag, and surrendring the Forts. Five days after the Surrender, the Dutch that were abroad in the Coun∣try, being 250, with 2000 Blacks, upon Advice that the Forts were besieged, came to relieve them, but fin∣ding them lost, agreed to be sent away with the rest, notwithstanding the Queen Ginga, and the King of Congos Officers encouraged them to continue the War. The Fort of Benguela hearing what had happened at Loanda, was immediately surrendred by the Dutch that held it. Sal∣vador Correa, having gathered all the Portugueses that were dispersed about the Mountains, repeopl'd the City Loanda, and sent some Vessels to recover the Island St. Thomas. But those Dutch that he sent away, passing by that Island, and giving an account of their ill success, their Country Men there, went away with them, lea∣ving behind their Artillery, and most of their Ammuni∣tion, which the Portuguese Inhabitants soon made them∣selves Masters of. Not content with this, Salvador Cor∣rea sent all along that Coast, to all places where the Dutch had factories, and in two Months, wholly clear∣ed the Country of them. Being now rid of the Dutch, Salvador Correa, resolved to take Revenge of Queen Ginga, the King of Congo, and their Confederates, who had assisted them. He gave the Charge of this Expedi∣tion to Bartholomew de Vasconcellos, with whom joyned the King of Dongo, and the Jaga of Ambaca, who had always been faithful to the Portugueses. Vasconcellos, soon reduced the King of Congo, and other lesser Princes; the Island of Loando, being taken from the former, and new Tributes imposed on him, as a Punish∣ment of his Infidelity. Queen Ginga fled 300 Leagues up the Country. This Queen was Daughter to a King of Angola, who was beheaded by the Portugueses, in re∣venge whereof, she gathered all the Youth she could, killing the old People and Children wherever she came, and continued a savage Life in the Mountains with these Robbers, always watching, all Opportunities of doing harm to the Portugueses. Now at length being driven

up the Country, she sent an Ambassador, and concluded Peace with Salvador Correa, who so well settled that Kingdom, that it continues ever since under the Domi∣nion of Portugal.

5. D. Gaston Coutinho, continued in the Government of Tangier,* 1.85 making many inroads into the Country in which he gained much Honour; but the Forces in that City being but small, he could not make so great ad∣vantages as might otherwise be expected, of his Valor and Conduct. De Philip Mascarenhas, the Vice-Roy of India, sent D. Alvaro de Ataide, with a Squadron, to the Coast of Coromandel, to fortifie the Town of Nega∣patam, which the Portugueses had lately built. The Nayque of Tanjaor, in whose Territory it stood, sent an Army to hinder the Work. D. Alvaro landed 500 Men, and after a sharp Dispute, put the Indians to flight, with much slaughter. This done, he saw the Fortifications finished, and returned to Goa; nothing more of Note happened in India, during the Government of D. Philip Mascarenhas, which lasted till the Year 1651. The War in Portugal being prosecuted with small Force on both sides, and the Campaign being often spent in small Incursions, do not afford much matter worthy an Histo∣ry, which is the Reason, the Relations of Affairs at home are so short; and the Actions abroad being very considerable, though I endeavour to reduce them to as small Compass as may be; yet because I would omit nothing that is remarkable, they often swell to a greater Bulk than the Domestick, and force me to insist longer upon them then I had designed.

Anno, 1649.

1. WE left the Count de S. Lorenzo,* 1.86 governing the Province of Alentejo with good success. This Year, knowing that some Troops of Forreign Horse were come to Badajoz, he promised Rewards to all Sol∣diers or Officers that should come over to him, perfor∣ming his Promise to the full, with the first that deserted; so that in a short time, the greatest part of them quitted the Spanish Service. At this time, all Prisoners on both sides, as well Soldiers as Officers, not above the De∣gree of a Captain, were set at liberty on both sides. In

April, 600 Spanish Horse driving the Cattle betwixt Fronteyra and Cabeza de Vide, were resolutely Charged by the Commissary Generall Tamericourt with 16 Troops, and utterly defeated, 120 of them killed and double the Number taken. The Baron de Molinguen the Spanish Camp-Master Generall after this defeat quitted his Post, and D. Francis de Tutavilla Duke of S. German succeeded him. At the Request of the Count de S. Lorenzo the Commissary Generall Tamericourt, was made Lieutenant Generall of Horse, and a Commendary given to the other Commissary Du Quesne. There being also great want of Horse, King John sold Crown-Lands to the value of 4000 Cruzodoes per Ann: to buy Horses to Mount the Cavalry, rather than impose new Taxes upon the People. The Horse being recruited, their Generall Andrew de Albuquerque Marched with the whole Body and the Foot of Elvas, Olivenza, and Campo Mayor thinking to reduce Albuquerque. He plundered and burnt the suburbs, but was repulsed by the Town and Castle and returned with loss. Neither had John Homem Cardoso sent out by him with 100 Horse, to sur∣prize a Spanish Troop, better success, for Meeting 15 Spanish Horse he charged them and they kept him in play, till 7 Troops came up and took John Homem and 60 of of his party. Tamericourt now Lieutenant General Mar∣ched with 900 Horse to Revenge this loss, and having drawn out the Enemy from Badajoz and Talavera, tho' they were more Numerous than he, put them to flight killing 250, with the loss of 40 of his own. These are the most Remarkable actions of this Year in the Pro∣vince of Altentejo.

2. Count Castello Melhor, who till now Governed the Province betwixt Duero and Minho, was called away to go Governour of Brasil, and the Viscount D. James de Lima succeeded him in his former Post.* 1.87 That Province scarce felt any effects of War except Two or 3 inconsiderable incursions, after which both Parties again rested, as if it were in Time of Peace. D. Hierome de Ataide Count de Atougu••a was now sent to Command in the Province Tralos Montes, where finding the Standing-Forces very weak, he Endeavoured to secure the Country the best he could with the Militia. Whilst he went to provide for the Safety of Braganza, the Commissary General of Horse La Morle Comman∣ded

at Chaves, but had positive Orders only to stand upon the Defensive. Nevertheless he marched with 220 Foot and 90 Horse, to plunder the Town of Ʋmbra, which having performed and returned with the booty, he was set upon by 1500 Foot and 350 Spanish Horse, who cut in pieces 140 of his Men and made the rest pri∣soners, except some few Horse with whom he fled to Chaves, where he Dyed of the Wounds he had received.

3. D. Roderick de Castro,* 1.88 who by reason of sickness had been absent; Returning to his Government of part of the Province of Beira, sent Captain Francis Naper with 100 Horse, and Orders to lay himself close in am∣bush Two Leagues from Cuidad Rodrigo, whence he was to detatch a small party to drive the cattle about that City, that so 4 Troops which were in Garrison there might be drawn into the Snare. He Executed his Orders so successfully, that the Spaniards disorderly pursuing the detached Party, he fell in and cut off 30 of them, putting the rest to flight. The Enemy revenged this misfortune upon the poor Country People, killing many unarmed, in return for which cruelty, D. Roderick with 600 Foot and 200 Horse, marched to Sabugo a Town Two Leagues from Cuidad Rodrigo, of about 300 Houses which he plundered and burnt down to the ground. The Spaniards assembling a good Body pur∣sued him retreating, but he drawing up at their approach, they marched off. After this D. Roderick joyning his Forces with D. Sancho Manue•• who Governed the other part of the Province, they both together burnt many open Towns in the Territory of Cuidad Rodrigo, and re∣turned with a considerable booty. That part of the Province which was subject to D. Sancho Manuel was this Year free from any acts of hostility.

4. The affairs of Portugal both at Rome and in France, continued in the same posture we left them the last Year. Francis de Sous•• Coutinho still continued in Holland much hated by that People,* 1.89 who looked upon him as a Faithless man, for the many assurances he had given them of the Kings quitting Pernambuco, which they saw took no Effect. Nor was the King and Councill better satisfied with him, because of the great Expence he made and small Success of his Negotiation. At length the States Ordered Francis de Sousa to depart, being resol∣ved to declare War against Portugal, to which purpose

they fitted up 25 Sail in Zealand, sent supplies to Per∣nambuco, and ordered 12 Ships carrying 2800 Souldiers for that Coast. Not long after they directed Francis Cou∣tinho to obtain a new Commission from the King, for that they had important matters to Treat with him about. He Acquainted the King with it, and, D. John de Me∣nezes who was appointed to succeed him dying, he conti∣nued there till the following Year. Antony de Sousa de Macedo at this time Embassador in England, was Ordered to withdraw from that Court, that he might not be a witness to the most infamous act that ever sub∣jects committed against their lawfull Sovereign, in the unparalelled Murder of King Charles the I.

5. Whilst these things hapned in Europe,* 1.90 the Forces at Pernambuco were not idle. Sigismund Vanscop, as has been said, was Arrived at Arrecife; and now the Be∣sieged began to think of some Enterprize. On the o∣ther side, Francis Barreto, though weak, still lived in hopes, for he had promise of succours from Bahia, and was informed from Lisbon, that the King had settled a West-India Company, like that of Holland. Francis Barreto, omitted nothing on his part that could tend to the com∣passing of his Design. Collonel Brink, Commanded the Dutch, under Vanscop; and some Italians that de∣serted from the Portugueses, informing him how weak they were, he obtained leave to march into the Field, to undertake some considerable Enterprize, and d••spo∣sed all things in order to it. Barreto having notice there∣of, gathered all his Men that were dispersed, repaired his Works, ordered the Bridge of St. Bartholomew to be fortified, and all the people that attended their Plan∣tations to be ready upon the first Alarm. On the 18th of February, Collonel Brink, marched out with 5000 Foot, 700 Pioniers, and six pieces of Cannon, guarded by 300 Sea-men, and advanced towards the Fort Bar∣reta, whence without halting, they departed towards the Mountains Gararapes; upon advice hereof, Barre∣to called a Council of War, in which, it was resolved to follow and give them Battle; and accordingly he set out with 2600 Portugueses, Blacks and Indians. A∣bout four in the Afternoon, they reached the Moun∣tains Gararapes, and found the Enemy posted on some of them with Guards in the Valleys. Some were for Charging them immediately, but because the Men

were weary, it was put off till the next day. That Night many of the Inhabitants that were dispersed a∣bout the Countrey reinforced the Camp. Morning dis∣covered the Enemy in the same posts as the day before, and Francis Barreto was resolved to expect they should Attack him. Thus they continued till about One in the Afternoon, when the Dutch beginning to move, Bar∣reto sent Collonel Andrew Vidal along the side of a Hill, to possess himself of the Top. John Fernandez Vieyra, with 800 Men advanced along the plain betwixt the Hills. Both of them met with vigorous opposition, but their example animating the Men, they put the Enemy to flight in both places. Thence they marched at the same time to beat the Enemy from the Top of a Hill which Collonel Brink himself maintained, in which place, they advanced not much till Brink being shot dead, his Men were dismayed, and then all fled outright. The Portugueses pursued as far as the Fort Barreta, the dispute having lasted from two of Clock till eight at Night. Of the victors 47 were killed, and above 200 were wounded, of the Dutch, above 2000 were left dead in the Field, and among them Collonel Brink, the Prisoners and wounded Men were yet more nume∣rous. The Dutch Standard, 10 Colours, six pieces of Cannon, and a great quantity of Arms, Ammunition, and Provisions were taken. Francis Barreto having no more Men than just sufficed to carry on the Siege, un∣dertook no other Action this Year. On the 4th of No∣vember, sailed from Lisbon to Bahia, the first Fleet set out by the new Company. The Count de Castello Melhor, appointed Governour of Brazil, Commanded it, and Peter Jaques de Magallaens was to bring it back.

6. D. Gaston Coutinho,* 1.91 still continued Governour of Tangier, and had some small rencounters with the Moors, but no Action hapned of moment. He repaired the Walls of the City, cleared the ditch, and settled there the Redemption of Captives, which till then was ma∣naged at Ceuta. In November he resigned the Govern∣ment to D. Luis L••bo da Sylveyra, Baron of Alvito, and returned to Lisbon. At Marzagao, there was nothing remarkable this Year, except the death of the Gover∣nour. The King appointed Nunho da Cunha da Costa to succeed him. Neither doth India afford us any thing, because the Truce continued with the Dutch, and D.

Philip Mascarenhas, the Vice-Roy, was in amity with the Indian Kings.

Anno, 1650.

1. THE Province of Alentejo, still continued under the Government of the Count de St. Lorenzo. Whilst he made the necessary preparations to oppose the Enemy.* 1.92 It hapned that the Princes Rupert and Mau∣rice, Sons to the Count Palatin, put into Lisbon, fly∣ing before the Fleet of the English, which Anchored be∣fore the Bar. King John generously resolving to protect the two Princes, ordered the Count de St. Lorenzo, to send to Lisbon three Regiments of Foot, and 200 Horse. The want of these Troops in the Province was suppli∣ed by the Militia. The Spaniards understanding that the Frontier Garrisons were weakned, sent all their Horse to lie in wait for the Garrison of Olivenza, who by Night without being discovered, posted themselves in the Olive-Gardens about the place. John Homem Car∣d••so, going out in the Morning with his Troop to dis∣cover, on a sudden perceived his retreat was cut off. However, he was no way dismayed, but closing his Ranks, and joyning Captain William Lanier, a French-Man, who supported him, he resolutely forced his way through the Enemies Squadrons, and recovered the Town without any considerable loss. The Spaniards returned to Badajoz. Some days after, the Count de St. Lorenzo sent Tamericourt with 800 Horse, to attempt somewhat against the Garrison of that City. Giles Vaz Lobo, who led the Van with 50 Horse, Attacked the discoverers that came from the Town, and pursued them to the Gates, taking 20 of them; which done, they drew off, and the next day Tamericourt routed two Troops between Badajoz and Albuquer∣que. Winter drawing on, the Count de St. Lorenzo, procured leave to return to Court, and the Camp-Ma∣ster-General D. John de Costa, governed the Province in his absence. He received intelligence that the Spa∣niards assembled their Troops, and threatned the Ter∣ritory of Castello de Vide and Portalegre. Andrew de Al∣buquerque, General of Horse was sent to oppose them, who laying himself close in ambush at Melrisso, sent out 40

Horse to Charge the advanced Parties of the Spaniards, which they did, and retired to their Body. But the Spaniards suspecting the Design, would not pursue them, and the Portugues Troops rising out of their ambush, the Enemy thought not fit to encounter them, but re∣tired leaving their prey, which was restored to the Countrey people. Of the Spaniards in the pursuit, 124 were taken, and among them a Captain of Horse and some sutlers. Not content with this, D. John de Costa marched with 2000 Foot, and 1800 Horse, sending Ta∣mericourt before with 600 Horse, to plunder the Towns of Arroyo and Malpartida, ordering him to make his Retreat so leasurely that the Enemy might assemble their Forces. He executed it according to his Orders, and was pursued by a great Body of Horse and Foot, and un∣der the Command of D. Alvaro de Viveros General of the Spanish Horse, who perceiving Tamericourt, was supported by D. John de Costa, with so strong a Party, retired without doing any thing. D. John de Costa pur∣sued him for some space, but to no effect; and Win∣ter being now advanced, he had not the opportunity of undertaking any considerable Enterprize.

2. The Province between the Rivers Duero and Min∣ho,* 1.93 afforded not any matter for History. That of Tras os Montes governed by the Count de Atouguia; had not any considerable Action; Only the Count de St. Este∣van who Commanded the Spaniards on those Frontiers gathered his Forces, as if he designed some considerable Enterprize; but understanding the Count de Atouguia, was in a good posture to receive him, he contented himself with burning two small Towns, and dismissed his Troops to their several Garrisons. After this, a Par∣ty of the Enemy, consisting of 1000 Men made an in∣cursion from Monterey, and ravaged a part of the neigh∣bouring Countrey, driving away a considerable booty. The Count de Atouguia, upon the first notice hereof, marched out with a small number, and meeting a Par∣ty of the Spaniards, easily put them to the root, the rest retired with precipitation to Monterey. D. Rode∣rick de Castro, and D. Sancho Manuel, betwixt whom the Government of the Province of Beira was divided, as we have seen before, were both this Year employed in raising Forces; the former for Alentejo, to make up for those that had been sent thence to Lisbon, to oppose the

English, and the latter to secure the Conquests in India. Both of them had some reincounters with the Spaniards, who broke into their Territories; and they also made some incursions upon the Enemy, for the most part with success. But all these Actions being performed by small Parties, and much alike to what have been already re∣lated; to particularize them all would swell to a Vo∣lume, and will only serve to tire the Reader, where∣fore I have thought fit to pass by most of them. The last expedition of D. Sancho this Year, was, the taking and burning the Town of Huelga, abandoned by the Inhabitants, who secured themselves in a Tower. Hence he returned home, with a considerable booty, which he had gathered in the neighbouring Countrey, with∣out meeting the least opposition.

3. This Year proved unfortunate at Sea. Antony Tel∣lez de Menezes, Count de Villapouca, having resigned the Government of Brazil to the Count de Castello Mel∣hor, set sail for Lisbon, with the Men of War that had carried the latter. Peter Jaques de Magalhaens, Admi∣ral of the West-India Company Fleet, set out at the same time with 18 Men of War, and 80 Merchant∣men. Having made the length of the Tercera Islands, such a Storm arose, that four of the King's Ships were cast away, and in them Antony Tellez de Sylva, with most of the Men. The Count de Villapouca, and Pe∣ter Jaques, with the Ships under his Command, arrived safe in Lisbon, and brought a considerable return for the great expences the Company had been at. The Princes Rupert, and Maurice, (as was said at the begin∣ning of this Year) having put into the River of Lisbon, and Blake Admiral of the English, in pursuit of them, coming to an Anchor at Cascaes, it was debated in Coun∣cil,* 1.94 whether the Princes should be protected, and after hearing all that could be said on bothsides, the King generously resolved on the Affirmative. Blake, resolving to Attack them in the Port, the King fitted out 13 Men of War, under the Command of Antony de Siqueira Va∣rajao, an old Soldier. The two Princes joyning this Squadron, they put to Sea to meet the Enemy, having Orders to Fight betwixt the two Capes, but the Ene∣my upon their approach, standing to Sea, they return∣ed into the Port without engaging. Antony de Siqueira, wanted not Enemies to blame him for not Fighting,

and the King hearkning to them, gave his Command to George de Melo, who had the Title of General of the Galleys. A few days after, he sailed out, and the Ene∣my again standing to Sea, they were surprized by so terrible a Storm, that all the Fleet was dispersed, some Ships drove to Algarve, and one falling into the Eng∣lish Fleet was taken. The Tempest ceasing, the Eng∣lish discovered, the Brazil Fleet, of which, they took 15 sail, and Winter coming on, returned home. This gave the two Princes an opportunity of putting to Sea again, after acknowledging the many favours they had received of the King, and particularly, that of prote∣cting them, though contrary to his own interest and the Maxims of State Policy.

4. Since the departure of the Marquess de Niza, Christipher Soares de Abreu continued at the Court of France,* 1.95 where by reason of the troubles of that Kingdom no further progress was made as to the Affairs of Por∣tugal, but the Friendship before Established continued firm. All his sollicitations at Rome having proved inef∣fectual, the King now resolved not to trouble the Pope further, so that nothing new hapned at that Court. Francis de Sousa Coutinho was still Embassador in Holland, and dexterously diverted those People from sending supplies to Brasil. The States having Endeavoured to corrupt his Secretary, that they might see the Kings Letters, he improved their artifice to his own Advantage. For his Secretary having acquainted him with the over∣tures made to him, he ordered him to consent to them, and having filled up several blanks he had under the Kings hand, as he thought convenient, delivered them to the Secretary, who conveyed them to the States, and they supposing them to have been the Kings Letters, were thereby induced to deferr sending a Fleet they had designed for Brazil. It was not long after this, when a Servant of his having accidentally Shot a Coachman, the Rabble rose and made 3 Assaults upon his House, and had certainly Murdered him and his whole Family had he not been relieved by the Prince of Orange his Guards. In September, Antony de Sousa de Macedo who had been Embassador in England came to the Hague, and Francis de Sousa went away to Res••••e as Embassa∣dor at the French Court. Since the departure of An∣tony de Sousa from London, there was no Portugues Mi∣nister

there, that whole Kingdom being then in confu∣sion.

5. We left Francis Barreto the Portugues General in Brazil Twice Victorious over the Dutch,* 1.96 in the Moun∣tains Gararapes. Sigismund Vanscop the Dutch Comman∣der thinking this success had rendred the Portugueses less vigilant, made a sally at break of Day upon the quarter of Captain Antony Borges Ʋchoa, who having Notice of his approach, received him so warmly without his works, that he was soon Forced to retire leaving many of his Men dead behind him. The Dutch General made many other Sallies both before and after this, but none considerable till the 7th of October, when he attempted the quarter of Captain Emanuel de Aguiar with all the Foot in the Garrison, but neither here was his Success any better than in the former Attempt. On the 15th of December, they again Marched out and lay close in ambush near the Salt-pits, but the Portugueses having intimation of the Place they lay in, attacked them there, and after a Vigorous resistance put them to flight with considerable Slaughter. In these and the like attempts the Year was Spent, the Enemy still decreasing in power, as receiving no supplies from Holland, our Embassador Francis de Sousa artificially diverting all that were designed for them.

6. The Baron de Alvito, who governed Tangier, know∣ing the chief support of that place consisted in the booties brought in from the Countrey,* 1.97 ceased not to surprize the Moors in several parts, and brought home conside∣rable preys, which was a great relief to the Garrison. Nunho da Cunha did the same at Marzagao, and in one incursion killed 300 Infidels, and brought away 47 Cap∣tives. D. Francis de Noronha succeeded him in that post, and entred upon his Command with no less success than his Predecessor went off. In India, D. Philip Mascaren∣has was still Vice-Roy, and this being the last Year of the Truce with the Hollanders, they seemed inclined to attempt the Kingdom of Jafanapatan before it was ex∣pired. This obliged the Vice-Roy to send a Fleet un∣der the Command of D. Roderick de Monsanto, to the re∣lief of that place, but the Dutch attempting nothing, the Fleet returned to Goa. The Count de Aveyras, sailed from Lisbon this Year, to be the second time Vice-Roy of India, but he died by the way. Four Ships and two Cara∣vels, were sent this Year for India.

Anno, 1651.

1. D. John da Costa, governed the Province of Alente∣jo,* 1.98 as was said the last Year, during the absence of the Count de St. Lorenzo, which continued till the Year, 1657. Through the negligence of the Commis∣saries of the stores, Forrage grew so scarce on the Fron∣tiers, that several Troops of Horse were forced to re∣tire from Elvas, and Campo Mayor, farther into the Countrey. The Spaniards made their advantage of this opportunity, for a Party of 1200 Horse, and 600 Foot, from Badajoz, carried away a great booty from the Territory of Villaboim, there being no Troops in rea∣diness to oppose them. To revenge this loss, D. John da Costa, ordered Andrew de Albuquerque, General of the Horse, with 1000 of them, and 800 Foot, to make himself Master of Salvatierra, which is six Leagues from Olivenza, and where the Spanish Commissary-Ge∣neral John de Rozales then was with some Troops. An∣drew de Albuquerque assembled his Troops at Olivenza, and marched with such secrecy to Salvatiera that he had secured all the avenues before the Enemy heard of his approach. The Foot broke into the Town with little opposition, and with as little took the Castle, where they made 100 Horse Prisoners. The booty was very considerable, the Town consisting of 400 Houses. Andrew de Albuquerque returned to Olivenza, having lost but three Men in this Action, for certain Troops of the Enemy that appeared served only to be Witnesses of the burning of the Town. Some few days after, D. John da Costa lay in ambush to cut off the Troops of Badajoz, that used to come out to Forrage between the Rivers Guadiana and Caya, but they not going out that day, his Design was disappoin∣ted. His Horse being now much out of Case for want of Forrage, the scarcity till continuing, he studied all means how to disable the Enemies Troops. Being in∣formed that they had turned 400 Horses to grass near Medellen, which is 16 Leagues from Campo Mayor; he gave charge to Captain Emanuel de Saldanha to endea∣vour to destroy them. Saldanha committed this Enter∣prize to his Lieutenant, Francis Lobo, who set forward

twice, with only 10 Men to put this in Execution, but discovering parties of the Enemy both times, he was forced to return. The third time he went through, and having defeated 15 Men that guarded the Horses, kill'd most of them, and returned in safety. The Enemy now making great Preparations to enter upon Action, D. John da Costa, who had neither a Force to oppose them in the Field, nor Provisions in the Frontier Towns to hold out a Siege, acquainted the King with his wants, who sent large supplies of Mony, whereby the Province was put into such a Posture of Defence, that the Spani∣ards thought not fit to attempt any thing on that side. But D. John da Costa being thus supplyed, ceased not to molest them, with continual Incursions. Not to speak of other small Parties, one of 30 Men, commanded by the Cornet Stephen de Rocha, came off with more Hon∣our then Success. Being advanced in the Enemies Country, he found his retreat was cut off by 7 Squa∣drons; whereupon he retired to an old ruined House, he found in the Field. The Spaniards surrounded it, and offered him quarter, which he refusing, they attacked it, and were repulsed. After endeavouring in Vain to burn it, they went away, carrying with them the Horses of those in the House, and the Cornet returned to Moura, a Foot, having lost two of his Men. About the begin∣ning of November, Prince Theodosius, the King's eldest Son, having privately stole away from Court, without his Fathers Knowledge, appeared at Elvas, and was there received with all the Respect due to his Person. The King was not a little disturbed at this Accident, be∣ing jealous of the Prince's Designs, and therefore used all gentle Means to draw him back to Lisbon; but that which at last prevailed with him, was want of Money, which forced him back to Court about the end of De∣cember. He positively resolved to return to the Fronti∣ers, but was detained for some time by the King, till Death put an end to his Designs, as we shall see in its Place.

2. The Province between Duero and Minho,* 1.99 seemed to spare it self all this while, that it might be the better able to sustain the heavy burthen of the War, which fell upon it the ensuing Years. The Viscount de Villa Pouca, was still Governour there, who perceiving that the Towns of Portela and Vieyra, were the Rendesvouz

for the Troops of Galicia, when they joyned those of Monterey, he caused both those places to be burnt down to the Ground. The Garrisons of certain Forts, the Spaniards had raised on the Frontiers of Galicia, per∣swading the Country People to rebuild several Places that had been destroyed on the Borders during the War, they began to assemble, in order to restore those Towns. Twice they attempted to rebuild them, but they were as often totally demolished by order of the Viscount, whereupon the Country desisted. The Count de Atouguia who governed the Province, Tras os Montes, lived this Year free from Action; both sides, as if it had been by Agreement, forbearing to infest one another. Nor was there any considerable Action in that part of the Pro∣vince of Beyra, which was under the direction of D. Roderick de Castro; most of the Year being spent in In∣cursions of no great Moment. In November, when the Prince, as has been said, appeared at Elvas, D. Roderick, that it might be said he had infused new Courage into the Army, marched with 1500 Men, and entring the Town of Bodon, plundered and burnt it. D. Sancho Ma∣nuel who governed the other part of the Province, ceased not all the Summer to infest the Frontiers of the Enemy, and to repulse such of them, as made inroads into the Country, subject to his Command. By agreement this Summer, the Prisoners on both sides were set at Liberty without Ransom.

3. Francis de Sousa Coutinho,* 1.100 having left the Ambassy of Holland, as has been said, according to the Orders he had received from the King, removed to Paris, where he had Audience of Cardinal Mazarine, but nothing was concluded betwixt them, by reason of the civil Broils then prevailing in France. At Rome, the Portuguese Af∣fairs continued in the same Posture, notwithstanding the Sollicitation of the Cardinal d'Este. Antony de Sousa de Macedo, who had succeeded Francis de Sousa Coutinho, in the Ambassy of Holland, followed the Footsteps of his Predecessor, entertaining the States with hopes of an Ac∣commodation, to gain time, whilst the Dutch might be expelled Brazil. Having in some measure settled those Affairs, he laboured to enter upon a Treaty with the Par∣liament of England, which was forwarded by D. Emanuel Per••yra, sent over to that effect, and afterwards, com∣menced by the Envoy John de Guimaraens.

4. Francis Barreto,* 1.101 with unparalleled Resolution and Constancy, continued the War in Pernambuco. About the beginning of March, he layed 300 Men in Ambush, betwixt the Forts of Sinco Pontas, Affogados and Barre∣ta, hoping to cut off the Communication between those Places and Arrecife. Twelve of these Men discovering a Boat of the Enemies, swam to it, and took it, and the Dutch that came to succour their Boat, discovering the Ambush, retired in time, so that the Portugueses had not the Opportunity of making any further Advantage on them. The Hollanders of the Fort Affogados, made a sally upon the quarter of Mendoza, but were soon re∣pulsed with the loss of 6 Men, besides those that were wounded. Francis Barreto, understanding that the Dutch had great quantities of Sugar Canes at Rio Grande, whereof they expected very soon to make their Advan∣tage; he sent thither, Captain John Barboza Pinto, with 300 Men, who after destroying all the Country, and taking 18 of the Enemy, returned with a great number of Cattel. Sigismund Van Scop, the Dutch Commander, desiring to perform some Action, which might encourage the Besieged, resolved to destroy the Thicket, which co∣vered the quarter of Aguiar, from the Fort Affogados. To put this in Execution, he marched out with the greatest part of his Strength, but Emanuel de Aguiar, who commanded there, being in a readiness, received him so roughly, that for six Months after, he never of∣fered to sally again. Continual Success, put Francis Bar∣reto out of doubt of Success, and therefore he ceased not perpetually to sollicit the King, and Count Castello Mel∣hor, then Governor of Brazil for Succour, that he might with speed put an end to that War, before the Dutch now at Peace with all the World, had the leasure to send supplies thither, which might much retard, if not whol∣ly destroy, the success of his Labours.

5. The Baron de Alvito still governing Tangier,* 1.102 it happened that certain Vessels laden with Corn from Lis∣bon, and the Islands, sailing for that City, were cast a∣way, which caused so great a Famine in that place, that the Inhabitants were forc'd to feed on Herbs and Roots they could gather in the Fields. The Baron generously at his own Expence, maintained the Sick, and a multi∣tude of Children, which would otherwise inevitably have perished. This Calamity reached the Horses, who could

not be maintained upon Grass alone, so that it was dif∣ficult to make Excursions, which added much to the great scarcity of Provisions. D. Francis de Noronha, Go∣vernor of Mazagam, sent an Ambassy, and Presents to the King of Morocco, which was by him honourably recei∣ved, and generously returned. D. Francis continued in this Command, till the Year 1654, during which time, nothing remarkable happened there, so that we shall not have occasion to make any mention of him. This was the last Year of D. Philip Mascarenhas, his Vice-Royship in India, and in it there was little remarkable, only the Chendarraos, a vagabond sort of People in the Country of Hidalcan, possessed themselves of the Mount or Promon∣tory of Chaul, whence they were drove by the Vice-Roy's Order, by D. Alvaro de Atayde. This Year two Galeons and a Pink sailed from Portugal to India, and the Galeon, S. Philip built there, arrived at Lisbon.

Anno, 1652.

1. THE Prince who (as was said) returned to Lis∣bon the latter end of the last Year,* 1.103 used all pos∣sible means to perswade his Father to send him again to the Frontiers, but the King jealous of him, could not be worked upon. At length to conceal his own Jealousie, and disappoint that Design of his Son, he appointed him Captain General of all the Forces in the Kingdom, tha•• having the Charge of all, he might not apply himself to command in any one Province. D. John de Costa, neve•• ceased to harrass the Enemies Frontiers, bringing i•• thence considerable Booty. In revenge, the Spaniard•• drove a great Prey from the Territory of Telena, and though Lieutenant General Tamericourt marched after them with the Troops of Olivenza, they being far befor•• him got safe into Barcarota. Before, that place was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 large Field, encompassed with a Ditch, and lying unde•• the Cannon and small shot of the Town, which the Spa••niards believed would secure their Prey. However Ta∣maricourt coming to Barcarota, dismounted part of h•••• Horse, and breaking into the Field before day, dro•• away all the Cattel, without receiving any considerabl•• Loss. The Spaniards sallyed out upon him, but sudde••••ly retired; and he marching off with the Booty, rest••••red it to the Country People. Neither was he less su••••cessful,

a few days after, when engaging the Troops of Badajoz, he took the Spanish Lieutenant General of Horse, D. Francis Hibarra, with other Officers, and 120 Horses. The Prince being now Generalissimo, sent his Orders to all the Provinces of the Kingdom, absolutely forbidding any Incursions to be made for the future, into the Spanish Frontiers. D. John de Costa, upon receipt of this Order, replyed to it, shewing how disadvantagi∣ous it was to the Kingdom, by reason of the great Be∣nefit reaped by those inroads, for he in the space of two Years, had destroyed above 1400 of the Spanish Horse, having scarce lost 100 of his own. Besides he looked upon this as so great a check to his Authority, that he desired leave to lay down his Command. The Prince being well satisfyed of D. John's Zeal and Fidelity, re∣called his Order, and the King gave him the Title of Earl of Soure. He to appear worthy of this Honour, endeavoured to make amends by his Conduct, for what he wanted in Strength. To this purpose, he secretly gathered 1500 Horse from the Neighbouring Garrisons, which Lieutenant General Tamericour, and Commissary General Duquesne divided betwixt them. With these Troops they passed the River Guadiana, and lay close in the Wood near Badajoz. In the Morning, a Squadron of Horse issuing out of the Town according to Custom, they were drove back by some of our Troops. Fresh Troops seconded the Enemy from the City, and they kept in play, till D. Alvaro de Viveros took the Field, with all the Horse of that place, and having drawn them up, advanced further then was thought convenient for the safety of the Town. Duquesne who was nearest, thinking it now time, moved towards him with more Courage than Order. The Spanish General halted and bravely stood the Charge, in which Duquesne received three Wounds, and Captain Sancho Dias was kill'd, with several Soldiers; the rest of the Troops missing their Commander, retired with Precipitation. Tameri∣cour perceiving this Disorder, charged furiously with his formost Troops, which being too open in their Ranks made but little Impression; but those in the Rear com∣ing up, behaved themselves with such Bravery, that af∣ter a long Dispute, they broke the Enemy. The Troops of Duquesne, and part of those with Tamericour, being wholly blinded by the Dust, fled to Olivenza, believing

the rest were cut off. Tamericour rallyed the rest, mar∣ched off with above 200 Horses he had taken from the Prisoners; among whom, was a Captain of Horse, and other Officers. The Count de Soure, being a strict ob∣server of Discipline, commended those that had behaved themselves well, and severely checked those that had fled, giving the King also a particular Account of the Merits of the former, and Demerits of the latter.

2. The Viscount de Villa Nova, Governor of the Pro∣vince betwixt Duero and Minho, still continued in per∣fect Tranquility, nothing happening in his Command, but that Captain Labar, a valiant French-Man, disorder∣ly with a party of Horse, charging another of the Ene∣my, was himself killed, and most of his Men wounded. The Province Tras os Montes, governed by the Count de Antouguia, by consent of both Parties, was for several Months free from Action. Some small Incursions were afterwards made on both sides, but none of Note. The King having now chose the Count de Penaguiao his Lord Chamberlain, to go Ambassador into England; appoint∣ed the Count de Atouguia to execute his Office, and John Mendez de Vasconcellos, was sent in his place to govern the Province. The most remarkable Action per∣formed this Year by D. Roderick de Castro, in his Divi∣sion of the Province of Beyra, was the burning of the Town of Martiago,* 1.104 which contained 300 Houses; the other Enterprizes were too small to merit any place here. D. Sancho Manuel, who commanded in the other part of Beyra, understanding that a Troop of the Ene∣mies was quartered at Lobeyros, and had twice repulsed parties of the Portuguese Militia that ravaged the Country thereabouts, ordered the Cornet Domi∣nick Homen, with 40 chosen Men to lye in wait for them. He sent before some of the Militia to drive the Cattel; the Spanish Troop backed by a company of Foot, immediately rushed out upon them, but the En∣sign who was at hand, furiously falling in upon the Foot, broke them, and with the same Success routed the Horse, killing many, and taking several Prisoners. This Success was soon ballanced by a greater disaster, for D. Sancho being informed that the Spaniards gathered a great Power, in order to break into his Province; and not being in a condition to oppose them, he thought to divert them, by making at the same time an inroad

into their Frontiers, hoping he might retire to places of safety, before they could intercept him. With this De∣sign, he gathered 350 Foot, and 200 Horse, and mar∣ching to Segura, sent before Captain Gaspar de Tavora with 140 Horse, to drive the Cattle about Sacravim, which done, he had orders ro retire to Collonel John Fialho, who should expect him with 60 Horse, and the rest of the Foot, at a place called Salto, near the River Lagao. Gaspar de Tavora, executed his Orders with such expedition, that by Noon he had joyned John Fiallo. But the Spaniards having notice of D. Sancho's March, no sooner entred Portugal, then they turned back, and marching towards their Town of Carza, by which the Portugueses must of necessity pass, appeared before John Fialho, when least he expected it, with 600 Horse, and as many Foot. He covering his Horse with the Foot, re∣tired in good order for above a League, till coming to a Pass, the Enemy drew up before him. Necessity now obliging him to charge them, he fell with such Bravery upon the 600 Foot, that he absolutely broke them; but in the mean while, the 600 Spanish Horse charging his 200 now divided from their Foot, after some short dis∣pute overpowered, and totally routed them. The Ene∣my pursued their Advantage, and John Fialho rallying his Foot, recovered an advantagious Post to defend him∣self. The Enemy ceased their pursuit in care for their Foot, which had been overthrown, and return'd to compleat their Victory, by destroying John Fialho and his party. He had, as was said, gained an advantagi∣ous post; but having spent all his Ammunition, was made Prisoner with all the Officers of Horse and Foot, 140 Horse escaped, the rest with all the Foot, were ei∣ther killed or taken. After this Disaster, D. Sancho Ma∣nuel retired to Idanha Nova, and garrisoned the Fronti∣ers with the Militia, writing to the Prince for supplies, which were soon sent him. Being recruited, and joyn∣ing his Forces with those of D. Roderick de Castro, he resolved to revenge the late Affront, by surpising the Ci∣ty Coria. They marched with 1500 Foot, and 700 Horse, some Petards, and other necessaries for such an Enterprize; but the distance being great, they could not come before the City till after day. However, having divided their Foot, they attacked the Suburbs in two places, which they entered, plunder'd and burnt;

which done, seeing no possibility of forcing the City, they retired, and each returned to his Province.

3. The troubles of France increasing, rendred all Fo∣reign Negotiations so uncertain at that Court, that Fran∣cis de Sousa Coutinho, having obtained leave of the King, came to Portugal, leaving D. Felicianus Dourado Secre∣tary of the Embassy, to Reside there during his absence. At this time there was held at Paris a Synod of Bishops,* 1.105 to whose Consideration King John recommended the finding of some expedient for prevailing with the Pope to precognize the Bishops of Portugal. They used their utmost endeavours, but the Spanish Interest still pre∣vailing, nothing could be done at this time. Antony de Sousa de Macedo, having obtained leave of the King to quit the Embassy of Holland, D. Antony Rapozo Succee∣ded him in that employ. He made it his business to heighten the misunderstanding betwixt the English and Dutch, because the latter having sustained great losses by the War they were engaged in with the former, were thereby disabled from sending succours to Pernambuco. The King at the same time considering how advanta∣geous the Friendship of England might prove to his Affairs, resolved to send an Ambassador thither, and pit∣ched upon the Count de Penaguiao for that employ, as we have said before.

4. Francis Barreto,* 1.106 the General of Pernambuco, conti∣nued the Siege of Arrecife, with considerable resolution, hoping at length to reduce the Besieged, whose only hope consisted in the succours they expected from Hol∣land. The first part of the Year passed without any memorable Action. In May, Francis Barreto, ordered Major Antony Diaz Cardozo, with 400 Men, to lie close in ambush, and send out parties to endeavour to draw the Garrisons of the Forts Barreta and Affogados, into the snare. The Major posset himself of the post as∣signed him without being discovered, and sending out certain small Parties drew out the Enemy, as he had designed, but the number of the Hollanders being grea∣ter than had been expected, the Fight continued doubt∣ful for above an hour; at length the Dutch were rou∣ted and fled to their Forts, leaving the Field covered with dead Bodies. After this, Barreto being informed that the Enemy had laid up great store of Brazil-Wood and other Commodities at Rio Grande, in order to be

transported into Holland, he sent thither the Collonel Andrew Vidal with 300 Men, who burnt their wood, wasted all the Countrey, and returned with a great booty and many Prisoners. The Dutch had in those Seas 50 sail of Ships, from 20 to 30 Guns, but so ill Manned and Equipped for want of supplies from Hol∣land, that tho' they met the Portuguese Brazil-Fleet and fought it, yet after a short dispute they were forced to retire without any Prize, and the Fleet arrived safe at Lisbon, on the 26th of October.

5. We left the Baron de Alvito,* 1.107 Governour of Tan∣gier, labouring under great scarcity of Provisions the last Year. He had not as yet received any relief from Lis∣bon, which being known at Ceuta, D. John Soares, who Commanded there for the Spaniards, hoping their wants might reduce that Garrison to revolt from their King, sent two Brigantines and a Bark thither, ordering the Commander of the Bark to enter the Port, and con∣vey the Letters he had writ for that purpose, to the Ba∣ron, and other Men of note. This being put in exe∣cution, the Baron read the Letters, which were to per∣swade him to submit himself to the King of Spain, with promise of great Rewards, or else to offer him safe passage to Lisbon. The Baron, whose Loyalty was not shaken, having in vain endeavoured to draw those in the Bark a-shoar, caused another to be fitted out, in which, went several resolute Gentlemen with Fire-Arms, and Orders to Attack the Enemies Bark, when they should approach to receive the Letter they expe∣cted. The Barks coming together they fired, killed three of the Spaniards, and carried the rest Prisoners to the City. This Action so exasperated the Spaniards, that they sent three Ships to interrupt any relief that might be designed for Tangier, but the Baron ordering the Vessels that came from Lisbon to be detained in Al∣garve, till further advice from him, the Enemy quitted their station, and gave way to five Caravels with Provisi∣ons to relieve that City. The Baron being informed that certain Captive Moors in the Town, had by intelli∣gence with those abroad, agreed to let themselves down the Wall of the old Town, near which, the others were to lie hid in order to receive them; he ordered three Soldiers habited like Moors to be let down, and when the Infidels came on to succour them, they were

received with such a volley of great and small shot, as laid many dead before the Town, the rest flying with more speed than they came on.

6. D. Philip Mascarenhas, having ended his Vice-Roy∣ship in India, and obtained leave of the King to return home,* 1.108 imbarked for Lisbon, and died by the way. The Count de Aveyras, sent by the King to succeed him, dying also in the Voyage, as was said before; the Sealed Patents, which are always laid up to provide for such exigencies, being opened, it was found that the care of the Government was committed to D. F. Fran∣cis dos Reys, Primate of India, Francis de Melo de Castro, and Antony de Sousa Coutinho. Having entred upon the Government, they fitted out a Fleet of 22 Sail, Com∣manded by Antony de Sousa Coutinho, one of the Go∣vernours. This Fleet set sail in order to recover Mas∣cate; some of them entred that Bay, but receiving much harm from the Cannon of the Town, they stood out again, and came to Anchor in the River Lafette, 100 Leagues from Mascate. They had lain there but a few days before they discovered a mighty Fleet of Arabs, Commanded by one Hali a Moor. Antony de Sousa, received them with such gallantry, that after the Battle had lasted many Hours, he obtained a Compleat Victory, killing above 5000 of the Infidels. Captain Antony Lobo, in this Action, being boarded by two of the Enemies Vessels, set fire to his own Powder, and blew himself up and both them. Antony de Sousa re∣turned to Goa, where he found D. Vasco Mascarenhas, Count de Obidos, whom the King had appointed Vice-Roy, upon the News of the Death of the Count de Aveyras. Within a very few days, the whole City running into Mutiny, offered the Government to Antony de Sousa, who rejected their offer; then they pitched up∣on D. Bras de Castro, a Turbulent Man, who presently accepted of it, which done, they seized upon the person of the Count, and kept him Prisoner. But God shewed how displeasing to him this Rebellious Government was, by the Judgments that immediately attended the beginning of it, for the Dutch before the expiration of the Truce began a War, which proved the most fatal to the Portugueses, of any they ever had since the Con∣quest of that Countrey. The Hollandrs resolving to break the Truce, fitted out 10 Ships, under the Com∣mand

of John Mansucar, who coming to Tutocorim, seized all the Money laid up there to buy Pearl, and at the same time took a Ship bound from Cochim to China. D. Bras de Castro, immediately prepared to oppose them. Ceylon was the place next to danger, as being that they had always aimed at. Emanuel Mascarenhas Homem, was Governour there, who hearing of the preparations of the Dutch, sent four Companies to secure Calaturé, the safety of Columbo depending on that Port. This reinforcement not coming in time, the place fell into the hands of the Enemy, and for Columbo, all the people of the Countrey flocking thither could not hold out long for want of Provisions. The News of this loss being carried to Manicravare, where Lope Barriga Comman∣ded, the whole Garrison mutinied, because, according to the Orders received from Mascarenhas, he designed to march them to Columbo, and killing some that oppo∣sed them, sent him away and took the Field. The King of Candia thinking to make his advantage of this disorder, marched a good body of Forces towards them, and offered them large terms if they would come over to his Service. They answered him with their Wea∣pons, and after a fight which lasted many hours, reti∣tired to Columbo. Emanuel Mascarenhas the Governour, having gathered what Forces he could into the City, designed to oppose the mutiniers, and fired three pieces of Cannon. They resolved to be revenged, being re∣inforced by two Companies of Foot, which deserted to them from the City, but the Religious and Inhabitants to prevent the mischief they saw impending, opened one of the Gates and let them in. Emanuel Mascarenhas, took Sanctuary in a Monastery, and the City chose for their Governours Gaspar de Araujo Pereyra, D. Francis Rolim, and Francis de Barros da Silva, and to Command in the Field Gaspar Figueyra da Serpa, an experienced Soldier. He hearing the Dutch with some Natives were abroad gathering Cinnamon, marched to cut them off, but they having intelligence of his march, were gone before; so having reduced some Towns that had re∣volted, he returned to Columbo. The Governours re∣ceiving advice that the Dutch were raising a Fort at Angratota, which would Command all the Countrey about Columbo, sent Gaspar Figueyra with 500 Foot, to drive them thence. Gaspar Figueyra, marched with ex∣pedition,

and having secured all the Avenues by which the Enemies might receive any relief, carried on a Trench so close to their work, that having raised a Platform and planted thereon one piece of Cannon, he so in∣commoded them, that after 10 days the Dutch surren∣dred upon discretion; 110 of them were taken, 40 Jaos, and 300 Chingalas, who were severely punished, as being for the most part Subjects to the King of Por∣tugal. At the same time John Botado, who was in the Inland with a Company of Portugueses and some Blacks, was set upon by an Officer of the King of Candia, with 3000 Men, and though the Blacks forsook him, the Por∣tugueses fought so desperately that they put the Indians to flight, leaving so many dead, that those who saw them could not be perswaded they had been killed by so few. John Botado, with his Men retired to Columbo. Four Ships and one Caravel sailed this Year from Lis∣bon for India, and two Ships from thence arrived in Portugal.

Anno, 1653.

1. KIng John had resolved not to make any great Efforts to carry the War far into the Spanish Territo∣ries,* 1.109 concluding it his securest course to fill his exchequer, fortify his Towns and build Ships, whilst the Spaniards wasted themselves with their Wars in Italy and Flanders, were diverted from putting Portugal into any danger. This was the reason that he kept no more Forces afoot in Alen∣tejo, then served to secure the Frontiers, and consequently the actions there were of small moment and few of them worth relating. The most considerable was a party of 950 Horse, and 100 Musketiers, Commanded by Andrew de Albuquerque Generall of the Horse, which defeated 1300 Spaniards, killing 200 of them among whom was their Lieutenant Generall of Horse, the Count de Ama∣rante, and taking above 400 Prisoners. Neither did this Year produce any Exploits of note in the other Provin∣ces, which continued in full Peace, bating some small Alarms given on bothsides, which only served to keep the Garrisons upon their Guard without any damage done on either side.

2. In the midst of all his fortunate Successes, the King received one Fatal blow, which outbalanced many of his former prosperities. This was the death of his Eldest Son Prince Theodosius,* 1.110 whom for his excellent qualities he entirely loved, The Prince, as has been before hinted, had Laboured under a tedious sickness, and tho' the Force of it was abated, he never after en∣joyed perfect health, for there continued a defluxion upon his stomach, which no medicines could ever remove, but on the contrary some that were used seemed to hasten his End. On the 3d of May he took to his bed, and for 6 Days the Phisitians Employed all their Art for recovering of him, the whole Clergy and layety offering up their Prayers to God for him. All proved in vain, for the Number of his days was compleat, therefore on the Night he received the Viaticum and on the 15th gave up his Ghost. The Encomiums bestowed on this Prince are so great, they will appear incredible, and therefore I think fitter to omit than trouble the Reader with them. He dyed Aged 19 Years, 3 months and 7 days. His body was buryed in the Royal Monastery of Belem, being Attended thither by an incredible multi∣tude of the People Lamenting the Loss of so hopefull a Prince. Immediately after his death the King assem∣bled the Parliament, in which his Second Son Prince Al∣fonso was Sworn Heir to the Crown. The 3 Estates agreed to Support the charge of the War with the Tenth of all Temporal and Spiritual Estates, and in case the Spaniards should besiege any considerable place, then to add one Fourth part more of the said Tax; but if it should happen the Enemy Invaded the Kingdom with such powerfull Forces as might bring it into danger, then they offered all they had for the Support of the Crown: Before the Parliament broke up, the King su∣stained another Loss, in the Death of his Eldest Daughter Joanna, who departed this Life on the 17th of September, She Lyes buried in the Monastery of Belem.

3. The Affairs of Portugal continued much in the same posture we left them at the Courts of Rome,* 1.111 France and Holland, In England the Count de Penaguiao sollicited the settling of a Peace with the Usurper Oliver, who was much offended at the protection given in Lisbon, to the Princes Rupert and Maurice. But this Embassador before the End of his Negotiation met there with a Di∣saster,

which cost the Life of his Brother. The manner of it in short was thus. D. Pantaleon de Sa, the Embassa∣dors Brother walking one Evening in the New Ex∣change, and resenting an affront which he thought he had received from one Gerard, the Night following repairs to the same place attended by the Embassadors retinue, and with Sword and Pistoll, falls upon all he meets. A great Hubub rising, the Portugueses were beat off, chiefly by one Collonel May an Irish man. One Greenway was killed in the scuffle. For this Murder D. Pantaleon de Sa, as the Author of the Tumult was Try∣ed and condemned. Having in vain pleaded his privi∣ledge and made his escape out of Prison by the help of the Lady Mohun, being again taken, he was beheaded upon a Scaffold on Tower-Hill.

4. Francis Barreto who Commanded in Pernambuco,* 1.112 tho' his Forces were much lessened and no supplies came, was not at all discouraged, but carryed on the Seige of Arrecife with a full Resolution either to Conquer or die. The besieged were now reduced to despair, and there∣fore determined to attempt gaining the Fort Arrayal, which Sigismund their Generall knowing to be a dif∣ficult Enterprize, endeavoured to divert them from, but perceiving he Laboured in vain, told them, the only means to attack that Fort was by Gaining first the quar∣ter of Aguiar. On the 11th of March, he marched out of the Fort Affogados with the greatest part of that and the Neighbouring Garrisons. Captain Alfonso de Albuquerque Commanded at the quarter of Aguiar. He not thinking it for his honour to receive them in his works, marched out and soon drove them back to their Forts. Twice after this they attempted the same Post, and were both time repulsed with considerable Loss, which caused them to forbear any farther attempts on the besiegers and em∣ploy their Men in bringing provisions from the River of S. Francis. These Men were met there by 100 Portugue∣ses and some Blacks Commanded by Captain Francis Bar∣regos, who the first firing was shot through the body, Yet his Men continued the Charge with such bravery, that they drove the Dutch to their Fort, and thence to their Ships, without the provisions they came for. Here upon the Council sent one of their body into Holland to press for speedy releif, but the Dutch having been defeated at Sea by the English, were not then in a condition to send any.

Francis Barreto having notice hereof, resolved when the Portuguese Fleet arrived to make his utmost Efforts for expelling the Enemy that Country. Accordingly he met the Admirall and Vice-Admirall to concert the measures they were to take, but the result of this Consultation and the Effect that followed belong to the next Year.

5. D. Roderick de Alencastre at the Beginning of this Year,* 1.113 succeeded the Baron de Alvito in the Government of Tangier, which he managed with greater dexterity than many had expected by reason of his Youth. Being informed that about a place called Gibalcaro, there were certain Hords of Arabs come thither for conveniency of pasture, he sent the Commander in cheife of the Horse, with 92 Troopers to attack them by Night. Being come near them some advised him not to fall on them till mor∣ning when he could do better Execution, however he obeyed his orders slew a great Number of Infidels, took 17 prisoners and returned with a great booty, in which were six Camels which D. Roderick sent to the King. D. Roderick performed severall other actions of less note, for a Famine raging among the Moors at that time, they brought him intelligence for bread, and others brought Horses and Cattle to sell in the City.

6. The danger increased in India,* 1.114 where D. Bras de Castro had usurped the Government; for the Dutch threatened Ceylon, and other places were not free from Apprehensions. The three Governors, who we said last Year commanded in Ceylon, sent Gaspar de Figueyra de Serpa, with 900 Foot to reduce the Towns that had revolted, and bring in Provisions. The King of Can∣dia's Forces forsook the lower Country, and entrench∣ing themselves strongly, endeavoured to exclude him the Upper. He attacked them vigorously, and their number being great, was repulsed, but they adventu∣ring to pursue him, he rallyed, drove them back, and entred their Works with them, making a mighty Slaugh∣ter. This Success made many Towns submit, which payed their Arrears of Contributions, and a great quan∣tity of Cinnamon, Provisions, Arms, and other Plunder was conveyed to Columbo. Soon after, 10 Companies were sent to attack a Town on the Frontiers of Candia, where there was great store of Provisions; and though 10000 Chingalas defended a Wood that lay in the way, they were defeated, and the Town taken. On the 11th

of May, arrived at Columbo, Francis de Mello de Castro, sent to command in that Island, by D. Bras de Castro, with 8 Ships, and 150 Foot. With him went D. Alva∣ro de Atayde, as General of the Forces, but his Age and Diseases rendred him incapable of that Post; whereup∣on Francis de Mello gave it to his Nephew, Antony de Mello de Castro, who being drove out of the Field by the King of Candia; Francis de Mello, at the earnest re∣quest of all the People, restored Gaspar de Figueyra de Serpa to that Command. No sooner had he received it, but he marched out against the King of Candia, and ha∣ving worsted him in several Encounters, forced him to retire to the City Candia, near to which he encamped, and continued a considerable time; underhand raising such jealousies in the King's Mind, that he caused him to behead many of his Favourites. The Dutch at the same time had agreed with Hidalcan, to besiege Goa by Land, whilst they blocked it up by Sea, promising him the plunder of the Place. They came before it according to agreement with a Squadron, but Hidalcan failing with his Forces, they drew off again without attempting any thing. This Year two Galeons sailed from Lisbon for India, under the Command of Luis de Mendoza Fur∣tado. The Ship Nossa Senhora da Penha de Franca, re∣turning home from India, was taken by the Hollanders in the latitude of Pernambuco.

Anno, 1654.

1. TO begin this Year, Tamericour, Lieutenant Ge∣neral of Horse, by order of the Count de Soure, marched with all the Horse he could gather, and some Foot, to the Valleys of Mata Moros, and St. Ann, near the City Xeres. All the Country people was retired to those Places, and defended them the space of some Hours; but being at length defeated, the Villages were plundered and burnt; which done, the Portuguese Troops loaden with Booty, returned to their Quarters. Very few days passed before another Enterprize of more Consequence had the desired Success.* 1.115 Oliva was a large Town, not far from the City Xerez, defended by an old Castle, and was the Receptacle of the Spaniards, when they made incursions on that side. Thither Andrew de

Albuquerque, though not well recovered of his Wounds, marched with 2000 Foot, and 1500 Horse. By break of day he attacked the Town, and made himself ma∣ster of it without any difficulty. At the Castle he found more opposition, because two Petards he ap∣plyed to the Gates, failed of the intended effect, and all the Spaniards able to bear Arms, had retired thither. However, Albuquerque lodged himself under the Wall, and began to carry on two Mines. The Besieged per∣ceiving it, began to parley, and after three days, surren∣dred upon Condition, every one might take with him what he could carry. The Booty was great, because not only the Inhabitants of Oliva, but of many other Towns, had conveyed their Goods thither, as to a place of Security. This Conquest cost the Lives of 42 Men. Albuquerque added some Works to the place, and leaving a Garrison in it, returned to Elvas. The Count de Soure having obtained leave to repair to Lisbon; Andrew de Albuquerque, was left supream Commander in the Pro∣vince of Alentejo. The King expresly commanded him to forbear making any Incursions into the Spanish Terri∣tories, or driving thence any Cattle, except such Hor∣ses as were fit for Service. The Duke de S. German, the Spanish General, upon notice hereof, offered to a∣gree, that no harm should be done on either side to the Country people; but Albuquerque representing to the King, the great Advantages that accrewed to his Army by these Incursions, the King recalled his former Or∣der, and the War was carryed on as before. The Spa∣niards,* 1.116 to shew they had not made those Overtures, for want of Strength, drove a great Prey from the Territo∣ry of Monsaras; and the Captains, Denis de Mello, and John Ferreyra da Cunha with their Troops, attempting to recover it, were defeated, and they with 34 of their Men taken, but soon set at liberty, it being agreed that Prisoners should be discharged.

2. Scarce any thing of Note happened this Year in any of the other Provinces; both sides for the most part contenting themselves to preserve their own, and save the Country People from Destruction. Antony de An∣drade de Oliva, who had been a Franciscan Fryer, and left that Order upon several Pretexts, had now obtain∣ed leave of the King to go into Spain upon some odd Project, as he was a Man of a restless Spirit; returning

thence,* 1.117 he accussed Sebastian Caesar de Meneses, and his Bro∣ther F. James Caesar, of holding Correspondence with the Spaniards, whereupon they were both secured and committed to Prison, where they continued a long time. Francis de Sousa Coutinho, returned this Year to the Am∣bassy at the French Court, where nothing occurred worth relating; no more that at Rome, or in Holland, things continuing still there in the same Posture. The Count de Penaguiao, not able to bear the loss of his Brother, having concluded a Peace with the Usurper Oliver, re∣turned home, carrying with him the Ratification of the Peace.

3. Francis Barreto, the General of Pernambuco, meet∣ing with the Amiral Peter Jaques,* 1.118 and his Vice-Admiral at the Town of Olinda, to confer together about putting at end to the long Blocade they had made of the Dutch, and having called a Council of War, it was resolved to turn it into a formal Siege. In order to it, they agreed their first attempt must be to gain the Fort called Rego, which was upon the Salt pits. Peter Jaquez went away to the Fleet, with a Resolution so to secure the Bar of Arrecife, that no Succour might possibly be conveyed in. On the 5th. of January, the Works by Land were advanced nearer, and the Enemy shut up within a nar∣rower Compass, and a Battery of 9 Pieces of Cannon raised against the Fort Rego, Collonel Andrew Vidal ta∣king up his Post there. On the 11th of January, Francis Barreto with 2500 Foot, marched to the Fort, raised two batteries the one of 7 and the other of 5 Pieces of Cannon, and began to carry on his approaches with great Art. That Night they came within Musket-shot of the Fort. On the 15th both the Cannon and small shot played incessantly on bothsides, the Dutch at the same time attempting to put some succour into the Fort, but were disappointed. That Night Hugh Naquer who Com∣manded in the Fort Surrendred, Capitulating for the Garrison to march out with their Armes, and to be sent to Portugal. Before day, he marched out with 70 Men. Two Companies of Portugueses were put into it. Hence Francis Barreto marched to the Fort Altanar, which af∣ter some short resistance was delivered upon the same con∣ditions as the other. Before the taking of this Fort the Dutch had abandoned 3 others, and now quitted 3 more, with the same precipitation. Barreto designing next

to attack the Fort of Sinco Pontas, was informed that the Enemy had secured a Post, he thought to have lodged his Men upon; whereupon he sent Collonel Andrew Vidal, with 1000 Men to dislodge them, which he did; and Fortifyed himself in the same Place. Next Mor∣ning the Canon was conveyed thither and the Trenches were opened against the Fort Sinco Pontas. The Dutch perceiving the danger to approach, made overtures for a Surrender, which were easily admitted; and after some days Spent in adjusting all differences, they finally agreed upon the following Articles. That the Dutch should re∣main possest of all their moveables. That they should have some of their own Ships with Iron Guns, to Tran∣sport them to Holland. That such as would might stay there and be Treated in point of Religion as they were in Portugal. That all the Out-Forts be put into the hands of the Portugueses with their Artillery and Ammunition. That a Garrison be immediately received into Arrecife and the City Mauricea, where the Dutch might continue 3 Months but without any Sort of Armes. That all Ships coming from Holland for Four months to come have the Liberty of all those Ports. That the Dutch give hostages to secure the Surrender of all other places they possest, belonging to Portugal on that Coast. That the Indians, Mulattos and Blacks who served, be pardon∣ed. These were the principall Articles signed on both sides the 26th of January. Next day the Portugueses took possession of all the Posts where they found 121 brass Guns, 170 of Iron; Ammunition and provision for a Year and great quantity of Stores. The same Night that Arrecife was delivered, a Dutch Lieutenant Collonel fled over to the Island Itamaraca, and perswading the People there that the Portugueses spared neither Sex nor Age, they Shipt themselves and goods on board two Fri∣gats, and Sailing to Paraiba spread the same Terror there, obliging Collonel Autin, who Commanded, against his will to Embark on a Ship that arrived there from India, and leaving the Fort in possession of 50 Portugueses who were prisoners there. All other places in Brazil were recovered with the same ease to the great honour of Fran∣cis Barreto, after the Dutch had Tyrannically possest them∣selves of them for the Space of 30 years, reckoning from their first coming thither which was in the Year 1624. The recovery of Pernambuco hapned 8 days after D. Hi∣rome

de Ataide, Count de Altouguia had taken possession of the Government of Brazil at Bahia, being successor to the Count de Castello Melhor. Collonel Andrew Vidal, was sent to carry this good News to the King who rewarded him and all the cheif Officers according to their Merit.

4. Our Affairs in India were not so successful as in A∣merica.* 1.119 D. Bras de Castro continued in the Government, no Vice-Roy being yet come to call him to account for his Usurpation. Francis de Mello, who commanded in Ceilon, sent out Antony Mendez Aranha, with 400 Portu∣gueses, and some Chingalas to endeavour to fight the Dutch, but they avoided coming to blows as much as could be, knowing that want of Provisions would in time ruine us. He marched and in the way to Calature, found an Entrenchment guarded by some Blacks whom he defeated. Then advancing to Diagao a place where he must pass the River, he found it Guarded by two Companies of Dutch, and a Number of Chingalas, upon whom he kept Firing for the Space of 10 days, and ha∣ving provided boats to waft his Men over, the Dutch quitted the Post and he possessed himself of it. He con∣tinued 30 days about Calature hoping to draw out the Dutch, and then finding his Design succeeded not, mar∣ched through the Country of Alicaao then subject to the Enemy, destroying all that stood in his way. Here he received orders to march up the Country, in order to furnish Columbo with provisions whereof there was great scarcity, and when he had Spent 20 days without finding any, so that his Men were consumed with Labour and want, 700 Dutch with a great Number of Chingalas lay in the way he was to pass at Tebuna to intercept him. Antony Mendez drew up his Men under cover and keep∣ing a continual fire upon the Enemy, who were on a rising ground, drove them thence. After this Action he received advice from Columbo that Five Galeons were arrived there with relief from Goa, yet they left the City in no better condition then they found it, for ha∣ving in an Engagement near Gale lost their two Com∣madores, the other Captains fell at odds about the cheif command and putting to Sea met 11 Dutch men of War by whom they were all destroyed. The Dutch now wan∣ting men in other places abandoned Calature, which An∣tony Mendez possessed himself of as also of the Port Ali∣cao,

three Leagues from Gale. His good Services be∣ing mis-represented by his Enemies, he was call'd away, and his Command given to Gaspar de Araujo Pereyra, who being soon found incapable of it, Antony Mendes was again restored. The Dutch repenting they had quit∣ted Araujo and Calature, had battered the former, the space of 15 days, and passed the River to attack it, the same day that Antony Mendez arrived there. He seeing no possibility of maintaining it, resolved to march off his Men to Columbo; but the Enemy having wholly cut off his Retreat, he was forced to engage them, having chose an advantagious Post, which his Men maintained with incredible Bravery, till a chance Bullet flying into the Enemies Powder, blew up all their Ammunition, kil∣ling above 50 of them; whereupon the rest fled, lea∣ving 200 of their Companions dead upon the spot, this was the end of this Years Actions there. Three Ships sailed from Lisbon for India, one whereof was cast away upon the Bar of Goa.

Anno, 1655.

1. THE War in all parts of Portugal,* 1.120 was this Year carryed on with so little Vigour, that it is scarce worth the mentioning; but that something must be said to carry on the Series of the History. The Provinces of Alentejo and Entre Duero and Minho, afford us no matter at all. John Mendez de Vasconcellos, who governed that of Tros os Montes, and the foregoing Years had continu∣ed in perfect Peace, had now received Orders from the King, as had all the other Governors to infest the Ene∣mies Frontiers with Incursions, which he put in Execu∣tion. The Spaniards in revenge, drove all the Cattle about Miranda, but Antony Jaques de Payva, who com∣manded in that Town, sent out a party, which defeating the Enemy, recovered all the Prey, and brought away all the Cattle of the Spaniards that grazed about Samil. This done, Antony Jaques, with 250 Horse, and 200 Foot, marched to Caravajales, and passing by that place without Opposition, burnt the Town of Tavora, and 19 Villages, returning with a great Booty. Soon after 500 Spanish Foot, and 150 Horse, having gather∣ed all the Cattle about Ifanes; Antony Jaques set upon

them with a lesser number, yet with such Valour, that few of the 500 Foot escaped being kill'd or taken. The People of Gallicia offered John Mendez a Cessation of Arms, which he accepted of, but the King not appro∣ving of it, it was of no Continuance.

2. John de Mello Feyo,* 1.121 governing that part of Beira, which was before subject to D. Roderick de Castro, re∣solved not to be idle. Having borrowed 150 Horse of Nuno da Cunha, who Commanded in the other part of the Province, and joyned them to Six Troops of his own, and a Regiment of Foot, he marched to Villa Vieja Nine Leagues from the Frontiers, towards Cuidad Rodrigo. After plundering Villa Vieja, he charged a body of 300 Spanish Horse and as many Foot that was ga∣thered to oppose him, and after a Vigorous resistance made by them, in so much that at the first his party seemed to decline, he put them to flight pursuing them as far as S. Felices. Antony Soares da Costa Governour of the Castle of Salvaterra, held a friendly correspon∣dence which is allowed of in time of War between Gentlemen,* 1.122 tho' serving in opposite parties, with D. Al∣fonso de Sande a Spanish Officer. This familiarity in∣creasing, D. Alfonso took occasion to make proposals to Antony Soares, for delivering up that Castle to the King of Spain, promising him large rewards for that Service. Antony Soares pretending an Inclination to comply, car∣ryed on the Negotiation, till he obtained a Letter from D. Lewis de Haro prime Minister of Spain, with a sce∣dule under that Kings hand containing Large promises if he delivered the place. Having received these assu∣rances he resolved to Revenge the wrong done to his Reputation, in attempting his Fidelity. He agreed with D. Alfonso to receive him with 30 more into the Castle of Salvaterra, in disguize as if they came thither to Trade, leaving the rest of the Troops belonging to Al∣cantara ready in a Wood hard by. The day being ap∣pointed D. Alfonso came according to agreement, and a small wicket of the Castle was opened at which the 30 entred one at a time, the entrance not being capa∣ble of admitting more at once. As every one was let in, Antony Soarez caused his brains to be dashed out with a Club, and in this manner cruelly butchered all the 30 reserving only D. Alfonso de Sande, whom after sending an account to the King of his barbarity, he inhumanly

tyed to the mouth of a Canon and giving fire to it shat∣tered his body into atoms. Antony Soarez might have been faithfull to his King, without committing an act so full of horror, which he himself could not but have abominated if committed by the most barbarous Infidels, and which cannot but appear execrable in the sight of all that profess the name of Christians.

3. The Portuguese Affairs in other parts of Europe continued much in the same posture we left them. For the several proposalls made in France for conclu∣ding a League offensive and defensive, all came to no∣thing.* 1.123 Nor could there any thing be done at Rome, the Pope being fully bent against passing the Bulls for the Portuguese Bishops. The Dutch had resolved to revenge the Loss of Pernambuco upon the Trade of Portugal, but the plague which raged amongst them disappointed their designs. In England the Peace was concluded and rati∣fyed with the Usurper. America yield us no subject for History since the Expulsion of the Hollanders out of Brazil, where the Count de Atouguia was supream go∣vernour. Neither is there much to be said of Africk where D. Roderick de Alencastre still Governed Tangier, which was this year Three days beset by 10000 Moors under the Command of Gaylan. who did no other harm save the spoiling of some gardens. D. Francis de Noronha Governour of Mazagao, having obtained leave to return home, left that Command to Nuno da Cunha who had held it before, and he dying, the King sent Alexander de Sousa Freyre to succeed him.

4. The Count de Sarzedas was sent this Year Vice-Roy into India,* 1.124 who arriving at Goa, secured D. Bras de Castro and all those that had any hand in the imprisonment of the Count de Obides, sending them to Portugal, there to receive the punishment due to their crimes. He next ap∣plyed himself with great care to regulating all disorders in that government, and to releive Ceilon then in distress, but death cut him off in the midst of his progress, which we may conclude to be the principall cause of the loss of that Island, the manner whereof we are now to declare, tho' the surrender was not til•• the following year 1656. At the beginning of this Year, Gaspar Figuegra de Serpa had waged War so successfully upon the King of Candia, that he had reduced him to Peace. The Dutch layed siege to Calature and continued before it 10 days, at the

End whereof finding themselves too weak to carry it, they departed. Before D. Bras de Castro was deposed from the government of India, he sent Antony de Sousa to succeed Francis de Mello in the Government of Ceilon, with Six Galliots and Two pinks laden with provisions and other necessaries. Meeting Two Dutch Men of War, these small Vessels were dispersed, Two of them ran ashore, two made their way to Columbo, and Antony de Sousa with Two more got into Jafanapatan. Thence he went by Sea to the Port Putelao 15 Leagues from Columbo, where Antony Mendez Aranha met and conducted him safe by Land to that City, into which he was received with great joy, and Francis de Mello put him in posses∣sion of the government. Twelve Dutch Men of War arrived at Ceilon from Batavia, Six of them lay before the Barr of Columbo, the other Six made their way to Ca∣lature, where Landing their men they layed Seige to it, and the place being very ill provided, after the Garrison had endured the utmost Extremities it was at last, surren∣dred upon honourable Termes. Gaspar Figueyra de Serpa not knowing that Calature was lost, advanced with 500 Portugueses to endeavour to put some succour into it, but being attacked by 1600 Dutch, was totally routed and many of his men killed. The Hollanders pursuing their Victory came and sate down before Columbo, raised Four batteries, and playing continually with 12 peices of hea∣vy Canon, ruined not only the houses but the works of the Town, and gave a furious assault to the Fort Sancta Cruz, yet without success for they were repulsed with considerable Loss. At the same time severall other at∣tacks were carryed on with great obstinacy, insomuch that at last the Dutch broke into the City, where they found no less opposition, than without, most of them that entred being either killed or wounded. At length they were repulsed in all parts with the loss of near 1000 men. This discouraged not the Dutch who still carryed on their works with great diligence, raising new batteries and lodging themselves upon the edge of the ditch. Then they fell to mining which the besieged understanding, they countermined and drove them out of all their subterraneous works. These losses made the Enemy alter their resolutions and change the Siege into a blockade, whereupon the Governour turned out 300 persons that were not fit for Service, whereof about 200

escaped into the Mountains. The Dutch having recei∣ved considerable supplies, carry on their works anew, and again fall to battering of the place incessantly. Em∣bassadors from the King of Candia were conducted through the Enemies Camp into the City, where they demanded it should be put into the hands of their Master. All the answer they received was by thrusting them out of the gates. Though they shewed this resolution, the City began to be infected with the stench of the dead who were not well buried, and Famine raged so violently that it was proved that Mothers had eaten their own Children. Gerard Huld the Dutch Generall being kil∣led by a shot in the Head, the Governor of Galé, who succeeded him in that Command, fearing least another Ge∣neral might come and rob him of the Honour of taking the Place, carryed on his Works, and plyed his Batte∣ries so briskly, that several large Breaches were made. On the 7th. of May, 1656. he assaults St. John's Bul∣wark, and carrying it, with the same heat enters a new Fort that was raising; thence the Dutch venture to break into the Town▪ whence after a long dispute they were beat out, and the Besieged following their Advan∣tage, recovered the Fort and Bulwark; yet fresh Ene∣mies coming on, the Dutch again made themselves masters of the latter, and lodged themselves therein. That Night the Governor of the Town being informed that two Women had eaten their own Children, caused them to be shot to pieces at the mouth of great Guns. Next Day, seeing it impossible to maintain the Place, he call'd a Council, where it was resolved to surrender. After some Debates, the Articles were agreed upon, which were honourable to the Besieged, and in pursu∣ance to them, the Governor marched out with only 94 Officers and Soldiers, and 100 Towns-men. The Hol∣landers committed all manner of Sacriledge in the Town, and without regard to their Articles, plunder'd those few Towns-men and Soldiers that were left alive. But from so infamous a Nation, nothing but Villany can be expected. The Count de Sarzedas, Vice-Roy of India dying, as was said before, upon opening the Pa∣tents of Succession, it appeared that Emanuel Mascaren∣has Homem, was to fill his Place. Four Ships and one Caravel sailed this Year from Lisbon to India.

Anno, 1656.

1. THE King's Distempers which had long molested him,* 1.125 daily increased, yet he omitted not to apply himself to the Cares of the Government. The War was still carryed on with so little Vigour on both sides, that nothing occurs this Year, but some few Incursions, more like Robberies than military Exploits, and the conse∣quence of them inconsiderable Skirmishes, whereof so many have been already related in the foregoing Years, that to say more of them, will only serve to nauseate and tire the Reader. This quiet was general throughout all the Provinces of the Kingdom, and enabled them the better to bear the Storm that ensued after the King's Death; for the Spaniards then altering their measures, the following Years were full of Action; considerable Armies appeared in the Field; Bloody Battles were fought▪ and the Portugueses in the end, obtained glori∣ous Victories.

2. Francis de Sousa Coutinho,* 1.126 continued still Ambassa∣dor at the French Court, and maintained the good Cor∣respondence that has always been betwixt that Crown and Portugal. The King being desirous before his Death, to have his Ambassador admitted by the Pope, ordered Francis de Sousa to go in that quality to Rome. He o∣beyed, and though assisted by all the interest of France, and appearing with as great a Train as any other Am∣bassador, could never obtain to be admitted as such by his Holiness. Antony Raposo▪ who resided with the same Character in Holland, having received a Letter from the Arch-Duke Leopold, i••••••ting him to discover the Secrets of his Master, upon pro••••••e of great Reward, sent the Letter to the King. The Dutch, with the goods News of their Success in Ceylon, began to forget their loss at Pernambuco, and consequently appeared more favoura∣ble to Antony Raposo. Francis Ferreyra Rebello, who re∣sided in England, after the Ratification of the Peace, had no Business of moment. The Count de Atouguia gover∣ned Brazil, much beloved and esteemed by the Inhabi∣tants, for his Generosity and good Conduct.

3. At the beginning of this Year D. Ferdinand de Menezes,* 1.127 Count de Ericeyra, was sent Governor of Tan∣gier. With him went 11 Caravels, with recruits of Men and Horses, Cloaths and Provisions for the Garri∣son. D. Roderick de Castro, having put him into possession of the Government, departed, and arrived again at Lis∣bon, with the 11 Caravels that carryed the new Governor. As soon as the Count had viewed the Garrison, he mar∣ched out against the Moors, and having drawn them with∣in the reach of his Entrenchments, where he had placed his Foot, with some pieces of Canon, made a considera∣ble slaughter among them. In May, the English Fleet, under the command of Montague and Blake, appeared before Tangier, and asked leave to water, which was granred them; but they going ashore disorderly, some of them were killed by the Moors. The Fleet be∣ing gone, the Count set out his Horse to burn the Corn the Moors had sowed about Tangier, which was effectu∣ally performed; but the Moors pressing hard upon those who had fired it, recovered the Cattle they were driving to Tangier. Alexander de Sousa governed Mazagao, but that place affords nothing but the usual skirmishes with the Moors. What happened in India was related the last Year, and this furnishes nothing new, only two Ships sailed thither this Year.

4. The King growing daily more and more infirm,* 1.128 and still continuing his Custom of Hunting once a Week, went out accordingly on the 25th. of October, but feeling a great pain in his Side, returned home be∣fore Noon. Some days were spent by the Physicians, in applying all sorts of Medicines they thought proper, but his Distemper still increasing, he at length made his Will, and received the Viaticum with great Resignati∣on. Those few days he lived after this Preparation, were spent in Devotions for the most part, and the rest in giving advice to the Queen, the Princes, his Coun∣sellors, Generals and others, who had any share in the Administration of the Government. At length, on the 6th. of November, being Munday, having given all ima∣ginable Tokens of true Repentance and Christian Piety, he gave up the Ghost into the Hands of his Redeemer. The King being dead, the Lord Chamberlain dressed him in the Royal Robes, and layed him upon a Bed; the Bells throughout the City, and the Tears of his Sub∣jects,

equally signifying the loss sustained by the King∣dom. After noon the Council met, and opening his Will, found he appointed the Queen Regent of the Kingdom, and Protectress of his Children, that the Royal Chappel should be finished according to the Model by him begun; that the Monastery of S. Clare, at Coimbra, should be finished. That several Pensions should be given to Per∣sons there named. That 2000 Cruzados should be im∣mediately distributed to poor Monasteries, and that his Body should be interred in the Church of S. Vincent. All the while the Body lay in State in the Guard Cham∣ber of the Pallace, the People thronged to see it. Thence it was removed, attended by all the Officers of the Houshold, and Clergy of the whole City, to the Church of S. Vincent, and there put▪ into the Tomb ap∣pointed for it. King John was of a middle Stature, very handsome before he had the Small Pox; his Hair fair, his Body gross, but strong. He hated gayety in Cloaths, and therefore was careless in his Dress, al∣ways an Enemy to new Fashions. His Discourse was Witty and Pleasant, his Judgment sound, but affecting to have all his Orders unblameable; he was often too slow in his Resolutions. He had but one Wife, which was the Lady Luisa de Guzman, Daughter to the Duke of Medina Sidonia. By her he had Issue, Theodosius, who dyed at Lisbon,* 1.129 in the 19th. Year of his Age; Emanuel and Anne, who both dyed in their Infancy, at Villa Vi∣ciosa, before their Father ascended the Throne. Alfon∣so, who succeeded his Father, and was afterwards depo∣sed. Peter now reigning. Joanna, who dyed at Lisbon, in the 16th. Year of her Age. And Catherine Queen of England. One Bastard Daughter called Mary, who li∣ved and dyed in the Monastery of Carnide, near Lis∣bon. In this City, the King dyed upon Monday, the 26th. of November, in the Year 1656, at the age of 5•• Years and 7 Months, whereof he was 26 Duke o•• Barcelos, 10 Duke of Braganza, and 16, King of Por∣tugal.

Anno, 1657.

AFter the death of the King, the Queen Dowager wh•• was also regent during the minority of her Son, be∣ing

a Woman of a haughty and active Spirit, pre∣sently bent her thoughts upon making some conside∣rable attempt on the Enemies Frontiers, least they should imagine that the loss of their King had discouraged the Portugueses, or dissipatated their Councils. To this effect, and to gain her self a greater Reputation among her own People, she ordered the Count de San Lorenzo, who then Commanded upon the Frontiers, with all se∣crecy and expedition to attempt the surprizing of the Fort of Barcarota, in which she was informed there was but a small Garrison. At this time Francis Tutta-villa Duke of St. German was Generall of the Spanish Frontiers, by birth he was an Italian, and as to his person and experi∣ence a Soldier of known courage and Conduct. He ha∣ving private intelligence of the design covertly put 500 chosen men into Barcarota, with orders to Stand upon their guard, that they might surprize those who came to surprize them.* 1.130 The Portuguese Forces, who knew no∣thing of this reinforcement, boldly making up to the Fort before break of day, were on a sudden assaulted by the Spaniards sallying furiously upon them, and they expecting no such reception were soon put to flight, and a great number slain and taken prisoners. This rash and fruitless attempt by which the Queen thought to have made herself terrible to her Enemies, produced a quite contrary effect, for it only provoked his Catholick Ma∣jesty to carry on the War against Portugal, with greater vigour than had been done of late years. In order there∣to the Spanish Generall the Duke of St. German having been sent for to Madrid, and there fully empowered to act, as he should find most expedient, returned to the Frontiers well furnished with mony, Armes, provisions, 20 peices of Canon, and an Army of 13000 Foot, and 4000 Horse. He was at first doubtfull whether he should bend his Force against Elvas, or Olivenza, but considering the dammage received from the frequent ex∣cursions of the garrison of the latter of these two places, he resolved to attack it. Olivenza is seated in a plain almost a League from the River Guadiana, and beset on all sides with hills that command it being within Ca∣non shot. The Fortifications of the place were after the modern manner consisting of Nine bastions, two half Moons and two Forts, and was next to Elvas the stron∣gest place in Portugal. The Duke being come before

the Town and perceiving the Seige would be a work of time,* 1.131 enclosed the whole place within his lines, posses∣sing himself of the hills and strengthning his lines with 21 redoubts, and four large places of Armes. Four bat∣teries were presently raised, which played with good success upon the Town, but whatever they cast down in the day the besieged repaired by Night. After which another was planted on the Monastery of St. Francis, which overtopping the Walls slew many in the streets, till such time as a strong work was cast up by the garri∣son, which covered that part of the Town. The trenches were diligently carryed on and many sallies made by the besieged. The Duke perceiving the conquest of this place to be a work of great difficulty, thought fit to re∣duce it by Art as well as Main-force. Having there∣fore suffered his men to lye still severall days, as if he intended to starve the Town, on a sudden in the dead of Night, he assaulted the greater of the two Forts with his whole power. The besieged being at first surpri∣zed and not knowing whither to run, gave way 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Enemy, who thought themselves possest of the Fort till Emanuel de Saldanha the Governour of the Town, com∣ming with fresh supplies drove them out, and the Duke fearful of exposing his men sounded a retreat. Twenty days after the Town was invested, the Count de St. Lo∣renzo came to the relief of it, with an Army of 12000 Foot, and 3500 Horse. After being four days on the Banks of the River, he moved nearer to the Enemy and planted a battery against their works, but the Duke having raised also another, did such Execution that he was glad to withdraw and return to his Camp near Ju∣rumenha. Three days he lay there, and then again drew near to Olivenza, to discover how the Town might best be relieved, or at least to encourage the besieged by his presence, to which purpose he sent severall Messages to the Governour,* 1.132 with false promises of speedy relief. At length the Count seing no possibility of Forcing the Enemy without hazarding his whole Army, thought it better to endeavour to draw them from the Seige by a diversion. In order to it he marched to Badajoz, ho∣ping to surprize that important place in the Night, by sending 3000 men who by the likeness of their habit and Language, might be admitted as if sent from the Spanish Army. These being near the gate were discovered, and

the Garrison and Townsmen running to Arms were put to flight, after leaving about 300 dead behind, besides several Officers of Note. This Enterprize proving so unsuccessful, the Count de St. Lorenzo marched towards Albuquerque, burning and destroying all the Country in hopes by that means to draw the Spanish Army from Olivenza, and at last sits down before Valencia pressing that place day and Night, but with great loss on his side, for it was no less bravely defended by Sebastian Granero, the Governour an old Souldier of known Valour. In the mean while the Duke of St. German had ply∣ed Olivenca so hotly that the works of the place were all ruined, and the greater Fort almost demolished by the mines he had sprung. Emanuel de Saldanha the Go∣vernour seeing the ruin of his works; and that the Army which ought to have relieved him was marched away, obtained a truce of the Duke conditioning to deliver up the place if not relieved by a day appointed. The Count de St. Lorenzo having received this advice before Valencia, immediately raised his Siege and marching first to Portalegre came thence and incamped at Jurumen∣ha, from which place he writ to the Governour of Oli∣venza in hard Terms, commanding him at the peril of his Life, to defend the place to the last extremity, and promising to come to his relief as soon as he had recei∣ved some recruits he expected. Saldanha the Governour being sensible of his own weakness, and the vainness of the Counts promises▪ resolved to perform the Articles he had agreed upon with the Spanish Generall, and ac∣cordingly on the day appointed delivered up the Town to him, marching out himself with about 2500 Foot and near 600 Horse. Not one Townsman remained be∣hind him, such was their hatred to the Spaniards. It was generally agreed the Town could have held out some days longer, and the Governour being accused of not having performed his duty, but to have made a hasty and dishonourable surrender, was first kept prisoner at Lisbon; and afterwards banished the Kingdom for ever. The breaches of the Town being repaired and a good Garrison put into the place, the Duke marched towards his Enemy, burning and wasting all the Country before him, by this means intending to draw the Count to a battle; but perceiving this nothing moved him, he sits down with his Army before Moron. This Town is sea••ed

upon the River Guadiana, secures the passage of that River, and covers Olivenza. About the Town there was only an old wall, but the Castle was of greater strength. The inhabitants terrifyed by the fate of Oli∣venza, no sooner saw the Cannon begin to play upon their Walls but they abandoned the Town, and retired into the Castle which was well fortifyed. This success caused the Duke to alter his resolution of fighting, and now he resolved to make himself Master of the Castle before he would come to a battle. On the other side the Count de St. Lorenzo who before carefully shunned hazarding his Army, seeing now the ill consequence of suffering the Enemy to encroach so far upon him, was wholly bent upon engaging, but the River being betwixt him and the Enemy who carefully guarded all the Fords, and some Skirmishes being unsuccessfull to the Portugueses, still the generall dreaded to expose his whole Army to the fury of the Enemy, and of the River at once. John Ferreira the Governour of the Castle being now sore pressed by the besiegers, and no less by want of provisions, and seeing no likelihood of releif, on the Eleventh day after the Castle was invested,* 1.133 deli∣vered it up: all the inhabitants marching out with the garrison. After this success the Victorious Duke mar∣ched back to Badajoz, intending to return and besiege Jurumenha, but the excessive heats made him defer that enterprize for a more favourable Season. Nothing more of moment passed this year, but that the Portugueses rased the Fort of Oliva, which before they had ta∣ken from the Spaniards, as not tenable after the loss of Olivenza.

Anno, 1658.

QUeen Luisa a Woman naturally ambitious and haughty,* 1.134 was extreamly perplexed to see her great designs against Spain miscarry, and her Enemies trium∣phant in the taking of Olivenza, and daring of her Army the last Summer. She feared the unconstant multi∣tude, who always judge of things according to the suc∣cess, and when that fails immediately flye at the go∣vernment. To strike a Terror therefore into her En∣emies and to still the murmuring of the People, she re∣solved

once more to carry the War into the Bor∣ders of Castile. To this purpose she renewed the Al∣liance, concluded by the late King, with France and England, and having sent to both for Supplies of Men, caused 13000 Foot, and near 4000 Horse, to be spee∣dily drawn together. The command of these Forces she gave to John Mendez de Vasconcellos, an old Soldier, who had served under the Catholick King in the low Coun∣tries. This done, it was decreed in Council, in com∣plyance to her Will, that Badajoz should be Besieged, because that Place if taken, would add much Reputation to her Government, and would be as a Bridle upon the Spanish Garrison in Olivenza. The Duke of St. Ger∣man, who was then at Badajoz, having by his Spies, re∣ceived Intelligence of these great Preparations and the design of them, immediately dispatch'd an Express to acquaint D. Luis de Haro, the prime Minister of Spain therewith; as also to inform him of the weakness of the Garrison of Badajoz, and the ill posture of defence of the Place. Whilst Relief was expected, he lost no time, but drew together all the Forces he could, and gather'd such stores of Ammunition and Provisions, as the time and his Exigencies would permit. Few days were pas∣sed, before the Portuguese Army appeared on the fur∣ther side of the River Guadiana, near which Badajoz is seated. The River in Summer, is fordable in ma∣ny Places, and is joyned to the Town by a good Stone-Bridge, at the Foot whereof, is the strong Fort of St. Christophers. On the top of the Hill, on whose side the Town lies, stands the Castle; but the Walls of the Town were at this time decayed and unfit for Defence. The Duke not being as yet provided for a Siege, sent out his Horse to give some stop to the Enemies sudden approach.* 1.135 But the Portuguese General, who ought to have immediately past the River, and invested the Town then unprovided, missed his Opportunity, by setting down before the Fort of St. Christopher. This Fort is seated on a Hill, on the further Bank of the River from the Town, and about a Musquet shot from the City; being a regular Fortification after the modern manner. D. Ventura de Tarragona General of the Artillery, comman∣ded in the Fort. The Portugueses immediately possessed themselves of two Hills, on each of which there was a small redoubt, on which they planted their Cannon, and

thence battered the Fort. Next day they opened their Trenches, and carryed them on with great Application; the Besieged on their side, doing all that could be ex∣pected for their Defence, in which they made many vigorous Sallies; in one whereof, after a hot Dispute, they drove the Besiegers before them with much Slaugh∣ter, and destroyed their Works. However, the Be∣sieged soon repaired the Works, and began to press the place, which obliged the Duke of St. German to send in all haste for two Regiments that were in Andaluzia, one of Spaniards, commanded by the Marquess of Lan∣carote; the other of Irish, under the commnnd of Col∣lonel Walter Dungan, who was afterwards Earl of Li∣merick. These two Regiments, the Spanish General had decreed should relieve the Fort, which began to be distressed; but the Portuguese had appointed 6000 cho∣sen Men to be always in readiness to oppose such At∣tempts, and had broke the Line of Communication be∣twixt the Foot of the Bridge and the Fort, by which supplies used to come from the Town, so that this same was now an Obstacle against those that were to succour the Besieged. Thus the Fort was reduced to the last Extremity. This moved the Spanish General, to or∣der a Spanish Major, with two Captains and 160 Men to attempt breaking through the Enemies Line, which they most resolutely performed, and got into the Fort. No sooner were they entred, but D. Ventura the Gover∣nor, commanded them to attack the Besiegers in the re∣doubt they had possessed themselves of; but this ans∣wered not their former Success, for being overpowered by the multitude of Enemies, the Major was killed, one of the Captains shot through the Arm, and such of the Men as could escape, fled in disorder to the Fort. Hereupon the Governor sent to acquaint the Duke that he could not hold out 24 Hours, unless he was conside∣rably reinforced, so as to be able to remove the Besie∣gers from the Posts they had possessed themselves of. Im∣mediately the Duke ordered the Marquess of Lanzarote, with 800 of the best Men, and some Voluntiers to march to the Relief of the Fort, and to recover the two redoubts. It was a desperate piece of Service, for such a handful of Men to attempt against such a multitude yet they charged with such Fury, that having brok•• through the Enemies Line, and being supported by 〈◊〉〈◊〉

sally, from the Fort, they gained the redoubts, and drove the Enemy from their Camp. This Success cost the Marquess his Life; however, though the Portugue∣ses twice attempted to recover their loss, they were both times repulsed, and at last forced to desist. John Men∣doz de Vasconcellos the Portuguese General,* 1.136 having spent a whole Month before this place without any Success, but with great loss, and despairing of carrying it, resol∣ved now at last to removed and lay Siege to the Town. He had before sent over some Troops to invest 〈◊〉〈◊〉 place, and work upon the Lines, but now he marched over, and bent his whole Force against it. The first considerable Action in this Siege, was the taking of two Hills which the Spaniards had fortifyed and strongly gar∣risoned. John Mendez attacked them with all his For∣ces, and after a sharp dispute, in which he lost many Men, made himself master of them, the Defendants be∣ing all killed or taken. Next ••e assaulted the Fort of St. Gabriel, which being but weakly Manned, was easi∣ly carryed. But he found not the reducing of the Fort of St. Michael, a work of so much ease; for Collonel Dungan who commanded there, defended it with extra∣ordinary Bravery, till it was no longer tenable, and then surrendered it upon Articles; when the Besiegers had lost 1800 Men before it, and among them many Persons of note. Having made himself master of this Fort, John Mendez finished his Lines, encompassing the whole Town with them, which before the reduction of these Forts he could not do. Then he began to bat∣ter the Place, to cast in Bombs, and to press the Besie∣ged on all sides. Within the Town much harm was done by the Enemies shot; but scarcity of Provisions, and Diseases proceeding from ill Food, were more terrible then all other Dangers, and now no hope remained, but in the relief they expected from without. The News of this Siege being brought to Madrid, highly incensed the multitude, and perplexed the Council, in which at length it was decreed, that D. Luis de Haro, the King's Favourite and prime Minister of State, should march in Person with all the Forces he could gather to the relief of the Town.* 1.137 Accordingly he immediately set forward with a gallant train of Voluntiers, and came to Merida, where the Rendesvouz of the Army was appointed. His Army consisted of 12000 Foot, and 3500 Horse.

The Duke of St. German being informed of D. Luis's Ar∣rival at Merida, resolved to meet him at that place, and having in order to it forced the Lines of the Besiegers he broke through with 1000 Horse, and arrived safe 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Merida. Thence the Spanish Army marched with a•• possible Speed to the relief of the Besieged, but th•• Portuguese General, not thinking it prudent to expos•• his Army, now much diminished and harrassed to the E∣nemy, who came fresh into the Field, drew off in the Night, and retired hastily into Portugal. D. Luis de H••∣ro the next day, entered the Town in triumphant man∣ner.

Having given the necessary Orders for repairing the Damage done by the Enemy, D. Luis marched with his Army, now increased to 13000 Foot, and near 6000 Horse, into the Frontiers of Portugal, burning and de∣stroying all where he came, as he did the Town and Castle of Villa Buim. Thence, though contrary to the advice of the Duke of St. German, because Winter drew on, he marched to Elvas, and laid Siege to that place. The Town is seated on a Hill of difficult Ascent, and was then under the Government of Sancho Manuel, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 resolute and fortunate Commander. The first attem•••• of the Spaniards, was upon the Monastery of St. Francis standing within Musquet shot of the Town, which though well defended, they made themselves masters of as also of the Church of Santangracia, seated on a Hil•• without the Town. This done, they fell to work up∣on their Lines, and took their Posts about the Town. Nothing was omitted by the Governour that might con∣duce to a vigorous Defence; but the Besiegers by de∣grees, having cut off all their Communication abroad▪ and possessed themselves of all advantagious Posts, the place was no longer in a posture to hold out long, had it not been speedily relieved. In order to it, all the Gar∣risons were drained, and the Portuguese Army rendes∣vouzed at Estremoz, under the command of the Count de Castagneda. Here the Count received Advice from the Governor of Elvas, that his Garrison was extreamly weakened through Want, Sickness, and continual La∣bour, for which Reason he should be obliged to sur∣render, unless speedily succoured. Upon this Advice the Count de Castagneda set forward with 12000 disci∣plined Foot, and 3500 Horse, besides a confused multi∣tude

of all sorts of Rabble that followed the Army as Voluntiers. With this Force he came and drew up be∣fore the Hill of Santangracia, whither also the Duke of St. German drew up the best part of the Troops to re∣ceive him. In this posture both parties continued all that Night. By break of day the Portugueses began to advance towards the Lines, and made their first effort upon the quarter where Nicholas of Cordova commanded, the fight was obstinate for a considerable space, and the Portugueses were twice forced to give back. Mean while the Besieged making a furious Sally,* 1.138 endeavour∣ed to ruin their Enemies Works, that they might open themselves a passage to their Army. Thus the Spani∣ards▪ who were the lesser Number, being charged in Front and Rear, made a desperate and bloody Fight, till their right Wing of Horse being overpowered, was put to flight. The Duke of St. German seeing the Foot left naked on that side, came himself to their Succour, with a party of chosen Horse. Hence rushing furiously upon his Enemy, he received a shot in the Head, which made him fast from his Horse. This accident of the Ge∣nerals who was esteemed dead, so discouraged the Spa∣niards,* 1.139 that they presently gave way on all sides, yet so that they carryed off their General. In the mean while the Portugueses meeting no opposition, cleared their passage to the Town. Roderick Moxica who was Major Gene∣ral, and next in command to the Duke of St. German, lying at this time at his post near the River Cailla, for∣tifyed himself, and received all that fled from the Bat∣tle, still skirmishing with the Enemy till Night, when he drew off, and saved the remainder of the Spanish Ar∣my. For the Count de Castaneda satisfyed with having relieved the place, thought not fit to hazard any more by pursuing the Enemy. Of the Spaniards, above 2000 were killed, as many wounded, but very few ••••ken. On the Portuguese side, about 1000 fell. De Luis de Haro, who had been a spectator of the fight, at a di∣stance, seeing all lost, made his way to Badajoz. Thus ended this present Year.

Anno, 1659, and 1660.

AFter the mighty efforts of the last Year, both parties being exhausted and wearied,* 1.140 as if it had been by mu∣tual consent, kept themselves so quiet, that these two Years do not furnish us any Military Action worth the writing. The Spaniards had bent all their Thoughts upon concluding a Peace with France, that so they might wholly apply themselves to the War with Portugal. To this effect a Treaty was set on Foot, and the whole af∣fair managed by the two prime Ministers, Cardinal Mazarine for France,* 1.141 and D. Luis de Haro for Spain. After long debates, which belong not to this History, a Peace was Concluded betwixt the two Crowns; the French renouncing their League with Portugal, upon Condition that King should quit all claim to the Crown, and be restored by the Spaniard to all his ancient Patri∣mony, as Duke of Braganza. The Portuguese Ambassa∣dor, who attended the Cardinal, during the whole time of the Treaty, had not failed to use his utmost endea∣vours, to obstruct the whole Negotiation taking effect, or at least, to prevent his Master's interest being aban∣doned. But the particular interest of France, outweigh∣ed all that could be urged in behalf of an Ally; and the Cardinal assured the Ambassador, that notwithstan∣ding the Peace, his master's Interest should not be forsaken for that the French would be in a better Condition to support him, and could not want a pretence for so do∣ing. This Promise of the Cardinals proved not Vain, as will appear by the Sequel. Count Schomberg, an ex∣perienced French Commander, was already in the Portu∣guese Service, and had under him some French Troops, which were afterwards increased to a greater Number. The Spaniard immediately, after the Conclusion of the Peace with France, began to apply himself to carry on the War against Portugal with all his Force; and to that end, several old Regiments were brought over out of I∣taly and Flanders. D. John of Austria, the King's Ba∣stard Son, who had commanded in the Low-Countries▪ and in Catalonia, was appointed General, the Duke o•• St. German his Lieutenant General, Alonso Poderico Ma∣jor General, James Cavallero, General of the Horse

and Gaspar de Cueva General of the Artillery. On the Portuguese side, whether through want of Intelligence of the Storm that threatned, or through want of Means is uncertain, but the War-like Preparations were not Proportionable. Since these Years afford nothing mate∣rial, let us pass on to the next, wherein we shall meet with more Action.

Anno, 1661.

D. John of Austria,* 1.142 having received the Command of the Army, and finding all things provided suitable to his Expectation, in the Spring entred the Frontiers of Portugal, with 13000 Foot, and above 6000 Horse, a Force not so considerable for its number, as for that they were all old tryed Troops. The Count de Castaneda General of the Portuguese Army, could scarce gather 10000 Foot, and 3000 Horse, so that he was in no Con∣dition to make head against the Enemy. Hereupon D. John being master of the Field, marched his Army in sight of Campomayor, as if he intended to have set down before it, but having put the place into a Consternation, he suddenly wheeled off; in his way, took and de∣stroyed the small Town and Castle of Origuela, and then unexpectedly invested Aronches.* 1.143 This Town is seated upon the River Alegrete, contains about 500 Houses, its chief Trade is Cloath, but at this time the Walls of it were ruinous, though it had a Castle, which was of no Strength. No sooner was the Cannon planted, and be∣gan to play, but the place surrendred upon Articles; all the Inhabitants out of hatred to the Spaniards, retiring with what they could carry away. Here D. John con∣tinued, till he had strongly repaired the old Works, and cast up new ones, then having plundered all the Country about, without any Opposition, he marched back the Army to Badajoz.

This loss stirred up the Portugueses to a rash Action,* 1.144 for Count Schomberg, with 16 Squadrons of Horse, had the boldness to appear about the Bridge of Badajoz, as it were provoking the whole Force of the Spanish Ar∣my, which then lay in and about that place, to revenge this excess. D. John immediately sent out D. John Pa∣checo, Lieutenant General of the Horse, who attacked

the Portugueses with a small handfull of men at first, yet with such resolution that they gained no advantage, till he was shot dead upon the place, but then fresh Sup∣plies still comming from the Town, at last the Portu∣gueses were overpowered, many of them slain, many taken, and the rest Forced to save themselves by Flight. This success was the less pleasing to the Spaniards, be∣cause of the Loss of D. John Pacheco, who was a person of tryed Valour and Conduct.

D. John being informed that much dammage was done on the Frontiers of Castile,* 1.145 by the excursions of the garrison of Alconchel, sent D. James Cavallero with the best part of the Army to invest it, and himself followed soon after him. Alconchel is near the River Guadiana, has a Castle and had been lately fortifyed by the Por∣tugueses. The Seige was carryed on but coldly, either to draw the Portugues Army to attempt the relief of the place, or else because the inhabitants being divided in factions, it was not doubted but they must speedily surrender. Nor was D. John deceived in his expecta∣tion, for the Governour perceiving the heats within to increase, and the Enemy without to threaten the utmost extremity if he proved obstinate; was forced to submit, and accept of honourable conditions. The Fortifica∣tions were speedily repaired and a Spanish Garrison put into the place. This done D. John returned to Badajoz and put his Army into Winter-Quarters.

Anno, 1662.

1. THe Last years losses, and the present preparations of the Spaniards, had sufficiently alarmed Portugal, to oblige the Queen to use her utmost industry to be in a condition to oppose her Enemy. In order to it the Treasury being exhausted, heavy Taxes were im∣posed upon the People, which they did not pay without much murmuring,* 1.146 and reluctancy. To strengthen her self by foreign allyances, she had concluded a match for her daughter the Princess Catherine with his Maje∣sty Charles the Second, King of Great Britain. The Queen had Entertained hopes of Marrying this Princess to the King of France, but he having chosen the Infanta of Spain, her next recourse was by that affinity, to secure

the Friendship of the King of England. The new Queens portion was a considerable Sum of Money, the City of Tangier upon the mouth of the Streights in Barbary, and the Island of Bombain in the East-Indies. On the other side the King of England was to assist the Portu∣gueses with a body of Foot, to serve as auxiliaries under the Command of Count Schomberg. The Earl of Sand∣wich with the Royal-Navy, conveyed the Queen into England. Upon the News of this match and that Tan∣gier was to be delivered up to the English, the King of Spain once more attempted the fidelity of the gover∣nour of that City D. Lewis de Almeida, endeavouring to perswade him rather to betray the place to him upon hopes of a considerable Reward, than to put it into the hands of the English; but the governour was not to be moved, who rather fearing that the inhabitants and Garrison would never be brought to consent, to their Kings orders of delivering up the place, as soon as the English Fleet appeared in sight to take possession of it, he sent out the greatest part of the garrison, and many of the inhabitants upon pretence to repell the Moors, who appeared then in bodies about the Town, and whilst they were abroad ingaging and pursuing the In∣fidels, gave possession of the City to the English.

2. Notwithstanding all the Queens care and dili∣gence, the Spaniards were first in the field, and much superiour the Portugueses in Strength.* 1.147 D. John of Austria took the field at the beginning of May with 13000 Foot, and 5000 Horse all old Troops. His first design was to lay Siege to Estremoz, but the Count de Castaneda the Portugues General prevented him, by planting him∣self before the place with his whole Army, which then consisted of 8000 Foot and 3000 Horse. Hereup∣on D. John turned away as if he intended to march di∣rectly to Lisbon, which put that City into a consterna∣tion, and no less surprized the Count de Castaneda fea∣ring least the Capitall of the kingdom should fall into the hands of the Enemy; and had the Spanish Army held on their march, as they began, in all likelihood they must have made themselves masters of it without any op∣position. But D. John spent his time in plundering and burning the Country, and having made a halt near a brook called Zapateros, he sent then D. James Cavallero with Two Regiments of Foot, and most of the Horse,

to attack the Town of Villabuim, a place considerable both for it's Riches and Strength, nevertheless the Go∣vernour who was a French man, upon the first approach of the Spaniards resolved to Surrender, having privately Articled with the Spanish General, that for the saving of his Reputation, he might be permitted to fire his Cannon for an hour without ball, that so he might be thought to have made some defence. Yet the Surrender was not without blood, for some of the inhabitants en∣couraged by a Parish-Priest,* 1.148 endeavoured to make some opposition, but were soon quelled by the Spaniards. The Town and Castle were raised down to the Ground, for a Terror to other places. Hence the Army moved towards Villaviciosa, and having taken an express that was going to Elvas and Jurumenha, to encourage those governours to defend themselves couragiously, upon promise of speedy relief D. John sent him back to the Count de Castaneda to let him know he would be with him the next day. He performed his word, but the Count who was much inferiour to him in numbers, kept himself close in his Camp under the Walls of Estremoz. D. John intending to attack him in his Camp, was dis∣waded by the Duke of St. German, and marched away to Borba, a place of small Strength, but that had a Castle, and the governour Roderick, da Cunha being a desperate man, had perswaded the Townsmen to joyn with the Garrison, to defend it. Such was his Folly or rashness, that he reproached and fired upon the Trumpet that came to bring him the Summons to Surrender, whereupon the Town was assaulted on all sides and taken. The governour with a few men retired into the Castle, which having for a while stood the shock of the Canon, and beginning now to give way to it's fury, Acunha's heat being somewhat allayed, he sent out to beg he might be admitted to conditions. No intreating could prevail with D. John, who being incensed, would admit of nothing but that they should Surrender upon discretion,* 1.149 which was accordingly done. The Souldi∣ers were all made prisoners of War, the Town plun∣dered, and Burnt, the Castle Demolished, and da Cu••∣ha the Governour, with Two Captains were strangle•• in the Market-place.

3. Hence the Spanish Army directed its course to Juru∣menha,* 1.150 an antient and noted Town seated upon a hil••

along the East side of it runs the River Guadiana, on the West is a pleasant hilly Country for the most part covered with Trees, Gardens and Vineyards. On the top of the hill over the Town stands the Castle which is strong, and has 17 Towers. The Fortifications of the Town were all New, and consisted of Five very large bastions, severall half Moons, a good ditch, and Trench, with other modern works. Emanuel Lobato Pinto was at this time Governour of Jurumenha, the garrison consisted of 3000 men and was plentifully stored with provisions, and all Sort of warlike-ammunition, when the Enemy sate down before it. D. John posted his Army about the Town, drew his lines, whereof the extreams ended at the River, which as has been said, waters one side of the Town, and then opened his Tren∣ches and began to raise batteries. The line of circum∣vallation was carryed on with the utmost diligence, and fortifyed to perfection, least the Portugues Army, as was expected, should find an opportunity of relieving the place. On the other side the Governour omitted no∣thing, that might conduce to the security of his garrison, yet so as that he always spared to expose his men, re∣serving them for the last extremity. The Portugues Ge∣nerall understanding how Jurumenha was beset, sent thither Emanuel de Sequeira an able Commander, to assist the Governour in defence of the place. He got in by a boat in the Night unperceived by the Enemies Guards. D. John raised two strong Forts, one on each side of the River, and betwixt them layd over a bridge of boats, by which he received plentifully sup∣plies from Olivenza, and with his Cannon cut off from the besieged the use of the River. All things being disposed for an attack, he ordered the Spaniards and Italians upon a signal given in two severall places, to attack the covered way. The Spaniards going on too precipitary after a long fight, were repulsed and drove back to their Trenches with the Loss of many men, among which were several Officers; but the Italians, whose Conduct was better, with small loss lodged them∣selves on the counterscarp, and yet the next day it being thought a work of too much difficulty to force the Town on that side, they were ordered to quit the Post they had taken. Being moved thence, they were ordered to joyn the Germans, who lay before the

great bastion, which, it was hoped, might with more ease be ruined, and four more pieces of Cannon were there planted to batter it, which played with good success and began to fill the ditch. In the mean while a French Ingenier sent from the Portugues Camp to view the Spanish Lines being taken, discovered to D. John that the Count de Castaneda had resolved to attack him in his works, having with him at that time 13000 Foot and 3000 Horse, and only expecting the auxiliary English, which according to the contract of marriage with his Majesty of Great Britain would soon be with him. This intelligence caused D. John to fortify his Lines, having by the advice of the Duke of St. German, resol∣ved, to receive the Enemy within them, tho' others advised to march out and meet them. Having disposed all things for the reception of the Portugues General, to forward the Seige, he orders a general assault to be given to all the works of the besieged, the Italians and Germans without much difficulty lodged themselves in the counterscarp, and the Spaniards upon whom lay the hottest Service, after four hours fight with great slaughter on both sides, made themselves masters of two great bastions, and all the space betwixt them; so that now the Town had no other defence left it but it's bare wall. This was the condition of the place, when the Count de Castaneda with the Portugues Army, came and encamped within a League of the Town, but after severall movements to discover the weakest part of the Enemies works, finding it a matter of too great difficulty to Force their Lines, he marched away, having before his departure sent a Letter to the Governour, directing him to make the best conditions he could for his garrison, for that it was impracticable to relieve him. All hopes of releif being Lost, and the Town now reduced to extremity, the Governour upon a fresh Summons from D. John, capitulated and delivered up the Town upon such Terms as he could obtain. Thus after a months Seige D. John took possession of Jurumenha,* 1.151 but void of inhabitants, who all marched away out of their hatred to the Spaniards, yet well stored with provisions and Ammu∣nition, tho' the Portugueses had spoiled most of their Corn before they quitted the place. D. Ferdinand de Escovedo, was left Governour there after the works had been sufficiently repaired.

4. Having secured Jurumenha, D. John lost no time, but immediately marched away towards V••••••••viciosa, where the Portugues Army then lay strongly intrenched. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 used all his endeavours to draw the•• to a battle, bur∣ning and wasting all the Country about, but perceiving the Count de Casta••••da was unmoved, he removed and planted himself betwixt Aveiro and Monforte, both which places, tho' well Fortifyed, being terrifyed with the success of the Spanish Arms, surrendred upon the First Summons. Both place being secured with good garrisons he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thence without delay to Crato, a Town belonging to the Knights of Malta, encompassed only with an old ruined wall, and a small Trench, but very Rich and at this time filled with great Stores of Provisions. Tho' the place was not Tenable, the Count de Castaneda▪ fearing to lose all those stores, put out the former governor and sent to succeed him an old rash Major. This man never regarding the weak∣ness of the place, answered the summons sent him by D. John with scorn and contempt, whereupon the Can∣non began on all sides to ruin the old walls, and from the higher grounds to beat down the houses and kill the People in the Streets. The inhabitants and even the garrison Souldiers perceiving themselves exposed to inevitable ruin through the fooll hardiness of their new governour, being also headed by the old one, in a mu∣tinous manner beset his house and obliged him to send to beg conditions which when offered he had slighted,* 1.152 but it was now too late, D. John sought Revenge for the insolence of the Foolish Governor and would not hearken to any Termes. In this deplorable condition, the inhabitants sent out again two Antient-Priests, to move the Spanish General to Compassion, but whilst they were pleading for the Town, the Enemy without expecting any Command from their Officers, broke in and made themselves Master of the place. D. John by his Authority took care that none but such as were in Arms should be put to the Sword, no woman Ra∣vished, nor no Churches sacked. Through a mistake both the Governours were led to Execution, till D. John being informed of the innocence of the former that had been layed aside, caused him to be honourably dismis∣sed, and the latter for his rashness was Shot to Death in the Market-Place. The Town of Crato was plun∣dered.

and burnt down to the Ground, and the Castle blown up. From Crato, the victorious Army marched to Oguela, which at first stood out against the Summons sent in, but soon after, whilst the Governor had sent out to treat of a Surrender, the Spanish Soldiers as they had done at Crato attacked and entred the Place. Of which dishonourable Action, when the Governor com∣plained to D. John, he caused all their Goods to be re∣stored to the Inhabitants, and granted honourable Con∣ditions to them and to the Garrison. The Count de Sartinara was appointed Governour of this place, and with him were left two Italian Regiments. After which Actions, D. John put his Army into Quarters, and so ended the Affairs of this Year.

Anno, 1663.

1. BOth Crowns were earnestly intent upon renewing the War this Year,* 1.153 and nothing was omitted on either side, that seemed conducing to a vigorous Cam∣paign. King Alfonso being now at Age, to take upon him the Government of his Kingdom, according to the custom of Portugal, had removed his Mother from the publick Administration of Affairs, and was therefore ambitious to begin his Rule with some important Action, which might gain him Reputation both at Home and A∣broad. His first step hereto was to remove the prime Ministers and Officers of the Kingdom, and to supply their places with others more suitable to his own Incli∣nation, or less offensive in the Eyes of the People, then the former had been. He called to him the Count de Castaneda, who had of late commanded the Portuguese Army, pretending he had need of his Counsel at Court, but in reality to ease himself of a Man, who being pre∣ferred by the Queen, was likely to adhere to her par∣ty, and she who was of a haughty proud Spirit, and had been removed from the Government against her Will, now was forming a Faction to support her Au∣thority. D. Sancho Manuel, Count de Villaflor, who had commanded in the Province of Beira, was made General of the Army, in the place of the Couut de Ca∣staneda. It was this D. Sancho Manuel who bravely de∣fended Elvas, when besieged by D. Luis de Haro. Den∣is

de Melo, was appointed General of the Horse, Luis de Meneses of the Artillery, Count Schomberg was continued in the post of Camp-Master General, and now was the Custom first introduced into Portugal, of using Major Generals, which they had not in their Armies before. The Army also was considerably reinforced by the accession of the English and French Auxiliaries. The Count de Villaflor ha••ing spent a few days at Lisbon to receive Orders, took a Progress, and visited all the Garrisons of his Province of Alentejo, giving the necessa∣ry Orders in all places.

2. D. John of Austria had thought to take the Field very early in rhe Spring, but was disappointed by the la•• coming of the Spanish Regiments from Milan. As soon as they arrived, he took a review of his Army, which he found to consist of 15000 Foot,* 1.154 and about 6000 Horse. With these Forces he marched into the Fron∣tiers of Portugal the same way he had taken the year before, when he besieged Jurumenha. His design was not known to any Man, except the Duke of St. German, but it was given out he intended directly for Lisbon. At first, the Count de Villaflor was in Confusion, not know∣ing what place this Storm would fall upon; but upon second thoughts, seeing D. John still advance into the Country, he concluded that Ebora was the place he aim∣ed at, because he well knew it was that Generals custom to attempt the conquest of Towns, that were of great Name and small Strength, such as Ebora was. Being fixed in this his Opinion, he threw into that City 3000 Foot, and about 1000 Horse, which with 5000 Men of the Inhabitants able to bear Arms, he thought would so long defend the Town, till he could be in a posture to re∣lieve it. In the mean while the Spanish Army advanced through the Countrey, burning and wasting all in their way, without the least Opposition, till at last the Count de Villafor with a small Army on a sudden fell in upon their Rear, and for the present, put all into some Disor∣der; but D. John having given Orders for all to halt, and then brought his Light Horse about to relieve those that were ingaged in the Rear, he was forced to draw off and retire to Estremoz with some loss. Three days after, the Spanish Army encamped near Ebora. D. James Cavallero, the General of the Horse, was sent before to secure all Posts about it; which done, the whole Army

followed, and took its Posts about the Town, at such time as they seized all the Cattle, which was then too late to be drove from the Country about into the place.

3. Ebora is one of the largest, and most antient Citie•• Portugal, seated in a large Plain. On the South, in prospect is terminated by beautiful and fruitful Hills,* 1.155 a•• the foot whereof is the stately Monastery of the Carth••si∣ans. On the North of it runs a small River, which be∣ing drawn out into little Trenches, fertilizes the Plain. About the Town is a Mud Wall, and at this time some other small Works had been cast up, such as the present Exigency would permit. The Water for the use of the City, is brought from the Neighbouring Hills, up∣on a continued row of Arches. This Aqueduct they thought to secure by a Fort, but the Enemies sudden ap∣proach prevented them. Luis de Mesquita was now Go∣vernor of the Town, a Man of noble Extraction, but no Souldier, whom the Garrison disdaining to submit to, Emanuel de Miranda an old Commander, was sub∣stituted in his Place. The Spanish Army having invested this place, the general Officers were intent upon securing all the advantagious Posts. In the mean while the Portu∣guese Horse made some Skirmishes to keep them off at a distance, but being beaten back to the Town, the Besie∣gers in the pursuit, possessed themselves of the Mona∣stery of St. Antony, which they found but slenderly guar∣ded, and lay commodiously to offend the Town. But the Spaniards sped not so well at the Carmelite Mona∣stery, which lay betwixt that of St. Antony, and the Ci∣ty; for after six Hours sharp dispute, they were forced to leave the besieged possessed of it. This done, D. John distributed the Posts to his Army, but thought it need∣less to intrench himself, not doubting to be master of so weak a place, before the Portuguese General could gather a sufficient Force to attempt the relief of it. However the Trenches were opened against the Town, and Batteries raised, but the first that gained a post were the Italians, who with much bravery stormed, and took the Monastery of the Carmelites, whence planting their Cannon, they made a great havock in the Town. The Spaniards ashamed to be outdone by the Italians, carryed on their Works with great diligence, and ha∣ving with much slaughter repulsed the Besieged, who sallyed upon them, made themselves master of the

Church of St. Dominick, which overlooking the Town, they planted their Cannon upon it, to the great Damage of the Besieged. D. John, seeing the miserable condition of the Place, sent another Summons, offering honoura∣ble Conditions if they surrendred in time, which all the Officers of the Garrisons, seeing no possibility of holding the Place, or likelyhood of Relief, thought it time to accept of, but Lewis de Sousa, Elect Bishop of Porto, and Administrator of the Church of Ebora, a Man fit∣ter for the Army than the Church, crossed their design, raising Factions among the People and Garrison, and by this means obstructed the surrender that and the follow∣ing day. The Clergy and Laiety, Women and Chil∣dren flocked to the Works, and endeavoured to make up the Breaches, but all in Vain, for more was already ruined than could be retrieved, and the continual Fire of the Enemies Cannon, rendred all their efforts unsuc∣cessful. This Fury being spent, and the People coming to themselves, at length they capitulated, and delivered up the City upon such Conditions as could be obtained, which were not very Honourable. On the 9th. day, after it wa•• invested,* 1.156 the City was surrendred. There marched out 2000 Foot, and 300 Horse of the Garri∣son, who according to Articles were to be conducted into Castile, and there to remain Prisoners of War during the Summer.

4. The News of the Siege of Ebora being brought to Lisbon,* 1.157 caused mighty commotions and tumults in that City, whereupon the Young King by the advice of his Counsel, sent orders to the Count de Villaflor, to releive Evora at any rate, and at the same time commanded the Count de Castaneda, with what Troops he had and could raise to suppress all Seditions in Lisbon. The Count de Villaflor received his orders the very day that Evora was Surrendred of which as yet he had no notice, and therefore having called a Council of War, the advice of the Count Sabugal was followed, which was not to hazard a battle at any disadvantage, but to cut off the Enemies Provisions. In order hereto, the Army being now 12000 Foot, and 4000 Horse, and having recei∣ved intelligence of the Surrender of Evora, marched and incamped at Laondil where they had plenty of Pro∣visions and streightned the Enemy. In the mean while the News of the Surrender of Evora, being brought to

bon,* 1.158 the multitude ran headlong into all Sorts of Licenti∣ousness, and not only the vulgar rabble appeared in the se∣dition, but great Numbers of the more substantial sort joyned with them. The First effort of their fury fell upon the Arch-Bishops Pallace, which they plundered, burning and carrying away all that was in it, the Arch-Bishop himself having before made his escape to Court. Thence they turned their rage against the Count of Castaneda, whose house they ransacked as they had done the Arch-Bishops, he himself being also fled; and after him they exercised the same barbarity, towards the principal Magistrates and other great Men of the City. Whilst this passed in the City, the King consulted with the Arch-Bishop, the Count de Castaneda and other great Men, about the means of quelling this Sedition. The Count advised to fall upon the raging Multitude, with such Forces, as were in the Town, whereof the greatest part were Forreigners, and there∣fore would be faithful, in the performance of their duty. But the Arch-Bishop's opinion prevailed; which was to let the fury of the multitude pass over, and then of themselves they would Return to their Duty. The Rabble having raged all about the Tow•• came at last to the Kings Pallace, where many being weary, and coming to themselves began to slink away, and at last the King Looking out of the Window, and telling them that his Army now besieged those, who had before layed Siege to Evora, they all retired with confusion to their houses, blaming one another, for what they had all done. No Notice was for the present taken, of what had hapned, but some time after, several of the Ring-leaders were punished under other pretences.

5. During these Transactions,* 1.159 D. John of Austria, repai∣red the Fortifications of Evora, and finding Provisions began to grow short, having left a small garrison in the City, marched out to give the Portugueses battle, tho' con∣trary to the advise of the Duke of St. German, who was utterly against hazarding a battle, till the Forces they dayly expected from Castile were arrived, and for the subsistance of the Army, advised the turning out of the inhabitants, upon whose stores the Souldiers might live many days. The Portugues Army lay within half a League of Evora, having a small River before it. Thi∣ther D. John marched thinking either the Portuguese••

would give him battle upon equal Terms, or else that he should remove them from their advantagious Posts, by 17 pieces of Canon which he planted upon an Emi∣nence. But the Count de Villaflor resolving not to quit his Advantage, and the Canon which was ill planted, doing as much Execution among his own, as among the Enemies men, D. John drew back and encamped with∣out Canon Shot of the River. Thus both Armies con∣tinued all Night ready for Action. At break of Day, D. John moved in order of battle, to force the passage of the River, where a bloudy dispute ensued, till, after a considerable Loss on both sides, the Portugueses stan∣ding their ground, the Spaniards who fought at great disadvantage, were forced to give way, and retire into the plain of Ebora. D. John discouraged at this repulse, put 3000 Foot, and 600 Horse, under the Command of Francis Gattinara Count of Sartirane into Ebora, resol∣ving to march back into Castile without coming to a battle, if possible to avoid it by marching over the Mountains. His first days march met with no obstruct∣ion, because the Count de Villaflor was marched before, in order to choose an advantageous Post to give battle in, where the Horse might be of small use, in which the Spaniards were much Superior to him. Some there were, who advised to march on all Night, but D. John thinking that would look too like flying, refused that wholesom advice. In the Morning he was informed, that the Portugues Army was at hand, being covered from him by the tops of the hills. It was no time now to think of avoiding a battle, and therefore D. John drew up his Army, and being possessed of a high hill, thought good to remove and make himself master of two others that lay in the way to Estremoz. At the same time the Portugueses not knowing any thing of the Enemies design, had resolved to possess himself of the same place. Hereupon the Count de Villaflor advancing with the Horse, fell upon the rear of the Spaniards, whose Horse were upon the Plain, their Foot having already gained the hill. D. James Cavallero facing about with his Horse, received the charge and made good his ground, so that the Portugueses having spent half the day and gained no advantage, began now to faint un∣der the toil and heat, which D. John perceiving, he speedily possessed himself of the two hills he aimed at,

drew up his Horse in four bodies upon the Plain, pla∣ced his baggage in their Rear, and planted his Canon upon the hills. On the other side, the Portugueses seizes the hill which D. John had quitted, looking upon it as part of Victory,* 1.160 to possess the ground the Enemy had designedly abandoned. About three hours both Armies continued in these Posts, refreshing their wearied men, when D. John thinking he had given them the slip, be∣gan to continue his march, but the Count de Villaflor perceiving it, resolved not to suffer him to go off, with∣out hazarding a battle. The signal being given, he ad∣vances, and the Portugues Left wing of Horse first char∣ged the Right of the Spanish, who recieved them with such Resolution, that the Fight continued a long time doubtful, till Emanuel Freire one of the Portugues Ge∣nerals of Horse wheeling about with some Squadrons he had reserved, set upon the Enemies flank and broke through them, whereupon the whole wing was soon put to flight, as was the reserve coming to their relief, and the Left wing which was ordered to relieve the Right by reason of the distance and badness of the way, could never be brought to ingage. Mean while Count Schomberg, who commanded the Portugues Foot, re∣solved to attack the Enemy upon the hill. This being an Action rather rash than valiant, the English auxilia∣ries undertook climbing the hill upon their hands and feet, and tho' many of them fell, yet the greater part gained the top, which encouraged three Regiments of Portugues Foot, to ascend a farther way about which was much easier. This extravagant rashness, of the English, so terrifyed the Spanish Foot, that they immediately without sense of shame betook them∣selves to flight. In a moment their whole infantry was put to the rout, notwithstanding D. John alighting from his Horse, performed all that man could do to make them rally and face the Enemy. But now the victorious Portugues Horse, comming in to second their Foot, there ensued a terrible slaughter, for it was no longer a Fight. The Duke of St. German who had been sent before to mark out a Camp, hearing the noise of the Canon, hasted back, and finding the whole Army dis∣persed and routed, with much difficulty perswaded D. John to save himself by flight. So both the Generals hasted away to Aronches▪ D. James Mazacan whose

squadron had not been broke, gathering as many of the Horse as he could, made the last effort against the vict∣ors, but being overpowered, he was forced to give way to the stronger side.* 1.161 Of the Spaniards were slain in this Fight about 4000, the wounded were more, and above 3000 taken, and among them the Marquess del Carpio, Eldest Son to D. Lewis de Haro. Of the Portugueses above 1000 were killed, and many wounded. All the Enemies Canon, and baggage, as also D. John's most splendid Equipage was taken.

6. The Prisoners taken in Fight were all sent to Lisbon, where the joy of the multitude was as extravagant, as their rage had been for the loss of Evora. The King therefore finding all was secure at home, sent those Troo•• ••he had kept at Lisbon, to bridle the Rabble, under the Command of the Count de Castanheda, to join the Count de Villaflor,* 1.162 with orders to lay Siege to Evora. These two Generals put their orders in Ex∣ecution, and f••••mally besieged that City, yet knowing no Enemy could come to it's relief, forbore any assaults to spare their Men. The Count de Sartirane, who as has been said, was made Governour of that City by the Spaniards, defended it with much bravery, the Space of Eleven days, being ignorant what was become of the Spanish Army, but being then informed of it's defeat by a Letter from D. John, in which he ordered him to provide for the safety of his garrison, he then Surren∣dred the place upon honourable conditions.

7. D. John having gathered the remains of his broken Army,* 1.163 and received some recruits out of Gallicia, sent D. James Cavallero, with a good body of Horse and Foot, to endeavour to Surprize Elvas, but the garrison having taken the Alarm, he was repulsed, and forced to retire without effecting any thing. To add to the misfortunes of the Spaniards, their great Magazine of powder which they had layed up at Aronches, was accidentally blown up, which ruined many of the new works they had made about the Town since they took it, and killed above 2000 of the garrison and inhabitants.

8. Winter put not an end to Action,* 1.164 for the Duke of Ossuna, who Commanded upon the Spanish Frontiers, about Cuidad Rodrigo, tho' he could gather but a small Force, yet being ambitious of Fame, he resolved to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a Royal-Fort, not far from Almeida the Portugues

Frontier. He marched to the place he had pitched up∣on with what strength he could make, and began the work which was extreamly difficult by reason of the unseasonableness of the weather, and the danger from the Enemy, to oppose whom he incamped before the work with all his Force to cover the Labourers. Peter Jaques de Magallaens, who commanded upon those Frontiers, was then sick, and Alfonso Furtado de Mendoza was sub∣stituted in his place. D John of Austria who was now returned to Bajadoz from Court, where he had been to answer to what was objected against him upon account of his late defeat, hearing of this undertaking of the Duke de Ossuna, sent him large Supplies under the Command of the Count Bouette, with which accession the Duke was now increased to about 7000 Fo•••• and a∣bout 2000 Horse. Not above a Canon shot from him lay the Portugues Army, consisting of a like Force. Mendoza perceiving the Duke was not to be drawn to a battle, his only design being to cover his work, and it being a rashness to attack him in his Camp, thought the only way to draw him thence would be to enter the borders of Castile, and put all things to Fire and Sword. To this intent he sent out a party of Horse to Almeida, which the Duke perceiving, charged and there 〈…〉〈…〉 a ••ot dispute; the Portugueses giving way, and drawing on the Enemy till the rest of their Forces came up with them. Thus the Fight was protracted till the gross of both Bodies came to Engage, and then the Spanish Horse gave ground, and had been utterly routed, had not the Count de Bouette stood firm with his Troops, and given those that fled time to Rally. But the Duke perceiving there was no likelihood of standing the shock of the Portugueses, sent a Squadron of Horse to fall into their Camp, which they understand∣ing, drew back to secure their works, and the Spaniards design, being no other than to discharge themselves of them, both parties as it were by consent, returned to their Camps. The execution on both sides was e∣qual, in all about 800 Horse fell, but not so many Foot. This drawn battle was the last, neither side being desi∣rous too far to provoke the other. However the Duke finished the Fort he had begun, into which he put a strong garrison, under the Command of D. Gregorio Tapia. Thus ended the Action of this Year, with the Year it self.

Anno, 1664.

1. NO sooner the Spring begun to open then the Por∣tuguese Army to repair to their general Rendes∣vouze at Estremoz. Being assembled to the number of 15000 Foot, and 4000 Horse, under the Command of the Count de Castanheda, they marched into the Fronti∣ers of Castile, with a Resolution to besiege Valencia de Alcantara, a place strong by Nature, but not regularly fortifyed. In their way they spent some days upon the Banks of the River Caia, about the Bridge of Badajoz, shewing themselves there, as it were to provoke the Enemy to Battle. D. John of Austria, who was then in that City, had a sufficient Body of Horse, but neither Foot enough, nor any store of Ammunition to encounter the Portuguese, having lost all the foregoing Summer. How∣ever to do what the time would permit; he caused all the Frontier Towns to be strongly Garrisoned, and his Horse to attend the motions of the Portuguese Army, so as to keep them from straying to waste the Country, but not to hazard an Engagement.* 1.165 The Count after a few days, marched and invested Valencia. This Town is seated upon a cragged and rocky Ground, by it runs a rapid Stream, and on its North side is a large plain; it had no modern Fortification, as was said before, howe∣ver some new Works lately cast up, added to the Natu∣ral Scituation of the place, rendred it of a considerable Strength. Fabritius Rossa, an Italian of known Valour and Conduct, was Governour of the Place, and had with him a resolute Garrison of Spaniards and Italians. The Count de Castanheda, perceiving the strength of the Place, and resolution of the Garrison, resolved formally to besiege it, and to that purpose, possessing himself of the Monastery of St. Francis, which was within Cannon shot of the Wall, planted there his first Battery, and then raised several others in convenient Places. Mean while D. John of Austria, being in care for the Town, sent D. James Correa with all the Horse, either to attempt put∣ting some Succour into the Town, if he found an Op∣portunity, or at least by his Presence, to encourage the Defendants. Correa having marched up to the Portu∣guese Lines, and finding them in a posture to receive

him, attempted nothing, but wheeled off again, and marched back till Night over-took him. Then having ordered his Troops to halt, he sent out Count Bouette with a Party, to bring in some Provisions for his weary∣ed Men. The Count being departed, a sudden cloud of Dust which arose, being driven by the strength of the Wind, so terrified the Spaniards, who imagined the whole Portuguese Army was coming upon them, that they dis∣persed and fled about all the Hills, casting away their Arms, and leaving their Baggage, so that all their Com∣mander James Correa could do, was not of any effect to bring them again into a Body. Count Bouette retur∣ning with the Provisions he had gather'd, found only the scatter'd Baggage, and marks of their flight, where∣upon he went after, and having overtaken them in the Morning, they returned together with dishonour to Badajoz. But the Count de Castanheda making use of his time, and having now made several Breaches in the Walls fit for an assault, sent to summons the Governor to surrender in time, since all hope of Relief was vanished, and the place was in no condition to hold out. The Governour to gain time, entred upon a Treaty, but pro∣posed such high Terms that they were scornfully reject∣ed by the Portugues, and immediately the Batteries were renewed with more fierceness than before. Then fol∣lowed a furious Assault, which the besieged stood with such undaunte Resolution, that after a great slaughter on both sides, the Portugueses were compelled to give it over. This repulse moved the Count to carry on his Works more deliberately, and endeavour to spare the Blood of his Soldiers. But it was not long before Am∣munition began to grow scarce in the Town, which o∣bliged the Governor to hearken to a Capitulation offer∣ed him by the Portuguese, for fear least they becoming sensible of his want, should afterwards impose harder Conditions upon him. However, though the Proposal was most grateful, yet he carryed himself very high, and would not seem to comply, but upon powerful Argu∣ments and Perswasions. At length, after much debate, it was concluded,* 1.166 that besides all other Honourable Con∣ditions, the Governour should be allowed to send to D. John of Austria for Relief, and that if he were not then relieved, he should surrender the Town. In the mean while all Hostilities were to cease, and a Messenger

having brought this account to D. John, he sent D. James Correa with 3000 Foot, and what Horse he had to at∣tempt to succour the Town, but he being much inferi∣our in all respects to the Besiegers, thought not fit to expose his small Forces to certain Destruction. After the expiration of the four Days, the Governour deli∣vered up the Place, marching out with his Garrison up∣on as hono••••••le Conditions, as he could himself de∣mand.

2. Whilst D. John of Austria's Credit daily decreased on account of these many losses,* 1.167 the Duke of Ossuna thought it fit to raise his own Reputation. In order hereto, he marched to Castel Rodrigo, a Portuguese Town, encompassed with an old but strong Wall, and several Out-works; yet better secured by the Courage and Ex∣perience of its Governour, John Ferreira, who had there in Garrison a Regiment of tryed Valour. This place the Duke hoped to have carryed by Storm, but having been several times beaten off with great loss; he sate down quietly before it with 7000 Foot, sending a∣bout his Horse to gather Provisions. After a few days lying still, as if he had no further design against the Place, he marched off, that he might the better surprize the Garrison, for in the dead of a dark Night, he retur∣ned again, attempted to scale the Walls, where the Watch was negligently kept, yet being discovered, and the Town taking the Alarm, he was beaten off, and no hope left of prevailing, either by an Assault, or Sur∣prize. Both these Designs failing, he resolved upon a formal Siege, and accordingly raised his Batteries, whence he shook and ruined the Walls with his heavy Cannon. Peter Jaques de Magallaens, who commanded the Por∣tuguese Forces in those Parts, and to whom the defence of that Garrison belonged, having gathered all the For∣ces of that Province, marched with speed to its relief, and posted himself on a Hill, opposite to the Town, so disposing his Troops that the Enemy could not judge of their number, hoping thereby to move them to raise the Siege, which fell out as he expected; for the Duke not being able to judge of his Strength, thought not good to expose himself to uncertainties, and therefore drew off from the Place. Peter Jaques having gained this Point, resolved to pursue the Enemy, and force him to a Battle before he received the Reinforcement he expect∣ed

from D. John. It was no hard matter to draw the Duke to a Battle, he being a Man that relyed more upon Chance and Fortune, then Prudence and Conduct; therefore as soon as he perceived the Portugueses were not superiour to him in number, he chose his Ground, and drew up his Men. Both parties being disposed for the Fight, the Spaniards made the first ons•••• advancing hastily and Firing; but their Precipitation•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 them into Disorder, which the Portugueses taking the advantage of, they fell in with their Horse and Foot, and in a moment put them to the rout.* 1.168 The Duke, who had rather play the part of a Soldier then a General, having in person several times charged the Enemy, seeing himself almost abandoned by his own People, and beset by his Adversaries, at last saved himself by Flight. Of the Spa∣niards, about 2000 were killed, and near 500 taken; of the Portugueses, 800 were lost: All the Spaniards Baggage and Cannon, with the Duke's Equippage were taken. This Action was performed about the beginning of the Summer; afterwards the Heats increasing, and both Parties being sufficiently worn and tired, they retired in∣to quarters of Refreshment, and nothing more happened worth the relating; let us therefore pass on to the ensu∣ing Year.

Anno, 1665.

1. WE are now drawing to the end of this tedious War, and though betwixt the death of King John, and the Conclusion of the Peace, there happened several things remarkable enough in the Civil Government; yet I have thought fit not to interrupt the Series of Marshal Affairs now drawing to a Period, but rather to put an end to the course of these extern contentions, and when I come to relate the intestine Troubles and Confusions, then at once to sum up those Accidents that preceded in order to them, that then the Reader may with the more ease to his Memory, take first a view of the whole War, and next of the strange Catastrophe that ensued, with all the previous Accidents tending to it.

2. Before the main Armies could take the Field, both parties ceased not to infest their Enemies Frontiers with frequent Incursions. But for the most part, these Acti∣ons

were inconsiderable,* 1.169 being rather like Robberies, then publick Hostilities. The first Action of moment we find this Year, was an incursion made by 1000 Por∣tuguese Horse, towards Badajoz, plundering and burning all the Country before them. Count Marsini at this time, commanded on the Spanish Frontiers, who upon the news of the Spoil made by the Portugueses, comman∣ded D. James Correa General of the Horse, with 500 Men to oppose the Enemy. Correa after representing the weakness of that number, having received a check for his seasonable Advice, marched out. The Portu∣gueses were then dispersed, but hearing of the Approach of the Enemy, assembled their Troops, and having lay'd part of them in Ambush, with the remainder charged the Spaniards, who meeting less opposition then they had expected, thought themselves secure of the Victory, till being encompassed by those that rose out of the Am∣bush, most of them were either killed or taken. D. James Correa, with those few that could escape, fled to Badajoz, not much troubled at his loss, because he had been contrary to his Judgment and Advice, sent upon the Action with so small a Force.

3. Whether it was that the Portugueses were resolved to stand upon the Defensive, and therefore spared their Forces;* 1.170 or that the Difficulties their new rising King∣dom labour'd under, would not permit them to be so forward as the Enemy, is hard to determine; but cer∣tain it is, the Spaniards were generally the first that took the Field. So this Year, the Marquess of Carace∣na, who with a general Applause for his good Service in Italy, and the Low-Countries, had been appointed General for this War, having taken a review of his Army, which he found to consist of 12000 Foot, and a∣bout 6500 Horse, marched into Portugal, with a full Resolution to besiege Villaviciosa. This Town is the antient Seat and Patrimony of the Dukes of Braganza, and is properly called Villaviciosa, because of the plea∣santness of the Air, the fruitfulness of the Soil, the beau∣ty of its Forrests, and other Delights wherewith that Territory abounds. The Town it self is seated on a high Hill, and is divided into three parts. The first which is in the nature of a Suburb, contains several Monasteries, many Inhabitants, and the stately House of the Duke of Braganza. To this joyns the Town, en∣compassed

with an old Wall, but little inhabited. A∣bove all, stands the Castle, well enough fortifyed for that time, having a Ditch, a covered Way, a Half-Moon, and other Works. Christopher Brito, was at this time Governor of the place, and had under him se∣veral expert Commanders, and 1000 Garrison Soldiers, besides the Towns-men that were fit to bear Arms. As soon as Brito understood the Enemy advanced towards him, he secured and strengthened three strong Posts without the Walls, viz. the Duke of Braganza's House, which was built like a Castle;* 1.171 the Fort of St. Benedict, and the Gate called No. Eighteen Companies of Spanish Musquetiers immediately assaulted these three Posts at the same time with much Bravery, but they were all three with no less Valour made good by the Defendants. However, Brito considering those places were too far remote from the Town, to be kept without great ha∣zard of weakning his main Strength, drew off his Men the Night following, and abandoned them. As soon as Day appeared, the Spaniards commanded by Roderick Moxica, entred the Houses next to the Town, without any Opposition, all that were able to bear Arms, being withdrawn into the Town. Here the Soldiers commit∣ted all the Outrages that could be expected from the cruellest Enemy, sparing neither Sex nor Age; ravishing Women, and prophaning even the Churches, till some religious Men who had made their Escape, giving an account of these barbarous Proceedings to the Marquess of Carazena, he took Order to cure this Licentiousness of the Soldiers. Being thus possessed of the Suburb, the Marquess planted his Cannon against the Town, but being impatient of delay, he assaulted the Wall with Scaling Ladders, and at the same time applyed a Petard to one of the Gates, yet all in Vain, for he met with such vigorous Resistance, that he was compelled to draw off his Men. Next he applyed himself to under∣mining, but the Earth being unfit, this Work proved more prejudicial to him than to the Besieged. At last, having made some Breaches in the Walls, the Italian Foot were ordered to mount them, which they perform∣ed with as much Gallantry as could be imagined, but those who to divert the Besieged, were to Scale the Walls, being easily repulsed with great Loss, by reason their Ladders were too short, and all the Strength of

the besieged making good the breaches, all that the Ita∣lians could do was to lodge themselves under the Walls. In the Mean while the Spaniards who besieged the Castle were not Idle, but having battered it gave a most furi∣ous assault tho' with no better success than the Italians had done, yet with greater slaughter on both sides. In this Action Brito the Governour received three wounds, and lost several Officers and Soldiers of good Note. Af∣ter these repulses, the Marquess proceeded cautiously, yet never ceasing to batter the works with his Cannon. At length receiving intelligence that the Portugues Army was upon it's march from Estremoz to relieve the place, least he should find his Forces divided betwixt the Town and the Castle, he resolved to bend his whole strength against the Town and to leave the Castle for another time. However least the besieged should have the op∣portunity of relieving the Town from the Castle, he commanded the Spanish Foot to attack the palisade of the Castle, whilst the Italians gave the General assault to the Town. This Action was very hot, both parties be∣ing obstinately set down not to give way, but at last Va∣lour must give place to number, and the Italians having gained the tops of the Walls and breaches, such of the defendants as escaped were forced to retire into the Castle: Nothing being now left the besieged but the Castle, the Marquess sent to Summons the Governour to Sur∣render, threatning the danger of delay, who never∣theless sent the messenger back with a very slight an∣swer. The Marquess being now wholly intent upon taking the Castle, raifed a battery against it upon the top of the Church, dedicated to the Conception of our Blessed-Lady.

4. Whilst the Castle was thus prest by the Spaniards, the Count Castanheda General of the Portugues Army,* 1.172 advancing to its relief, sent Francis Carneiro a Captain of Foot, with only two Soldiers, who with an unparallel∣led boldness rode through the besiegers, to give the go∣vernour an account of the approaching relief, and the two Souldiers with the same bravery and success, retur∣ned to their General with the News of what they had done. In the next place, the Count called a Council of War, to consult whether it were fit to hazard a battle, where it was unanimously decreed to Fight the Enemy. The Count being joyful at this universal agreement, sent

presently a Tr••mpeter, to advertise the Marquess of Carazena of his approach, and to let him know now pleasing it was to him to give battle to so great a Ge∣neral. The Marquess looked upon this message only as a bravado, and sent back an answer accordingly, then calling a Councel of War, after sundry opinions had been heard, the Marquess his opinion prevailed which was to give the Enemy battle. This done he made choice of a Plain below the Castle, whether he marched with his Army, leaving 1500 Foot, which he judged a sufficient strength to keep in the besieged.

5. Near to Villaviciosa is a Plain commonly called the Plain of Montesclaros,* 1.173 encompassed about with Hills and Rocky cliffs, but pleasant and diversifyed with Trees and Vineyards, and full of ditches and other im∣pediments to Armies. Into this Plain, the Portugueses came first leading 16000 Foot, and 6000 Horse. The Spaniard was much weaker, having lost many men in the siege besides those he had left at the Castle. The Marquess of Carazena knowing the nearer the Enemy drew to him, the more advantagious the ground was for him, because there was not Room to spread abroad, he caused his men to possess themselves of that ground, his Foot stretched out, keeping the side of the Moun∣tain, and his Horse marching in the Plain on the Left. This his celerity did not a little startle the Count of Castanhena, for that his Foot and Artillery were not as yet come up, and he feared to be Forced to engage be∣fore they could reach him, but Count Schomberg upon advice from him, hastning their march, delivered him from this perplexity. The Marquess drew up his Foot in two Lines, the Horse because the ground would al∣low no more Front were drawn up in five, the Spanish Horse had the Right wing, the Forreigners the Left. In the Portugues Army, almost all the Horse were on the Right, and the Foot on the Left, the nature of the place not allowing the Horse to be imbattled on both wings, yet among the Horse were disposed some Com∣panies of chosen Foot. That wing which consisted only of Foot, was in two Lines, yet all was so contrived that the Horse could speedily relieve the Foot, or the Foot the Horse as occasion required. Things being in this posture, after the Canon had played, The Mar∣quess Commands Alexander Prince of Parma, General

of the Forreign Horse, to charge the Portugues Right wing, which he performed with such Valour and fury, that he drove the first Line of the Portugueses in great disorder upon their Rear. The Spaniards having in the pursuit broke their Ranks, fell in upon the pikes of the Foot, that had been mixed with the Horse, which sorely galling them, quite changed the Face of Affairs; for whilst they Laboured to extricate themselves from that peril, the Horse who before had fled, rallying charged them afresh. They that before thought themselves vict∣orious, being thus pressed on all sides began to give way and fall into disorder: Then Count Rabata who Com∣manded the German Horse, seeing them just ready to fly, rode up a in Rage, and upbraiding the cowardize of his men, brought them on to the Charge afresh. The Prince of Parma also rallying those that were dispersed, the battle was again renewed, and the Portugueses charged more fierce∣ly than at the first onset; insomuch that the Spaniards prevailed driving their Enemies, and the Germans ha∣ving made their way through the Right, were falling in upon the Left wing. The Portugues General percei∣ving the danger, sent Count Schomberg, the Count de St. Lorenco, and other chief Officers, to give a check to the Enemy. These having gathered the dispersed Troops, and drawn fresh succours from all sides, restored the Fight, yet so that both wings were joyned together, and so pressed the harder upon the Spanish Troops, almost tired with the fatigue of the long Service. Hereupon the Mar∣quess of Carazena, who from a Hill viewed the Action and gave orders, seeing his Left wing born down, sent or∣ders to James Correa who Commanded on the Right, either to come immediately to the relief of the Left, or else by charging upon the Left of the Portugueses to draw them away to him. Correa obeyed not his orders, whe∣ther through cowardice, or Treachery, or that the ground would not permit, is uncertain. Thus the Ita∣lians and Germans being forsaken by their Friends, and beset on all sides by their Enemies, were almost all cut off, yet dyed not unrevenged, having made a great slaughter, and amidst the multitude, slain many Officers of note, Count Schomberg narrowly escaping when his Horse was killed under him. Now at length the Spa∣nish Right wing came on, after their Left was utterly lost, but it was a matter of much difficulty to charge

over the heaps of dead Bodies, and scatter'd Arms. Be∣sides the Horse were gauled by the scattering Compa∣nies of Foot, who with their Pikes, discomposed and broke their Ranks, so that they were forced to wheel often, and rather defend themselves, then offend their Enemies. At length being seconded by their Foot, they gave such a violent Charge, that the Portugueses, who had stood long to it before with various Fortune, faint∣ing, began again to decline, till their General, the Count of Castanheda seeing that was the last effort, com∣ing in with his Guards and what Troops he could ga∣ther, and acting the part of a Soldier, as well as of a General, inspir'd new Courage into them, and restored the Fight. In this Heat, when the Success stood doubt∣ful, two things concurred to bestow the Victory on the Portuguese. One was the taking of James Correa, Ge∣neral of the Spanish Horse, the other, that the Swissers serving in the Spanish Army, being discontented for want of their pay, went over to them. The Spanish Horse dismayed at these two unexpected Accidents, immedi∣ately fell off, the Portugueses pressing upon them, yet so as not being suffer'd to pursue, the others rather re∣tired then fled. Nothing remained now but the Foot, who being beset, for that Count Schomberg had seized all the advantagious Posts,* 1.174 sought desperately, having scarce any hopes left to escape. The Fight had lasted seven Hours, and both sides being tired, both the Spa∣nish Horse and Foot, because the Portuguese did not pursue, marched off with Speed, and began to ga∣ther up such as had fled farther, so that they made a considerable Body. Count Castanheda unwilling to suffer so great a Party to escape, sent Vasconcellos and John de Silva with some Troops of Horse, who wheeling about a Monastery, fell in with them, and stayed their March till the Count came up with the rest of the Ar∣my. The Spaniards being thus enclosed without hope of safety, either by fighting or flying, were finally over∣thrown and cut to pieces. About 4000 Foot of several Nations, who before the Spaniards were enclosed, had retired to a place of Strength, seeing the whole Army lost, surrendered upon Discretion. Near 1000 more, who had fled to the Woods, were either taken, or pe∣rished there. In all about 5000 of the Spaniards are re∣ported to have been killed, and not fewer taken, and

of both sorts were many Officers of Note. Nor was the Victory cheaply bought, above 2000 of the Victors being slain, among which were several remarkable Per∣sons. This was the decisive Battle of Montesclaros, which finally settled the Crown upon the Head of the new King of Portugal. The Marquess of Carazena see∣ing all lost, made his way to Villaviciosa, where he ordered the Forces he had left there, to continue the Siege, to rise from before the Place, least they should be overwhelmed by the Victorious Army. They with all speed drew off their Artillery, and marching in good Order, though often attacked by the Portugueses, made goo•• their Retreat, first to Jurumenha, and thence to Badajoz, whither the small remainder of the Army was fled. Thus the Marquess in his old Age, tarnished that Reputation he had gained in his Youth.

6. This great Battle was the last Action of Note,* 1.175 that concluded the War betwixt Spain and Portugal; for this Year, on the 17th. of October, dyed Philip the IV. King of Spain, leaving that Crown to his Son Charles II. then but four Years of Age, and the Government being in the Queen his Mother, she soon after concluded a Peace with Portugal. Having now put an end to the War, we shall in the few remaining Years, have occa∣sion only to treat of the Deposition of King Alphonso, which insued, and the tendencies to it.

7. However, to the end that Narration may be no ways interrupted, though this be not exactly the proper place, we will proceed without interruption to what remains. Great debates had been at the Court of Ma∣drid, after the death of King Philip upon the subject of Peace or War. Not only the multitude, but even the most considerable of the Nobility, considering the great Expence, the many Losses, and the little Progress made in the War, were inclinable to Peace. The Queen her self was for it, but politick seemed averse, the better to discover the dispositions of the People. Nor would she seem to comply with their desires alone, till the English Ambassador then Resident at Madrid, had signi∣fied to her, that unless she would hearken to some Propo∣sals of Peace, the King his Master should be obliged to protect and defend his Brother the King of Portugal, with all his Forces both by Sea and land. These Threats joyn'd to the general consent of her own Sub∣jects,

at length drew the Queen to assent to a Treaty. By her the King of England was chosen Mediator, and Guarantee for the Treaty and Peace that was to ensue. Commission was given to the Marquess del Carpio, then a Prisoner at Lisbon, to make the Overtures, and Treat with full Power. Not to enter into the tedious Transactions of the Treaty, or to ••••ll up too much space with the Articles at large, the substance of them whereupon the Peace was finally concluded was this. That both Kings should restore all Places taken du∣ring the War, which either of them possest, appertain∣ing to the jurisdiction of the other, except Ceuta, on the Coast of Africk, which the Marquess del Carpio•• ••••ser∣ved to his King. That all Confiscations made during the War, should be restored by the Peace. That all Trade and Commerce should be free betwixt the two Crowns, and the Portugueses in Spain to enjoy the same Priviledges as the English did; the Spaniards in Portugal the same they stood possessed of in the time of King Se∣bastian. That all Prisoners on both sides be set at li∣berty without Ransom. That the Portugueses have free passage through all the Dominions of the Catholick King, either by Sea or Land. That all Controversies arising on account of Trade, or otherwise, shall be ami∣cably composed betwixt the two Kings, without having recourse to Arms. That the King of▪ Portugal, if he think fit, may be admitted into the League that is be∣twixt his Catholick Majesty, and the King of Great Britain. All other points to remain in the same Condi∣tion they were in during the Reign of King Sebastian. That the King of England be Guarantee for these Arti∣cles concluded, and Mediator in all such Differences as may happen to arise. Upon these Conditions the Peace was concluded betwixt his Catholick Majesty, and the King of Portugal, through the Interposition and Media∣tion of the King of Great Britain; this was the end of that War, which had now continued 28 Years, and thus the House of Braganza was established upon the Throne of Portugal.

The Conclusion of the History.

HAving now brought the War to this happy Conclu∣sion,* 1.176 for the House of Braganza, it remains we should shew into what Troubles and Confusions they brought themselves to the endangering of the new gotten Kingdom, to the ruin of their Head, the then King, to the perpetal in famy of the disloyal Actors, and to the asto∣nishment of all their Neighbours, who were spectators of their monstrous proceedings. It will not suit with the brevity of this History, to clear all the matters of lesser moment, which others have handled at large, and for the most part with more Partiality, then solid Truth. Let it suffice, that nothing shall be omitted which is worthy of Memory, and might seem to influence, or promote those alterations that happened in the State. The ac∣count of the War with Spain has been taken from the best Authors that have treated thereof, but in the ensuing Discourse, I have not only consulted Authors, who as was said before, are too Partial, or else wanted Information; but having had the advantage of living a considerable time in Portugal, I have received great Light into those Affairs from several Persons of Pru∣dence and Judgment, who were Eye-witnesses to all the Transactions. But because it may be offensive to some to lay the Truth too naked, I shall abridge the Relation as much as may be, giving all the respect to the Li∣ving, that the Subject will bear without wronging the Dead. Nothing of Favour nor Affection can draw my Pen to favour either side, as well in regard I am a Stranger to both, as for that I can expect no Reward or Interest from those that are deprest, but ought rather to mistrust being cryed down by the prevalent Faction. Whatever my Fortune is, I will not conceal the Truth, but to avoid all Reflection, will barely relate the mat∣ter of fact, without discanting upon it.

King Alfonso in his Infancy, when he was but three Years of Age,* 1.177 had been taken with a Palsie, which du∣ring those very tender Years, was hard to be removed; but as he grew up in Strength, fit Remedies being ap∣plyed, he became perfectly cured, so that no sign of it remained, except some small Contraction in his Right

Hand. This fatal Palsie, may be said to have been the very Source of all this unfortunate King's Calamities, for though, as has been said, there was scarce any token of it left in him; yet his Enemies made their use of it, to perswade the ignorant, that it had affected his Brain, and that he was consequently become unfit for Govern∣ment. To gain their slaunders the more Reputation, they never ceased to accuse him of false Crimes, and to blacken in the most odious manner, his youthful Over∣sights and Extravagancies, which in themselves were no more then what are daily seen in those raw Years, where Power is joyned to heat of Blood. The Nobility were averse to him, because he was naturally vehement, and therefore they feared he would in time crush their Pride, and make them sensible of that distance which ought to be betwixt a Monarch and a Subject. His Mother a haughty Woman, became implacable, because being al∣ways used to rule, she must against her Will resign up the Power to him. His Queen it is most likely, bore more Affection to his Brother then to him, as is visible by the Privacies that passed betwixt them, from her first coming into the Kingdom. His Brother could not withstand the Temptation of a Crown, which by stretch∣ing out his Hand might be secured, and by delaying too long, might have slipt away for ever, if the King had either had Issue, or out-lived him. And in fine, the giddy multitude were ever lovers of Change, and so artificially prepared by the horrid Reports daily spread against the King, that many of them looked upon him no otherwise, then as a Monster, or a Fury, for so was he represented to them, and the custom of Portugal is such, as their Kings are but little seen by the Peo∣ple.* 1.178

King John dying, and his Queen entering upon the Regency, D. Francis de Faro, Count of Odemira, was appointed Governor to the young King Alphonso, who being a Man of excellent parts, and allyed to the Blood-Royal, omitted nothing that might be conducing to the Improvement of his Charge, taking care that he should be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in such learning, as became a Prince, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into him such notions of Politicks, as his Age was capable 〈…〉〈…〉 was not naturally addicted to study, and therefore perhaps made not so great an Im∣provement, as his Governor expected, who not consi∣dering

his Age, would perhaps have him to be a Man before his time, and therefore was much offended, that he would addict himself to the Company of other Boys like himself, and follow the Sports used among them. But generally speaking, the King's greatest delight was in violent Exercises, and particularly in making parties of Boys, and seeing them fight. Among the rest that used to divert him, was one Antony Conti de Vintimi∣glia, the Son of a Genoese Merchant, but born at Lis∣bon, who being crafty above his Years, by always ap∣plauding and furthering the King's Designs, so worked himself into his Affection, that he took no Delight in any pastime without him. Conti knew so well how to improve his Fortune; and the King's Favour, that at length, he became by his continual attendance upon him, an Eye-sore to the Count de Odemira, and gene∣rally to all the Nobility, who were jealous that a Man of mean extraction should have the Ear of their Prince, fear∣ing he might in time grow up so as to cope with their Grandeur. Hereupon the Queen joyned her Authori∣ty to that of the Count, to forbid the King's farther en∣tertaining of young Conti. He obeyed for a while, or at least saw him but by stealth, till at length impatient to be curbed, he slighted their injunctions, and fell again to his former familiarities with him. The Queen and Count who had no power to constrain, seeing their ad∣vice rejected, were force to connive at this return of their Familiarity, hoping that Time, or some Accident would change the King's Inclination. The King being of Age to be able to mount a Horse, his Governour in∣structed him carefully in that manly Exercise, as belie∣ving this might conduce to draw him from other less honourable Pastimes, but it proved not as he expected; For Alphonso took the advantage of the riding place, to admit not only Conti, but also many others of the meanest sort, whom he delighted to see wrestle, pitch the Bar, and Fight, not sparing at times to mix himself among them. The Count not knowing what other course to take to break the King of that Company, ad∣ventured one day to cast them all out of the Place in the King's sight, reproaching and threatening them all, but particularly Conti, to whom he denounced Death, if he were seen again with the King, who though at that time he said nothing, yet he highly resented it, and

afterwards was mindful of this Boldness of his Gover∣nor. The absence of Conti lasted not long, for the King's Mind being wholly bent upon him, and some who thought to make their Fortunes by flattery, repre∣senting this Separation as a Diminution of the Royal Au∣thority, he was soon recall'd. Being to return to Court the more to terrifie his Enemies, he endeavoured, and that successfully, to incline the King to mischievous Sports, such as fighting of Mastives, Bulls and Horses, and to flinging of Stones with Slings, which often flying at Rovers, did harm to People at a distance. These acci∣dents were the cause that no Murther, or other Mischief, was committed in the City, but what was improved by his Enemies, as if Countenanced by Alphonso. But now the Count de Odemira to draw him from these unseemly Exercises, put him upon Fencing, in which he made no great Improvement, because he would not observe Rule, but wholly put himself upon cutting and thrusting with all his Force in such sort, as he often eluded Art it self.

Within the same Pallace with the King, lived his Bro∣ther Peter,* 1.179 and their Mother the Queen Regent, a Wo∣man not so zealous for her Children, as careful to pre∣serve the power she had got, being used to rule, and disdaining to part with it. The Infante, so all the Chil∣dren of Kings are called, (except the Heir to the Crown, who alone has the Title of Prince) and his Brother were ever at Variance, nor was it possible to reconcile them, because the Elder looked upon it as a Presump∣tion in the younger, who blamed and condemned all his Actions, and the younger being supported by his Mother and the great ones of his Party, never ceased to give him fresh provocations. Antony Conti perceiving the King was now at those Years, that the Charms of Beauty began to work upon him, lost not this opportu∣nity of securing himself in his Favour, but by all possi∣ble means endeavoured to heighten his Desire, and pro∣mote his Pleasure. The Queen Mother observing that her Son, though he carried it with great Dissimulation in respect to her, could not forbear casting many amorous glances upon her ••adies, and fearing least the splendor of the Crown might induce some of them to submit to his Will, sound no expedient to secure their Honour, but by taking away all Opportunity. To this purpose, she appointed him a separate Retinue, and a particular

apartment in the Pallace, which, tho' he was of Age she had forbore doing before, least he should wrest the Government, she was so unwilling to part with, out of her hands. This sudden change for some time withheld Alphonso, always beset with the great men of the King∣dom, from the mean company he before took delight in. But Conti fearing least if he took to a solid deportment, his favour would soon decline, never ceased till he drew him back from those grave formalities, to the practice of his former violent and extravagant Exercises. It is worth the observing, that tho' in Portugal it be one of the things the Nobility and Gentry most value them∣selves upon, to ride at a Bull with a spear and strike him therewith, yet, one of the great crimes objected against Alphonso, is that as he was riding in the Plain beyond Tagus, he ran with his spear at a Bull, but so unfor∣tunately, that his Horse being gored he was cast to the ground and taken up for dead. His delighting in unruly Horses, his liking to fierce Dogs and many other such youthful excesses are urged against him and painted out as the blackest infamies. Yet no∣thing has since been more improved to his disadvantage, or then made a greater noise,* 1.180 than his attacking alone three men in a dark Night, whom for a considerable space he set very hard, till Number prevailing he at length fell, having received at their hands two wounds and was saved from farther perill by his servants com∣ming in. These very Actions alledged against him, prove that he was not so Lamed with the Palsy, as was pretended by his adversaries. And as for the extrava∣gancy of quarrelling in the street, it is a fault so habi∣tual to Youth in all parts, that to object it to him, as a crime unpardonable, looks as if indeed there were none real to accuse him of. But it is most certain that what in the unfortunate is accounted Vice, in the for∣tunate passes for Virtue. However after he was recovered of his wounds, the Councel of State in the Name of the Kingdom made a remonstrance to him, upbraiding him with things past and desiring him for the future to have more regard to the safety of his Person. Indeed as it pro∣ved a course piece of Court-ship to pray their King to spare his Life that he might afterwards End it miserably in imprisonment. This remonstrance had such effect upon the King, that tho' he did not abandon Vice, yet he

changed those his fierce inclinations, for others more soft and secure, such as are the intriegnes of Love, so that now his whole delight was in Feasting and Women. He walked the streets of Lisbon at Night with a Train of bravoes, ranging to lewd houses, and sometimes those that accompanied him committed outrages upon such as they met: Neither was this all, for at length even by day he would slip out or suffer women to be brought to him to the Court. To divert him from these scandalous cour∣ses, his Mother with some of the Nobility, contrived to fill his mind with business, giving him some part in the administration of publick Affairs, yet so as that the su∣pream Authority might still remain in her hands. Thus Alphonso was brought to give audience with his Mother, and to assist in Council, and was not at all averse to it, so that tho' he did not quite forsake his vices, yet he had not so much leisure to indulge them. Conti was not at all displeased at these proceedings, hoping this would be the means for advancing his Fortune, and therefore lost no time or opportunity, but plyed the King with immoderate suits for himself and his companions. The first thing the King asked for him of his Mother, was that he might be admitted into the order of Knighthood called of Christ, which as she durst not absolutely refuse for fear of provoking her Son, so she delayed granting it, still putting him off from time to time with seveal excuses. Conti perceiving her subtilty, sailed not to press the King, urging how unworthy his grandeur it was to be refused that which was in his power to take, and by these and other insinuations so fiered his mind, that at length he forced the Queen to condescend to all that was asked for him. Being thus raised from the degree of a Merchant to that of a Minister of State, not only the meaner sort made application to him in their Suits, but even the Nobility had recourse to him in matters of mo∣ment least his interest should thwart their designs, nay even the Queen herself, tho' contrary to her haughty in∣clination, refused not to truckle to his greatness, fearing she could not maintain her Authority by opposing him. But he knowing all this Courtship was Feigned, used Art against Art. shewing a good countenance to all yet at the same time arming himself against all Emergencies. To this purpose he began to make a party in the Court, introducing instead of the experienced Nobility, all the

youth into places of honour, and preferring some of mean parentage; till the Queen, fearing least the increase of his party should prove her downful, began openly to op∣pose him. Thus the Court was divided into factions, some siding with the King, others with the Queen, and others adhering to Neither. Conti ceased not to blow the Coles, but his chief aim was to perswade the King to take upon himself the Government, urging, as the truth was, Denis, Alphonso the 5th and Sebastian Kings of Por∣tugal took upon them the administration being yet youn∣ger than he. That which most moved the King, was that his Mother falling sick at this time, the whole Court was made to him, which gave him to understand what a diminution it was to his splendor, and therefore he be∣gan to be inflamed with a desire of absolute command. The Queen recovering and reasuming the care of the go∣vernment, found the King more intractable than he had been before, as being wholly bent upon wresting the power from her by force, if she should refuse to resign. This was a deadly stroke to her ambitious Spirit, which abhorred the thought of falling from that height where∣in she had upheld herself for so many Years; nor could she be without some care for the Kingdom, if it were wholly left at the disposal of a wilful and unexperienced Youth, beset with a croud of dangerous and unskilful favourites and Councellors. Being perplexed and tor∣mented with these thoughts, she resolved to set up her Younger Son Peter against the King,* 1.181 that so he in hopes of attaining the Crown through her means might be wholly at her devotion, and at the same time Alphonso fearing to lose his right might be kept in awe. There∣fore to prepare the Infante who of himself was willing enough, she perswaded him he ought to be declared Prince and Heir to the Crown, alledging that his Bro∣ther was impotent, and consequently the Kingdom must devolve to him. For the Executing of this design, she tampered with all the Nobility and Magistrates, inten∣ding to call the Cortes or Parliament to confirm her resolution, but finding it a matter of greater difficulty than she had expected, most men abhorring to set up two Brothers, as it were two King's, to rend the Kingdom and destroy themselves, and thinking it a rashness to condemn Alphonso as impotent before any proof were made of his Ability, she desisted from the method, but

not from the design. Her next practice then was to set out the Infante in the most splendid apparel, to cause him to show himself often to the People, to give him a Family composed of all such as were disaffected to his Brother, and to put him into a house the best in Lisbon built by Christopher de Moura Marquess of Castelrodrigo. Having thus set up the Infante in opposition to his Brother, and secured him to herself, her next artifice was to counterfeit a desire of quitting the regency and retiring into a Mo∣nastery of Nuns. For this purpose she drew up a subtle writing intimating her pretended desire, and yet so wor∣ded it that the great men and principal Ministers to whom she sent it for their advice, soon saw into the depth of it, which was that she desired to be, as it were, constrained to continue the Regency, yet so as she must be drawn to condescend by the removal of Antony Conti and the rest of his party from about the King. Those to whom the writing had been communicated being all her crea∣tures,* 1.182 and fearing least if she were suffered to abandon the government, they should by the King be deprived of the preferments they enjoyned, resolved not to forsake her least they should be involved in her fall. Therefore by writing they gave her to understand, that tho' she were resolved to lay down the administration of the Kingdom, it was not yet time to do it, till she had re∣moved from the Person of the King, those that seduced and led him into ill courses. Nothing could be more pleasing to the Queen than this answer so pat to her pur∣pose, since they had fulfilled all her wishes without ob∣liging her to express them. However that all might seem to be carried by the advice of the Council, know∣ing they were all resolved to perform her will, she would have nothing done but what should be there dis∣cussed and given under their hands. The Councel met accordingly, and, tho' some of the gravest among them opposed the design, as too visible an affront to the King, yet it was carried,* 1.183 that Conti and his adherents should be seized, and sent into banishment contrary to the will of the King, for this Council sat not to serve him, but his Mother. In pursuance to this resolution, the Queen ha∣ving secured the King in her Lodgings upon pretence of business, the Duke of Cadaval with his Party Entred the King's apartment, where Conti then was. He seeing a Throng and suspecting some danger locked himself in,

but the Duke without respect to the Sacredness of the place, or to the Remonstrances of the Count de Castello∣melhor who would have diverted him from that Action, offered to break open the door, whereupon Conti seeing no hopes of escaping, and the Count not able to relieve him or acquaint the King, delivered himself up to the Duke upon promise of Life. At the same time some some others of Conti's partizans were secured partly in the pallace and partly in the Town, all which were imme∣diately put aboard a Ship that lay ready to Sail in the River and sent away to Brazil. The Queen being in∣formed that all she had commanded was put in Executi∣on, led the King forth into the great Hall, whither she had assembled all the Nobility, Ministers of State, and Magistrates of the City, the better to appease, and ter∣rify the King. Here a Remonstrance was made to him in the Name of the Kingdom, full of grievous com∣plaints against his Conduct, and against his Favourites, whom to prevent any farther ill consequences they de∣clared they had been obliged to send into banishment. This done having kissed his hand they departed. It was no small surprize to the King to be brought so un∣expectedly into that assembly, and therefore not rightly conceiving the drift of what had been said, he began to ask the meaning of it. Garcia de Melo told him that to satisfy the complaints of his People, they had sent Conti and his adherents into banishment. He scarce believing they durst offer him such an indignity, began loudly and in a rage to call upon Conti, and running to seek for him threatned to follow him, wheresoever they had sent him. Melo told him his search would be in vain for that he was now under Sail for Brazil, that as the case stood he must have either parted with Conti or his Crown. At this answer he seemed somewhat to compose himself. Then calling for Emanuel Antunes, who only had esca∣ped of all his former Favourites, he shut himself up with him and the Count of Castellomelhor. These two gave him a full Relation of what had passed, and here were layed the first Foundations of the Counts ensuing great∣ness. After this meeting, the King appeared unconcer∣ned at what had hapned, and rid according to custom that Afternoon, but he had learned to Counterfeit, and had other thoughts within his breast than what appeared by his countneance.

This mighty act of policy which the Queen had con∣trived to perpetuate her Regency,* 1.184 was the very cause of her speedy falling from it. Count Castelmelhor, a Man above exception for his Birth and Parts, had now succeeded in the Kings Favour, in the place of Con∣ti, and omitted not to encourage him in the resolu∣tion of taking upon him the Government. Besides a young Lady belonging to the Queen, for whom the King had a more then ordinary Affection, made him the more earnest, discovering to him all his Mothers private Discourses. For the better carrying on his Design, the King ordered the Count, whose waiting Week was expired to wait on another, least one might succeed him, whom he could not so well confide in. This done, he retired according to custom to Alcantara, a House near Lisbon, carrying with him his Brother and a great Train. That same day he returned to Lisbon, and visited his Mother, discoursing so lovingly with her, that all resentment seemed to be passed, but on a sudden, without acquainting her, he went back to Alcantara, accompanyed only by the Count de Castel∣melhor, and the Count de Antouguia. From thence he dispersed Letters into all parts of the Kingdom, to the Officers of the Army, and Governors of Towns, ac∣quainting them, that being now at Age, he had taken upon him the Government.* 1.185 Then he ordered all the Nobility and Ministers of State that were at Lisbon, to repair to him to Alcantara. The Queen astonished at this News, and fearing to be cast down from her Regen∣cy, assembles the Council of State, where it was resol∣ved that Emanuel Pacheco, should be placed upon the Road to stop all those that should offer to repair to the King; that the Queen should write a Letter to him in soft Terms, desiring him either to delay some time his taking the Government upon him, or at least to admit her to bear a great part with him, and that in case per∣swasions failed, she should then use Force to constrain him. Accordingly Pacheco turned back those that were going to Alcantara; the Guards, and all the Queens Ad∣herents, were ordered to be ready in Arms to support her, and a Letter was sent to the King from her, full of allu∣ring and soft, but all deceitful Expressions. But before the sending of the Letter, the People of Lisbon percei∣ving that the Court armed against the King, began to

run into tumult for his Defence, fearing least any vio∣lence might be offered him. This zeal of the Multitude was what humbled the Queen, and therefore seeing no hope left of prevailing by open force, she had recourse to Artifice and Entreaty, and therefore, as has been said, sent a submissive Letter by the Bishop of Targa. In this Letter among other things, the Queen urged to have the Cortes or Parliament call'd, that she might there re∣sign the Government, but the King and the Count per∣ceiving this was only a contrivance to gain time, an an∣swer was sent her by the same Bishop. The purport of this Answer was, that the King considering the great Burthen of care that attended the Government, was wil∣ling to ease his Mother, who had long laboured under it, of that Toil, and to take it upon himself. She now plainly perceiving that there was no longer hope, either by Force or Art, of retaining the Government, resolved at length to quit it, least it should be violently taken from her. However, she wished it might be done in the Pallace, that the World might believe it had been free∣ly resigned, and not to be forcibly extorted from her. Those who were acquainted with her Subtilties, advi∣sed the King not to trust himself to her Power, which made him delay some time at Alcantara. However, at length finding himself secured on all sides, and the Queens Interest declining, since the People of Lisbon had declared for him; he repaired to the Pallace, where in the presence of the Nobility, Ministers of State, and Magistrates of the City,* 1.186 the Queen delivered up the Seals into his Hands, which is the usual Ceremony in Portugal, when a King takes upon him the Government. This Ceremony was perform'd on the 23d. of June, 1662, the King then wanting but one Month of 19 Years of Age, whereas according to the antient custom of Portugal, their Kings were always reputed of Age at 14, and accordingly at those Years, the Regency ought to cease.

The Queen Mother thus discharged of the care of Go∣vernment,* 1.187 began again to talk of retiring, but that after such a manner, that no Body believ'd she truly meant it. For first she talked of building a new Monastery, but could never find out a convenient Place, then of erecting an Apartment for her self, near some of the old ones, but none would admit her. And this it was believed was her desire, only to protract time, and to continue

in the Pallace, till some new emergency might again call her to the Government. But now all the Court was made to the King, all the Nobility attended him, and there wanted not crouds of Flatteers and Syco∣phants to fawn on him. His principal Ministers and Favourites were the Counts of Castelmelhor, and Atouguia, and Sebastian Caesar de Meneses. These managed all principal matters of State, and on their Counsel he chiefly relyed. His Enemies however never ceased to slander him, spreading it abroad, that being wholly void of Sense, he only spoke such Words as they put into his Mouth. Count Castelmelhor endeavouring to establish himself absolutely in the King's Favour, eased him asmuch as was possible of the publick cares, indulging his Incli∣nation to Horses, Arms, and even to Women, but with∣out any publick Scandal. At this time the Count deli∣vered out of Prison, Henry Enriquez de Miranda, who had been confined by the Queen, and he being now brought to Court, became one of the King's greatest Fa∣vourites, and yet though he was raised to this Degree, there never happened the least Disorder betwixt the Count of Castelmelhor and him. Much otherwise was it with the Count of Atouguia, Caesar de Meneses, and Count Castelmelhor, but the latter not thinking himself yet thoroughly established, would not attempt so soon to cast them down.* 1.188 At length having wholly gained the ascendant over the King, and having all things as prime Minister at his disposal, he lodged himself in the Apartment that had belonged to Prince Theodosius the King's eldest Brother. He only wanted now some charge that might always keep him about the King's Person, and there being none at that time vacant, he thought of one that of late had been suppressed, or incorporated in∣to that of the Secretary of State; in Portuguese it is cal∣led Escrivao da Puridade, that is the private Secretary, This employment he begged of the King, who readily granted it, and though the Secretary of State insolently enough disputed it, caused him immediately to settle him in the possession thereof. By this charge he also ob∣tained the right to a Seat in the Counsel of State. Be∣ing thus raised to the highest pitch of Favour, he began to bestow preferments without measure upon all his Friends and Adherents, and at the same time omitted not to crush and terrifie his Enemies, that the power of the one par∣ty,

and the dread of the other might be a sure stay to his greatness.* 1.189 In the next place, he advised the King to shew some resentment for the Affronts done to his Per∣son, during the Queen's Regency; as particularly in the forcing away of Conti out of his Apartment, and o∣ther the like Insolencies, which if not punished, might draw him into contempt. In pursuance of this Advice, the Duke of Cadaval, Garcia, and Emanuel de Melo, the Counts of Soure, Pombeiro, Peter Vieira, Secretary of State, who had often audaciously reprov'd the King, and some others, all guilty enough, were sent into Ba∣nishment.

This proceeding against so many persons of Note, though but an act of Justice,* 1.190 ministred occasion to their partizans to revile anew the King and his Government. And now the Queen seeing her self excluded from all publick Affairs, began again to cherish the Infante, and to hold frequent and private Consultations with him, wherein it was always inculcated that the King was stu∣pid and unfit for Rule. Count Castelmelhor who was not ignorant of all their Machinations, contrived all ways he could to separate them, but all in vain. For the Infante building upon the notion of his Brothers In∣capacity, had more mind to be himself a King, then to be next to a King. Therefore he carryed himself with profound Dissimulation, studying all ways to elude the Arts of the Favourite. But the Count seeing he could not otherwise prevail upon him to desist from his Ca∣bals, perswaded the King to change all his Servants, putting in their places such as he could confide in, that so he should have the less opportunity of carrying on his Designs. The next thing was to perswade the Queen at length to retire from Court, as she had so often pre∣tended to desire, though by her proceedings it plainly appeared nothing was more distastful to her than the thoughts of a private Life. Yet seeing the King so in∣clinable to have her retire, she again has recourse to her Dissimulation, and sends to ask leave to withdraw to some private House, because the Apartment she had be∣gun to build was not yet finished. The King's Answer was, that it became not her Granedur to quit the Pa∣lace for a private House, but that if she were so desirous of a retreat, she might cause more Diligence to be used in finishing her Structure, which till then, had gone on

very slowly. Soon after, Alfonso being informed that his Mother never ceased to use all Arts to advance his Brother Peter to the Throne, being terrifyed with the danger of his Crown, which yet at last, by these same Practices, was ravished from him; he sent an absolute Order for her to depart from the Palace. This positive command pressing, and fearing to be forced away, she at length resolved to depart, and accordingly on the 17th. of March, 1663, withdrew to the new Apartment she had built at a small distance from Lisbon, being attended thither by the King,* 1.191 the Infante, and all the Nobility. The Queen Mother being thus removed, the Infante seemed now wholly devoted to please the King, except in one only thing which he knew to be offensive to him, and that was in frequently visiting his Mother, and enter∣taining private Discourses with her. Nor was she wan∣ting often in publick to warn him of the danger of this his assiduousness towards her, whether she really meant it as dangerous to him, or rather did it artificially to make the King the more odious, and procure themselves the greater Commiseration. Thus with great difficulty, Queen Luisa was at the last not only put out of the Re∣gency, but even out of the Palace.

Alphonso, to whom the nearness of his Mother had been a curb,* 1.192 being now delivered from▪ that restraint, ran more licentiously into all the Vices of Youth. Count Castelmelhor fearing a disorderly Life might hasten his fall, in whose Ruine he must himself be involved, stu∣dyed several means to reclaim him, or at least to conceal his Extravagancies, but it is a work of great difficulty to correct the vicious Inclinations of Youth, especially when supported by the lustre of a Crown. In short, his Vices were too visible to be excused, but to lay to his Charge all the Villanies his Adversaries have aspersed him withal, were too much to wrong his Memory; for it is certain, that no insolence was committed during his Reign, which the malice of his Enemies has not re∣proached him withal. However, so certainly it was, that the King indulging his Appetites and Vicious desires, the whole burthen of the Government was in a manner devolved upon the three Favourites, that is, the Counts of Castelmelhor, and Antouguia, and Sebastian Caesar de Meneses. Castelmelhor had long meditated to over∣throw the other two, but as long as the Queen conti∣nued

at Court durst not attempt it, least they having lost the King should become an accession to and strengthen her party. Now she being removed, there remained no other obstacle to the fulfilling his desire, and therefore by often buzzing•• false infor∣mations into the King's Ears, he first caused the Count de Atouguia to be expelled the Court and soon after to be banished the City. None remained now to cope with him but Meneses,* 1.193 who to support himself per∣swaded the King to recall▪ Antony Conti from Brazil, hoping that he being returned and restored to his for∣mer Favour, would not in gratitude omit to stand by the man that had been the cause of bringing him back from banishment. The Count could not be long ignorant of this practice, and therefore immediately so worked the King, that Meneses was banished before Antony Conti could arrive to support him. Soon after Conti arrives from Brazil, the Ship that brought him being received into the port of Lisbon with sound of Trumpets, firing of Cannon, and all other demonstrations of joy, as if it had been the reception of some Soveraign Prince. Yet all this was but a glimmering of happiness to Conti, for Count Castelmelhor having perswaded the King, that as it was a Vindication of his Royal Authority to recal him from banishment, whither he had been sent in con∣tempt of Majesty, so to entertain him at Court would only serve to provoke the Nobility,* 1.194 to whom the very name of Conti was odious, for these reasons without suf∣fering him to Land at Lisbon, he was sent away into the Country with express Command, not to presume to come near the Court. Nevertheless to the End it might be thought this exile was not the effect of his jealousie, but rather of his care both for the safety of the King and Conti, he omitted not to caress him at that distance, sen∣ding him frequent presents, and a considerable employ∣ment at Court falling, he caused it to be conferred upon him tho' absent, and bestowed a Rich Benefice upon John Conti Brother to Antony, who was in orders. Conti was not so dull, but he could Easily see through these Ar∣tifices. Therefore he used all his endeavours to obtain an interview with the King,* 1.195 not doubting but if he once saw him, he should be restored to his former favour. Such industry was used to compass his design, that at length he had a private meeting with Alphonso at Alcanta∣ra

the Count being then absent. At this conference the King's former affection was so revived, that he of∣fered to carry him immediately to Court. But Conti fearing his sudden and unexpected return might prove dangerous, desired it might be put off for the present, only praying the King, that he would recal from ba∣nishment those Noblemen who had been exiled for ad∣hering to his Mother. This interview, and the proposal made by Conti being made known to the Count by one that had overheard their discourse, he soon discovered the design was to make a party to ruin him. To the End then to prevent his Enemy and turn that destruction up∣on himself, he employed several Spies to observe all his words and Actions, not sparing any expence for intelli∣gence. By these means at length he discovered that Conti had conspired with the Noblemen to restore the Queen to the regency,* 1.196 leaving the King nothing but the empty name and Title without any power or Authority. Ha∣ving got knowledge of this Treasonable practice, and found witnesses to prove it, he instantly acquaints the King, who appointed judges to examine the matter. Upon a full hearing and sufficient proof, several of the conspirators were convicted, and yet (tho' by his Ene∣mies the King had always been accused of excessive cruelty) not one of the Criminals suffered death, only D. Theodosius de Melo Brother to the Duke de Cadaval was banished Five Leagues from Lisbon, Sebastian Cesar de Meneses into Algarve, and Antony de Conti to O Potro▪ The General depositions involved the Queen Mother in the common guilt, whereupon a Secretary was sent to examine her, but she refusing to answer, the King let that fall. Count Castelmelhor puffed up with this suc∣cess, removed from the apartment he was in before to another nearer the King, where it being observed by such as envied him, that more Court was made to him than to the King himself, his name was thereby rendred the more odious, and he being now arrived to the high∣est pitch of his greatness, and capable of no increase, be∣gan soon after to decline.

Simon Vasconcellos Brother to Count Castelmelhor,* 1.197 after serving in the Army several Years with great Reputa∣tation, coming now to Court, so gained the ascendant over the Infante, that it was observed as very remarkable to see the two Royal Brothers so vastly differing other∣wise

in inclinations, yet so addicted to these two Bro∣thers, that they seemed not to move without them. Soon after the Infante falling sick, Vasconcellos attended him with such dilligence, that he not only confirmed himself in his favour, but incurred the ill will of all his other prin∣cipal Servants, who upon this disgust quitted the In∣fante's, Service, but very few days past before they were all recalled by the King except only the Count de Eri∣ceira. All things being thus restored the King preferred Vasconcellos not only to be Gentleman of the Bed-Cham∣ber to his Brother, but also constituted him Superinten∣dant of his House. This his preferment again dis∣pleasing the Family they all quitted their Employ∣ments, and it being too great a condescention to recal them again, others were put into their places, for the most part creatures of Count Castelmelhor, and therefore not acceptable to the Infante, He thereupon thinking himself beset with so many Spies, resolved to alter his course of Life, so as he might become less suspitious to his Brother and at the same time more popular.* 1.198 No∣thing could be more fit for these designs than Religion, to that therefore he seemed wholly addicted being se∣dulous at Prayers, visiting Churches, reading pious Books, conversing with Religious Persons, and employ∣ing the rest of his time in other Studies. Being thus taken up he seldom visited the King, as if he had been wholly bent upon Heavenly Affairs. Some thought his change of Life to proceed from a Disaster which hap∣ned, and was that Augustin de Ceuta fell suddenly dead at his and the King's Feet; but those who pretended to see farther thought it only a politick device to gain ap∣plause, and get the Crown from his Brother. Whilst these things were in agitation,* 1.199 on the 1••th. of March, 1665, arrived at Lisbon the Marquess de Sande from France, where he had concluded a Match for the King with the Princess of Nemours, and by the Infante's order had made overtures on his behalf to the Duke of Bouil∣lons daughter, which also had taken effect, so far as they were agreed in words, tho' the Articles were not signed. This Marrige was proposed in order to secure the succes∣sion of the Crown, in case the King as had been given out should be incapable of getting Children. But now the Infante having changed his mind, upon what account is uncertain, could by no perswasions be prevailed upon

to consent to this marriage, although the King himself pressed it very home. This match being thus broke off, the Marquess de Sande having in order to conclude for the King first enquired whether the report that went of the King's impotency were true, was assured by the Count Castelmelhor, that the King had already several illegitimate Children, which was a sufficient evidence against that imputation. All things being then disposed for the comming of the Royal-Bride, the Marquess retur∣ned to France, to Conduct her to Lisbon.

On the 25th of February, 1666,* 1.200 the Queen Mother falling sick and perceiving her End to approach, sent to both her Sons who according to custom were then at their diversion of Hunting at Salvaterra, to come and take their last Farewel of her. They came not till the 3d day after when having kissed her hand and received her blessing they departed, and within an Hour after she expired, making a very Pious and Religious End. She was a woman of a wonderful resolution, a great Soul, and singular wisdom which appear'd in the ad∣ministration of the government both in Peace and War. It was she that pushed her husband to take the Crown, she helped to keep it on his head, and she by her indu∣stry and care secured it to his posterity. Her skill in matters of government was above the capacity of a wo∣man, and she was so sensible of the danger of discord betwixt brothers, that she obstructed Edward brother to her husband King John, from making his escape when he was confined by the Emperor, least returning home he should not brook the greatness of the King his Brother. But what appeared most rare in her was that being a Spaniard, a name odious to the Portugueses, yet she knew so to carry herself that she gained the Love and esteem of the whole Country. Yet all these good Qualities were somewhat sullied by her unbounded ambition, and insatiable desire of rule, which were the cause she would never quit the government, or Court, till forced from them both, and that she increased the hatred be∣twixt her two Sons by setting up the younger in opposi∣tion to the Elder. In fine, to give her her due, her Ver∣rues far surpassed her vices, and it may justly be said of her that she was the glory of her Family, the deli∣verer of Portugal, and the honour of Spain▪

The Queen Mother being dead, the King believed him∣self more safe, and on the contrary the Infante deprived of her support, thought himself more exposed. Count Castelmelhor who till then had stood in some awe of him because of her power, acted now with more freedom. Thus the Infante growing more discontented,* 1.201 the King at the same time grew the more jealous of his reserved∣ness, and consequently averse to all those he saw him fa∣vour, or cherish. Upon these discontents, some of his Servants fearing to offend quitted him, and others were removed from him, so that his retinue was much below the dignity of the Brother of a King. Some days he bore with this hardship, till the News of the New Queens being set forward, obliged him to press the King, that he might appear like himself at her reception. The King orde∣red him to give the Names of such as he desired should attend him, but not approving of those he made choice off, nothing was concluded upon, tho' many debates passed betwixt them on that account. At length on the 2d. of August, 1666, the Fleet which brought the Queen entred the River of Lisbon, the News whereof being brought to the King, he is reported to have received without the least demonstration of joy, or satisfaction, which was then looked upon as an ill omen of the fu∣ture success of that Marriage. The Marquess de Ruvigny who Commanded the French Fleet having sent to the In∣fante to beg leave to pay his respects to him, he layed hold of this opportunity, to put the King in mind how dishonourable it was to them both, that the Admiral should find him so ill attended. What could be done in so sudden an Emergency was, that the King sent his own Servants to attend his Brother during that Ceremony. This was no way pleasing to the Infante, who being highly incensed against Count Castelmelhor,* 1.202 as the only man that had obstructed his having those Servants he desired, forbore not openly to revile and threaten him with the severest punishment, when occasion should of∣fer, which Vasconcellos the Counts Brother, who was present resenting, went away and quitted his Service. So now there remained with him but two Servants of any Note or Quality, whereupon he sent a message to the King, to desire he would give him leave to retire from Court, since he would not allow him to live in that Splendor that was due to him. Nothing could have

more incensed the mind of the King than this message did; insomuch that tho•• Count Castelmelhor, fearing least the discord betwixt the two brothers should run too high, used all his interest, to obtain of the King for the Infante those Servants he desired, he could never prevail. Therefore the Infante perceiving the King's ob∣stinacy was not to be overcome, since it had not yielded to the intreaties and power of the Count, when he had amidst the rest of the crowd, hid his want of attendance at the Queens solemn entry into Lisbon, he withdrew himself to Quelas a League and a half from the City, ac∣companied only by Roderick de Meneses. Fame having immediately spread abroad, not only through the City but through the whole Kingdom, the News of his re∣treat; the universal report was that all things were prepa∣ring for a Civil War. At Lisbon Peter's party was already more numerous than Alphonso's, the vertues of the for∣mer were every where extolled, and the vices of the latter no less exaggerated; but above all the affection of the one, and the aversion of the other to Count Ca∣stelmelhor weighed more than all other things, with the People who bore him an implacable hatred. Many of the Nobility interposed to pacify the brothers, but all their endeavours proved in vain, for neither of them would abate any thing of his demands. When all other means failed, the Queen who then was indisposed sent for the Infante,* 1.203 who being come to her, they received one ano∣ther with such affection, as seemed to be a sufficient ear∣nest of the Love that was growing betwixt them. Here the Queen prevailed that he should not depart the Court, and should wholly leave that affair to her management, which he could not refuse her, being as was believed already somewhat fired with that Sight of her. At length the difference betwixt the Brothers was reconci∣led, the Prince chose other Servants and the King al∣lowed of them. Yet tho' they seemed to have layd aside all animosities, the grudges betwixt them were of a higher nature than to be so easily forgot. But Peter was supported with a deep dissimulation, Alphonso had little of that Art, and for the most part threatned much more than he would perform, which was the cause that he was often heard to let slip very harsh expressions against his Brother. He having long meditated how to rid him∣self of these displeasures, at last ••ixed upon a Method,

which was to beg of the King the Post of Constable of Portugal, which is the same as Generalissimo. The more he insisted in demanding, the more positive the King was in refusing, as being not ignorant of the danger of such a Grant. Count Castelmelhor was astonished at this Request, and spared not to tell the King, that it was not the General's Staff, but the Crown that he aspired to, and that it were well to crush his aspiring Spirit. Nor so satisfyed, he used all his Endeavours to find out, who had advised him to demand that Post. At length it appeared to him, that Counsel could proceed from none but the Counts of Torres and St. John, who had been excellent Commanders in the Portuguese Ar∣my. Them therefore he instantly removed from him, sending them away to their Charges on the Frontiers. Nevertheless, though the abetters were removed, the causes of dissention still remaining, the differences betwixt the two Brothers, grew daily higher and higher, and at last the Queen who ought to have laboured to compose them, became her self a Party, leaving the Interest of her Husband to adhere to that of his Brother. Besides her proper Inclination to the Infante, two things perhaps might conduce to move the Queen to this unjust pro∣ceeding,* 1.204 the one that the King was already grown wea∣ry of her, and the other (from which perhaps his Aver∣sion proceeded) that he was jealous of her too great Propension to his Brother. Count Castelmelhor contri∣ving how to dissolve this knot of Affection that was be∣twixt the Queen and the Infante, thought nothing so effectual as marrying of him, which without delaying, he proposed to the King, who approving of the Advice commanded his Brother to make choice of a Wife. He having desired some time to consider of a matter of that Importance, returned his Answer in Writing, signifying in substance, that he was ready to comply with the King, only praying that a Servant of his might be em∣ployed to go to the Courts of Europe to find out a Lady fit for him to match with. Neither the King nor the Count saw into the design of this deceitful Answer, which was contrived only to protract time, and there∣fore they approved of it, and admitted of John de Roxas, whom he had named to go upon that Embassy.

About the beginning of the Year 1667,* 1.205 the King went to Salvaterra,* 1.206 according to custom, with all the Court. There the Cabals were continued betwixt the Queen and the Infante, and now the party they had gained, was more numerous then that which adhered to the King. But some time after, an Accident that hap∣pened was improved to heighten their Animosities. A French Man belonging to the Queen, was murthered upon the Road in Alen••ejo by a Carryer, who fled and took Sanctuary, but being forced from thence, was car∣ryed Prisoner to Coimbra, and thence conducted to Lis∣bon. There he was tryed before all the Tribunals, till he came to the Council of State, none daring to pro∣nounce Judgment against him, because he implored the protection of the Church, as having been taken out of Sanctuary, a thing never permitted in Portugal. The Queen, who thought nothing was done to thwart her, but through the Malice of Count Castelmelhor to her, being inraged, that Justice was not done upon the Murtherer of her Servant and Country-man, railed bit∣terly at him, laying all her discontents to his Charge. Nor yet so satisfyed, she refused to be present at the Bull Feast, usually kept at Lisbon upon St. Anthony's Day, alledging she could not shew her self to the Peo∣ple, till Justice were done her. Among the rest that took upon them to vindicate the Queens cause,* 1.207 the In∣fante was the hottest, as looking upon the Injuries done to her, to be levelled at himself, who had wholly espou∣sed her Interest. Therefore he ordered Count Castel∣melhor to bring the Secretary of State, who had carry∣ed himself very disrespectfully towards the Queen, in the Affair of the Murtherer, before the Council, to ans∣wer for his Insolency. There contrary to his Custom, Peter inveighed largely against him, and with such vehe∣mency, that the Council signed an Order for his Banish∣ment, which notwithstanding all the Count's oppositi∣on, was obeyed, and he sent into Exile. This Success against the Favourite, encouraged the Infante to aim at greater things, his party daily encreasing; for besides the Queen, there adhered to him the Duke of Cadaval, who had been Banished by the Counts Procurement, D. Sancho Manuel, who after defeating the Spanish Army at Estre∣moz, had been remov'd from his command by thesame Interest, and many more of the Nobility, on sundry other

Accounts, besides the thoughtless multitude, stirred up by the desire of Novelty, and animated with the name of so many Heads of Note. Notwithstanding the Strength of this Faction, it was yet thought too soon to attempt any thing against the King directly, and judged more proper to let the Storm fall upon his Favourite,* 1.208 who being once cast down, the King would be left ex∣posed to all their Practises. To consult of the means of removing the Count, there was a great Meeting held of all the Infante's Confederacy; he also being present. There most Men being averse to Murther, if the thing might be otherwise performed, it was resolved to seize upon, and send him away, either into India, or some other remote parts of the World; yet so, that if he should make resistance, or attempt to escape, then he should be killed. Many days passed not, before the Count had intire Information of the whole Conspiracy against him, and having layed it before the King, he was by him impowered to use such means for their common Se∣curity, as he should think most effectual. He present∣ly doubles the Guards at the Palace, arms all his own Creatures, set his Spies, and stirs not out of the Palace, without a sufficient Train and Guard for his Security. This sudden change at Court, alarm'd the City, so that the People ran in heaps to the Palace for Information, but finding that there was no interruption of publick Af∣fairs, nor any thing but the increase of the Guards, they soon dispersed and returned to their Houses. The Infante finding his project defeated, to avoid all Suspition, re∣tired to his Country-House at Quelas. Whilst he was there almost in despair for the great disappointment he had received, a Discovery was made, or pretended to be made, for the certainty of it could never appear, that the Count had hired People to poison him. Hereupon his Partizans advise him to be very circumspect in se∣curing himself, and they on their part were not wanting in spreading abroad the danger they pretended him to be in. Having thus prepared the Multitude, and being sensible that the Count could not but study to secure himself by his downfal, the Infante made instant appli∣cation to the King, to punish him according to the hai∣nousness of the Offence he alledged. To this effect he wrote to the King, acquainting him that he was convin∣ced the Count practised against his Life; that therefore

he demanded he should be banished from the Court, or else, that he himself should be forced to fly into Fo∣reign parts for Safety. Both the King and Count ha∣ving read this Letter, referred the whole matter to the Council of State. There it was fully discussed, one par∣ty affirming that it was a Presumption at one time to ac∣cuse the King's Favourite, and assign his Punishment in such a manner as seemed to threaten the King himself; that if the Count were justly accused, he ought to be tryed according to the known Laws of the Kingdom, and if convicted, to be punished; but that if it should appear he was wronged, care ought to be taken, least the Prince's aspiring practices should not be prejudicial to the King. The other side on the contrary being devo∣ted to the Infante's Interest, urged all the plausible Rea∣sons they could gather to shew that he ought to be com∣plyed with, Right or Wrong, either in regard he was the King's Brother, or for fear he might effect that by force, which he could not obtain by Entreaty. After conferring both Opinions, they came to this Resolution, That it should be put to the Tryal,* 1.209 whether the Infante could be appeased by Submission, and all manner of humble Application. To this effect the Marquess of Marialva was sent by the King to acquaint the Infante, that the Count was ••••ady to come and beg his Pardon upon his Knees. But he considering, that to accept of this Submission would no way forward his End, for that the Count would still remain at Court, after two days delay, sent back the Marquess with his Answer, signifying that nothing but the Banishment of the Earl could satisfie him. Alphonso hoping his Brother's Fury might abate in time, delayed sending to him again for the present, whereat he being the more enraged, caused a Letter to be deliver'd to the King, among other things, threatning not to appear at Court, as long as Co••nt Castelmelhor continued in it. A Cabinet Council being called upon this second Billet, some were for ap∣prehending the Infante himself, as now grown too dan∣gerous, others more moderate, were only for securing his Family and Adherents, and so leaving him naked. This latter Advice was approved off, but the Execution being delayed, and Peter having received Intelligence thereof, he stood upon his Guard, arming all his Fol∣lowers, and promising to live and dye by them. Next

he summons the Counsellors of State,* 1.210 and Magistrates of Lisbon, who being met at his House, he inveighed be∣fore them against the King his Brother, and Count Ca∣stelmelhor, impeaching him of Practices against his Life, and desiring their assistance to be revenged of him, since the King would not consent to his Banishment. After having spoken to this effect, he gave them the same in Writing, to which they unanimously answer'd, they would stand by him, and support his Dignity to their utmost.

It is easie to conceive how much King and Count were concerned at this audacious proceeding,* 1.211 which was an absolute usurpation upon the regal Authority, for it was no less in the Infante to summon the Tribunals, and in them it was not much less than Treason to obey the Summons, but above all, to ingage to stand by him. Finding by this Tryal how great the strength of his Party was, they resolved if possible to mollifie him, and therefore the King sent to him to discover, who were the Count's Accusers, that so he might be pro∣ceeded against in due form of Law. The Infante posi∣tively▪ refused to discover the Evidence, unless the Count were first removed from Court. Alphonso put it to the Council and ablest Lawyers, whether it were le∣gal and beseeming the King's Dignity, that the Count should be removed before the Witnesses were known, and it was carryed by the Majority, that the demand was unjust and unreasonable. This their result, under their Hands, the King sent to his Brother; at the same time sending away Expresses to the Commanders on the Frontiers and Sea-ports, to suffer no Man to depart the Kingdom. By these means the expectation of a Civil War, which till then, had gone no farther then Lisbon, was spread abroad throughout the whole Kingdom. The Infante advising with his Friends upon the result of the Council sent him by the King, they came to this Reso∣lution, that in case his Majesty persisted in protecting the Count, then Peter without his consent should speed into the Province beyond the Mountains, where the Count of St. John had the command of the Forces, which he should march to Lisbon, and joyning with the multi∣tude by open Force should constrain the King to com∣ply with all his demands. Having fixed this Resoluti∣on, he sent the King a long Letter full of invectives a∣gainst

the Count, and complaints that he could not ob∣tain Justice, concluding that his Majesty made more ac∣count of the Earl then of him, and seeing both could not live together, he had resolved to quit the Court. Upon what Account he intended to withdraw, we have seen but just before, not to submit to the King's Will, but to force him to comply with his. And though he pre∣tended privately to withdraw himself, yet the prepara∣tions for his Journey were so publick, that there was none so blind, who could not discover it. Nor was this done without cause, for the report of his removal being spread abroad, and that it was in the nature of a Flight from the Favourite, the whole City began in a moment to rise in mutiny, several of the Nobility open∣ly fomenting it, and declaring that was the day, on which according to an antient Prophe••ie,* 1.212 the Streets of Lisbon were to run with human Blood. Seven Thou∣sand Men are reckoned to have appeared that day in Arms, to stop the Infante's Journey, and to decide the Controversie betwixt the Count and him. This popu∣lar Fury being made known to the King and Count, they both perceiving themselves too weak to withstand the violence of that Storm, resolved instead of that lofty Course they had followed before, to stoop to Necessity, and try what good Words could work upon the Infante. To this purpose, the King sent him a Letter, full of most loving Expressions, desiring him to suppress that Tumult, which had been raised on his Account, and to come to Court, where all things should be disposed to his Satisfaction. The Answer to this Letter, was in no less obliging Terms, only in the Conclusion, the Infante again intimated, that the King must resolve either to part with the Count, or him, and must take his choice be∣fore things came to Extremity. Count Castelmelhor perceiving, that neither Threats nor Intreaties prevailed upon the Infante, and that the mutiny in the City was grown to such a head, it would endanger both the King and himself, resolved at last to consent to leave the Court, the King promising him, that as soon as that Storm were blown over, he would take a progress on pretence of visiting the Frontiers, and in his return, would restore him to the Court,* 1.213 and to his Favour. But least his Ba∣nishment should seem wholly extorted by the Infante, he perswaded the Queen to interest her self in that affair,

and beg it of the King, that he so might rather seem to have condescended to her intreaty, than to the necessity imposed upon him by his brother. She fearing to diso∣blige the Infante, or thwart his designs, would not in∣termeddle in it, till by a messenger sent to him she had his direction how to proceed. Nor was she satisfyed with one message, but sent again for more particular in∣structions, so great was her concern for him, and so lit∣tle for her husband. Being now fully informed of his will, she concludes the business with the King and Count, who submitted to withdraw himself upon faith given for the safety of his person. But before he departed, he would have articled that the Infante upon his removal, should clear him from the imputation of the design of poisoning him. Whether his conscience accused him of any such practice, or whether he feared, being once cast down, his innocence could not protect him against the malice of his Enemies is uncertain. Thus the Count being assaulted on all fides by the Infante, by the Queen, by the Nobility, and by the multitude, and not able to stand the shock of so many Enemies, at length withdrew from the Court,* 1.214 and lodged himself in a Monastery about Seven Leagues from the City. But as his expul∣sion was not the End, but rather the means to compass the designs then carryed on, so the divisions and distract∣ions at Court instead of ceasing, increased, for as long as the ambition of the Infante, and the King's neglect of the Government lasted, only the pretence but not the cause of these troubles was removed.

Nothing could be more grievous to the King,* 1.215 than to consider, that upon all occasions his brother being back∣ed by the multitude extorted from him, whatever he desired, which made it plain to him, that at last he would not forbear to aim at, or fail of wresting from him the Crown. His violent nature made him more open, when he should have been most circumspect, and therefore his thoughts being filled with the hatred his Brother bore him, the jealousy he had of his Wife, the perfidiousness of the People, and the disloyalty of the Nobility; he could not forbear inveighing against his Bro∣ther in publick, and even before the Queen, who he knew gave the Infante a particular account of all his words and Actions. In this perplexity, he caused the extraordinary companies that had been raised by Count

Castelmelhor, to be filled up for the security of the pal∣lace.* 1.216 On the other side the Infante flushed with success, resolved wholly to root out all that was left of the Fa∣vourites party about the King, for tho' the Count him∣self was removed, yet his creatures remained at Court, and nothing of moment was Transacted without his ad∣vice, had by messengers betwixt them. Before the In∣fante could put his designs in practice, he was adverti∣zed by the Queen of all the words the King daily let fall against him,* 1.217 and perhaps of more than ever had been spoken. This intelligence caused him to hasten the Ex∣ecution of his projects. The principal men at that time remaining near the King of Count Castelmelhor's facti∣on, were Henry Enriquez de Miranda, Emanuel Antunez, and Antony de Sousa de Macedo the Secretary of State. Of these the chiefest was Miranda whom therefore the Infante resolved first to destroy, and to that end sent some privately to warn him to depart the Court, before he run himself into greater danger. Despair so seized the unfortunate man, considering the expulsion of the Count, that he attempted to kill himself, but being prevented, he fled fearing to be torn in pieces by the Rabble. Count Castelmelhor having received information hereof, instant∣ly advised the King to be circumspect in all his words and Actions, for that it was easier by fair means to sup∣plant his Brother, than by open Force. His advice be∣ing approved by the King, upon the next occasion that offered, he summoned his Brother to appear in Council where some important matter was to be debated, but no kind messages or Letters were of any Force to move him to come, till the Queen sent for him, when he appeared with a great Train of followers, and full of dissimula∣tion. The King received him not so coldly as before, but being no Master of the Art of Counterfeiting, could not so well hide his just displeasure as the other. Howe∣ver this feigned reconciliation might have produced some good Effects,* 1.218 had it not been decreed by fate that the unhappy King must perish. To hasten his ruin it fell out that Alphonso, who was not used to that continual burden of business, seeking on whom he might lay that weight, pitched upon Antony de Souza de Macedo one of the Counts creatures, who for some words spoken to the Queen had been ordered into banishment, but unknown to her lay concealed at Court. In order to raise him to

the Honour of prime Minister, the King begged of the Queen that she would forgive his offence, and consent that his banishment should be remitted, but notwithstand∣ing his repeated instances, and submissive intreaties she remained implacable. Alphonso thinking to Conquer her obstinacy by extenuating the crime, put into her hands the order of Council for his banishment, wherein it was expresly set down, that rather for to satissfy her resent∣ment, than for that his fault deserved such punishment, they had for some days thought fit to send him into exile. This which should have been a motive to appease, so enraged her, that she flew out into many extravagant speeches unbeseeming a private woman, and much more a Queen,* 1.219 and after venting her fury in this undecent manner without any regard to the King's presence, she flung into another Room, whence she sent a billet to him demanding to have Antony de Souza severely punished. The King hoping her passion would fall by degrees, and that she might be brought to reason, shewed not her billet according to custom to the Council of State, but she on the contrary becomming dayly more intractable, and he not able long to hide his resentment, their animosities swelled to such a pitch that the Court was almost emp∣ty, all men shunning him as declining, and she admitting none to her presence being wholly Transported with the desire of Revenge. Mean while Antony de Souza ap∣peared more openly in the pallace than he had done be∣fore, being always well attended to prevent danger, But there wanted not those who soon spread it among the People, that he threatned the City in case he were ex∣pelled the Court, that he would repair to the Army with the which he would return to punish their Rebellion with fire and Sword. Many such like discourses were framed and given out on purpose to incense the People against the King, and fix their affections upon his bro∣ther, as their deliverer from Tyranny and oppression. Things being thus disposed the Infante to requite the Queens Favours and raise himself one step nearer to the Crown, resolved by open Force, if other means failed, to expel Antony de Sousa from the Court. In order hereto on the 5th of October, 1667, he went from his House to the Pallace accompanyed by a great Number of the No∣bility,* 1.220 and all the Rabble of the City following in a most Tumultuous manner. Being come to the Pallace,

he stayed till all the Councellors of State summoned by him the day before, were come, that the foulness of the Action might be somewhat disguized by their presence. They being all come, he enters with them the King's Bed-Chamber before he was awake, who was not a little sur∣prized to see such a croud Rush in upon him at so unseaso∣nable an hour. Then the Infante, told him, that his Crown and Person were in extream danger, the multi∣tude being in Arms about the Pallace, demanding, An∣tony de Souza should be delivered to them, to receive condign punnishment for the affront he had done to the Queen. To these words he added more threats in the name of the People, but as he would have run on, the King in a rage interrupted him, calling aloud for his Sword. The Infante according to his usual dissimula∣tion calmly offered him his, which he would not accept. The Noise of the Multitude filling the Pallace, brought the Queen to the King's apartment, where she found him in a violent passion, and enquiring, as if she had not known, what the matter was, he told her that An∣tony de Souza in malice and despight to his Authority had been murdered, and that now they came in Tumul∣tuous manner to force him to pardon the murderers. But she who knew better, replyed that Souza was living, which the King would not believe till the Duke of Ca∣daval having dragged him from his lurking place, brought him into his presence. At his sight he was somewhat appeased, and then the Queen, Infante, and the rest of their followers left him abruptly. When they were gone, the King said he forgave them, who had so unde∣cently urged the expulsion of Antony de Souza, to which the Count de Sabugal then present insolently answered, they stood not in need of pardon but deserved praise, and this he repeated till the King told him, he would bestow pardon and praise where each was requisite. So much is regal Authority depressed, when faction pre∣vails. Antony de Souza, this Tumult being over, conti∣nued still in the Pallace, which the Infante observing, consulted with his Friends what was next to be done. One among them hotter than the rest, said the next thing was to assume the Crown, whilst the Peoples affection stood for him, but he took him up very short, being un∣willing as yet to have the secrets of his heart pryed into, as fearing an Action done in that Tumultuous manner

could not be durable.* 1.221 It was resolved that Antony de Souza and Emanuel Antunes should be threatned with death, unless they departed the Pallace. They percei∣ving no power was left in the King, or their friends to protect them, stole away privately, without the King's knowledge by Night.

Next Morning the King missing them, ordered search to be made for them,* 1.222 but in vain, for his orders were wholly neglected. In this Condition, finding himself forsaken by his Friends, and oppressed by his Enemies, he knew not which way to turn himself, or of whom to ask Advice. His Council sided with the Infante, his Queen favoured him, the People followed, and the No∣bility adhered to him. Thus all things being in ex∣tream Confusion, even the moderate party began to think no way was left to settle Peace, and restore Tranquili∣ty; but the assembling of the Cortes or Parliament. The Magistrates of Lisbon, and the Common Council, were the first that petitioned the King to summon the three E∣states, but he being sensible, the only design was to de∣throne him, put them off from day to day, without any positive Answer: Whereupon they took the boldness to write to all the principal Towns of the Kingdom, ex∣horting them by importunate petitioning to extort the King's Consent. A few days after, the Council of State, at which were present, the King, Queen and Infante, unanimously made their Application to him, to the same effect, but he being the more convinced it was a de∣sign lay'd against his Person, became the more obsti∣nate in refusing, so that nothing was done for that day. But the next day the Council meeting again, and sending him a most audacious remonstrance full of invectives a∣gainst his Conduct, and urging the necessity of assem∣bling the three Estates; and besides not only the Magi∣strates and multitude of Lisbon, but generally of the whole Country pressing upon him with Threats and o∣pen Violence, he was at last constrained contrary to his Inclination to comply with their demands: For it was now come to that pass, that the Council did not advise but command him, wheresoever he went, the clamours of a Parliament followed him, and from all parts Let∣ters were brought, urging the same thing. It was now equally dangerous to him to refuse, or to call the Cor∣tes, for the intent was not to do justice, by calling

them,* 1.223 but to palliate disloyal practices under that Name. Not content to have extorted a complyance to the meet∣ing of the States, though the King desired it might be delayed till his return from Salvaterra, which would be about the middle of February, they obliged him to send out the Writs of Summons, for the first of January, 1668, so impatient is the desire of Rule. After this Violence committed upon him, the King finding himself beset on all ••ides by his Enemies, and no hope left of safety among them, his Crown, Liberty and Life being all in eminent danger, he resolved to fly to some other place. To this purpose he caused Horses to be provided, and Boats upon the River,* 1.224 thinking to try his Fortune in the Province of Alentejo, but his Brother who wan∣ted not Intelligence, having all the Power, prevented his Design.

The time appointed for the meeting of the Cortes or Par∣liament being come; the Queen, who well knew the King would be deposed by them,* 1.225 disdaining to appear her self in a less Sphere than that she had been raised to, re∣solved before Hand to separate her self from him. Ac∣cordingly on the 21st. of November, 1667. she retired to the Monastery of Franciscan Nuns, called Esperanca, in∣to which, when she was entred, she gave out she was a Maid, as being untouched by the King, and that she came thither for refuge amidst those Confusions that embroiled the Kingdom. Presently after, she sent the King a Billet, writ with her own Hand, to this ef∣fect, That she had left her Country and Friends, to become his Wife, but finding she was not acceptable to him, and fearing the dangers that threatned on all sides, she had re∣solved to return into France. That she desired his leave, and the restitution of her Dower, since the Marriage was void for want of Consummation. Having read this Billet, the King was so enraged, that he immediately took Coach, with a resolution to force her from the Mona∣stery; but the Infante who was privy to the whole mat∣ter, was there before him with a vast Company, and withstood him, so that he was forced to return without doing any thing. Amidst all his Misfortunes, and the Affronts put upon him, nothing so nearly touched Al∣phonso as this last offered him by the Queen. As soon as setled, she sent for the Infante and conferred with him in

private, as was then given out about her return into France, but the more received Opinion, and approved by the Event, was that there they agreed to be Marryed; as soon as her Marriage with the King could be made void. Her next Care was to send to the Chapter of the Ca∣thedral Church of Lisbon, to desire their Judgment for the dissolution of the Marriage, then she sent for all the Nobility, who being come into her Presence, she de∣manded their Assistance and Protection; and lastly, she sent an Express into France, to acquaint the King and her Kindred with what she had done.

Mean while King Alphonso overwhelmed with such a continual stream of disasters, following one upon the Neck of another, being insulted by the Commonalty, contemned by the Nobility, deluded by his Brother, and forsaken by his Wife, stood as one amazed, and al∣most stupified, not knowing what course to take. Nor was there any left to extricate himself out of this Laby∣rinth of Confusions and Miseries. But now approach∣ed the last act of this Tragedy, and all that had been before acted under a mask, must appear bare-fac'd to the World. Therefore the Council of State being as∣sembled together with the Magistrates of the City, it was resolved the King should be layed aside, and the Government put into the hands of his Brother. Yet that the Action might appear the more justifiable, they agreed to endeavour to perswade the King to resign up the Government to his Brother, but in case he refus'd, then it was concluded he should not only be deposed, but imprisoned. However that it should be left to the determination of the Parliament, whether the Infante should be enthroned as King, or the King restored to his Liberty. This Decree being passed in the morning by break of day, the whole Council went without the In∣fante, to acquaint the King with their Resolution. A∣mongst them the Marquess of Cascaes more insolent then the rest, being told by the King's Servants that he was still asleep, bid them awake him, at the same time fell him∣self a knocking rudely at his Door.* 1.226 The King being thus disturbed; ordered the Council to be admitted. Then the Marquess of Cascaes, with a loud Voice ac∣costed the King in these very Words, without the least respect or common Civility. Thou lyest wallowing in Sloath and Pleasures, when the ruin of the Kingdom threa∣tens

thee and us through thy Fault. Therefore since thou art unfit to Rule, or get Children, pass from thy Self willingly that Burthen, which thou art not able to bear, to thy Brother Peter, least the Kingdom be deprived of a King, and the Royal Family of an Heir, and least thou be forced to that a∣gainst thy Will, which thou wilt not freely consent to. The rest of the Council spoke to the same effect, though not altogether in such audacious Language. The King, tho' surprized at so trayterous a Proposition, answered, That he was a lawful King, and brought to that pass, by the Malice and Perfidiousness of his Enemies;* 1.227 but that how∣ever, no Fear or Danger should force him to resign the Crown as long as he had Breath to draw; yet if they would use Violence to him, that then he would appeal for Justice to the supream Tribunal, which is above all Kings, against those that violated his Authority, and wrongfully snatched his Crown. Being thus disappoin∣ted of their first attempt, the Council repaired to the Infante, where they protracted their Debates till late at Night, for being resolved to use force, they feared least the People, who before took their part against the Fa∣vourites, should be of another Mind, when the matter came to touch the King's Person. However, after much time spent in fruitless projects, they came to this Resolu∣tion, That the King should be forcibly deposed and im∣prisoned, that for the better palliating that odious Acti∣on, and involving the People as a party in it, the Infante himself accompanyed by all the Nobility and Magi∣strates, should put it in Execution, that the King's con∣finement should be at first concealed, till by spreading abroad several rumours, the People were prepared to allow of it; and lastly, that either by Art or Threats, the King should be obliged to sign an Act of Renuncia∣tion,* 1.228 to the end, it might be thought, the King had vo∣luntarily given up the Government to his Brother. All things being thus disposed, at break of day the Infante repairs to the Palace, attended by an infinite multitude. There he set a Guard upon the King, and having lock∣ed all the Doors that led to his Apartment, he sent An∣tony Cavide to notifie to him, that by the general consent of the Kingdom he was deprived of the Government and his Liberty, and also by the most terrible Threats to extort from him the signing of the Instrument of Re∣signation prepared for him. The unfortunate King see∣ing

himself wholly in the power of his Enemies, and fearing the utmost effects of their Malice, signed the In∣strument which was immediately made publick as a justi∣fication of the Treasonable Practice. It contained in substance, that he freely resigned the Government to his Brother Peter and his Heirs, reserving only to himself Three Hundred Thousand Cruzados a Year, with the Mansion House of the Family of Braganza. A Cruzado is Four Hundred Reis of Portuguese Money, and Three Thousand Reis, is just Twenty Shillings English, so that 300000 Cruzados, makes the just Sum of 37500 l. Sterling. But how well even this miserable Composi∣tion for a Crown was observed, may appear by his being kept ever after a Prisoner, with only a few Ser∣vants of no Note, such as his Brother thought fit to al∣low him, so that in all probability his Expence could not amount to the tenth part of that Summ.

The unhappy King being thus dethroned,* 1.229 and made Prisoner, the Cortes or Parliament summoned by him met soon after at Lisbon, about the beginning of Febru∣ary, 1668, to destroy him by his own Authority. At first there were great Debates amongst them, whether it were at all lawful to take an Oath to Peter as Regent, and next Heir to the Crown, or whether the Crown should also be transferred to him; some doubting whe∣ther the first were justifyable, and others more violent, urging the latter ought to be done. At last the Majori∣ty agreed to the setling the Regency and Succession up∣on Peter, but were generally averse to his usurping the style of King, thinking it enough, that he who was judged unfit for Government, was removed from the Helm. Peter after having put it to the Vote, whether he should assume the Crown, finding his Pretension re∣jected, endeavoured to have it believed he was averse from it. But the Queen who intended to make him her Husband, and could not endure to think of losign any part of her Title,* 1.230 or abating any thing of her Pride, and being a Woman, that knew not how to dissemble her Vanity, urged the matter more home to the States, who nevertheless decreed, that he should exercise all the re∣gal Power, without assuming the stile. The Controver∣sie being decided, there arose another, which was whe∣ther the King should be allowed his Liberty, or confi∣ned, but in Conclusion, it was determined he should undergo perpetual Imprisonment.

There had been a League offensive and defensive,* 1.231 con∣cluded betwixt France and Portugal,* 1.232 at the beginning of the Year 1667, against Spain, by which the French were obliged to give the Spaniards a powerful diversion in Flanders, which they performed with great Success. After that some Overtures of Peace being made by the Spaniards, the Portugueses began readily to give ear to them, and though the French Ambassador pressed that the Negotiation might be in common with his Master, as in justice according to the League betwixt them, it ought to have been; yet the Prince who now ha•••• the Government, more mindful of the peculiar Interest, which was to secure the Power he had newly gotten, then of what in Honour was due to France, entered upon a separte Treaty of Peace with Spain. His Ma∣jesty of Great Britain was the Mediator, and in his Name the Earl of Sandwich assisted at the Conferences. At length the Peace was concluded betwixt the two Crowns, on the 13th. of February, 1668, and published 10th. of March following. This Peace was highly cry∣ed up among the Rabble, as an effect of the Govern∣ment of the Prince, when all Men plainly saw, and were sensible that in reality the victories obtained by King Alphonso, were the only motives that obliged the Spaniards to propose it, and that the Overtures had been made while he was yet at the Helm, which must have had as good a success, had he remained time enough in the Throne to bring things to Perfection, and perhaps he might have done it without the dishonour of abandon∣ing his Confederates the French.

On the 13th. of February 1668. the Chapter of the Cathredal of Lisbon, with others, they had culled out all prepared for the design, pronounced the Marriage betwixt King Alphonso,* 1.233 and the Princess Mary Francis Elizabeth of Savoy null, and that therefore both of them were left at Liberty to dispose of themselves. Then the three Estates and Magistrates of Lisbon, as they had been before directed, moved the Prince and Princess, that since the former Marriage was declared null, they would consent to match together, on pretence it was for the good of the Kingdom. This they were moved to, in regard they were unwilling to restore her Dower, and the Parties were no less ready to consent to what themselves had before contrived and agreed betwixt

themselves. However tho' there had been care taken for the disanulling the former marriage by such persons as were wholly in the interest of the cause, there was yet started a scruple, that it was not Lawful to proceed to a new match, especially with the Brother of the former husband without a dispension. But the Prince, though pretending only to comply with the Cortes had not been negligent in that Affair, for not long after the Publication of the nullity, arrived in Por∣tugal the dispensation from the Cardinal of Vendosme the Popes Legate a Latere in France, by which it appears the dispensation was granted by one that was a party in∣teressed in the Affair, and precedent to the sentence of nullity.* 1.234 Upon these grounds they made no difficulty to proceed to the Nuptials, the Ceremony whereof was performed at Alcantara by the Bishop of Targa, Ad∣ministrator of the Arch-Bishoprick of Lisbon, on the 2d of April 1668. After the marriage, fresh instances were made that the Prince might be declared King by the Cortes, but this attempt also proving ineffectual, he no∣tifyed to them that on the 9th of June following, he would take his Oath to maintain the Laws of the Realm, and receive from them theirs of fidelity, which was accordingly performed. The three Estates continued their Session after this till the first day of August, 1668, when they broke up. Several months being passed af∣ter the consummation of this marriage, when the thing done was not to be retrieved without horrid scandal, and embroiling the whole State of the Church, then at last the Prince bethought himself of sending to the Pope to confirm the Cardinal's dispensation. Pope Clement the 9th who sate in St. Peter's chair, seeing no possibility of recalling what was past, and relying upon the informa∣tion of the Chapter of Lisbon, did expedite a Brief directed to James de Sousa Chief Inquisitor, Antony de Mend••za commissary for the Bull of the Croisade, Martin Alphonso de Melo Dean of Evora, Lewis de Sousa Dean of Porto, and Emanuel de Meneses Arch-Deacon of Evora, impow∣ering them to dispense in his name with the said mar∣riage. This Brief was dated December the 10th. 1668. These persons so authorised accordingly in the Popes name, delared the marriage of King Alphonso null, that of his Queen with the Prince to be good and valid, and all the Children that were, or should be gotten between

them to be Legitimate, which sentence they pronoun∣ced upon the 18th of February 1669.

When the unfortunate King had been detained a con∣siderable time Prisoner in the Pallace of Lisbon,* 1.235 it was thought necessary to remove him,* 1.236 least the People com∣ming to themselves and commiserating the sufferings of their Sovereign, should make some commotion that might endanger the present government. It was therefore re∣solved to send him into the Island Terecera, whether he was conveyed by the Count de Prado, then Comman∣ding the Portuguese Fleet, and there continued several years under a strict Guard. At length not only the Peo∣ple of Lisbon, but throughout all Portugal understand∣ing by those who came from that Island, that he led a most miserable Life in that remote Island, and was al∣most reduced to the last extremity through sufferings and anguish of mind, there was cause to apprehend they would in time be moved to resent his calamities, and perhaps be stirred up to revenge them upon those who were the cause thereof. Besides it fell out that the King of Spain at the same time fitted out a Navy at Cadiz without declaring for what intent, which being known at Lisbon, those who dreaded the Return of the King, as having been the promoters of his Ruin, presently ima∣gined it was to take him from his banishment. For these reasons he was sent for with all possible speed, and brought back into Portugal,* 1.237 where he was lodged in the Castle of Cintra upon the Sea Coast not far from Lisbon. In this place he was not only observed and Guarded, but as closely confined as if he had been a common Malefactor, the very Windows of his lodgings being made up, so that he could not look out, but that what Light he had, came from above his height. This ac∣count of his usage in that place I received from Dr. Reis a Phisitian at Lisbon, whose Son was Phisitian to the King, and who had several times the opportunity of seing him, being sent for by his said Son to assist his Ma∣jesty when indisposed, for scarce any body else was ad∣mitted to see him. In this deplorable condition the wretched King continued till his death.

But before we give an account of his End, it will be fit to set down those few matters of moment that preceded it. And indeed there are but few things that can furnish matter for History. Portugal ever since the

conclusion of the Peace with Spain, having been inga∣ged in no War, nor furnished any other important sub∣ject to treat of. Warlike Kings, and turbulent govern∣ments are the properest for swelling of Histories, the great accidents and Councels then occurring giving great variety to dilate upon; but in a peaceable and quiet State, there is little to be found more then the settled and regular proceedings which being always in a manner the same, are not worth the writing because they neither delight nor instruct in the reading. Some few things re∣main, which being of no mighty consequence shall briefly be set down, that we may at length put an End to this History. The new Prince regent, as has been said,* 1.238 was Marryed to his brothers Wife, Mary Frances Elizabeth of Savoy on the 2d. of April. By her he had before the End of the same year a daughter named Mary Frances, the only fruit of that surprizing marriage. And tho' at first it was looked upon, as a great token that God approved of their proceedings by giving them issue so suddenly, yet afterwards those very persons who cry∣ed up this providence, could not but be undeceived when they perceived, that these Princes living together about 16 years never had any other Child, and even she dyed without being marryed. All things having succeeded prosperously to that Prince, as he that had established himself in the government, secured his Bro∣ther, gained his Wife, and now got a Daughter, his only care was how to continue in amity with all the World, that so he might firmly Establish his new at∣tained power. He preserved Peace both at home, and abroad in such Tranquility, that for several years there will remain nothing else memorable of him to posterity. In the Year 1677,* 1.239 the Portugueses of the continent of Brazil in America seeeking to extend their borders,* 1.240 which reached to the great River called de la Plata, passed over the said River and Planted a Colony at Buenos Aires, which the Spaniards looking upon as an incroachment upon them, they gathered to a body in those parts, and falling upon the Portuguese Planters, put them all to the Sword. Advice hereof being brought into Portugal, the Prince Regent expressed his resentment by his Embassa∣dour at the Court of Madrid, demanding Reparation of dammages. The thing was long in debate, both par∣ties arguing for their Right to the place and protracting

time. At length the Portuguese weary of delay began to let fall some threats of a War, but with so little prepa∣ration to it, that the Effects were not to be feared. How∣ever the Spaniards being more inclinable to compose the difference amicably, than to enter upon a War on so slight an occasion,* 1.241 sent into Portugal the Duke of Giove∣nazzo their Embassadour extraordinary, who after seve∣ral conferences with the Portuguese Ministers, concluded the matte•• to the satisfaction of both Parties. The In∣fanta only Daughter to the Prince, being now almost marriagable, and her Father despairing of having any more Issue by his Wife, he thought of disposing of her, and having cast about to all parts for a fit match, at last pitched upon the present Duke of Savoy, then a youth un∣der the tuition of his Mother. Embassadors were sent on both sides to Treat in the Year 1680,* 1.242 who so managed the affair,* 1.243 that all things were concluded and agreed upon. And to remove the only obstacle which was the Law of Lamego, whereby it is enacted, that the heiress of the Crown Marrying a Forreigner, she shall forfeit her Title, to provide I say against the obstacle of this Law, the Cortes were summoned and met at Lisbon the same Year. There they passed an Act for dispensing with the said Law for that time, provided it should not be a pre∣sident for any other. This impediment being taken away, there seemed to remain nothing to obstruct the happy conclusion of the Nuptials but the distance of the Parties. the Duke of Savoy, who according to contract was to come into Portugal, sent before over Land a con∣siderable Number of Coach and saddle Horses. On the other side the Prince Regent fitted out a squadron of 12 men of War, to Conduct the Duke to Lisbon. All the Ships were gilt and painted, but above, all the Ad∣miral was gilt from stem to stern, the poop and prow down to the surface of the Water, and the sides down to the gunwale. The great Cabin was painted by the best Masters in Lisbon, and the floor layed in squares of Ebony and Ivory. The Bed was most Rich, and the Royal-Standard all of Cloath of tissue, with the arms of Portugal in the highest raised Embroidery. Portu∣guese Seamen being at that time scarce, especially able ones, great encouragement was given to all strangers that would enter into the Service. When all things were prepared, this sightly Squadron set Sail in the Year

1681, and arrived safe at the Port of Villafranca in Savoy, expecting there to take the Duke of Savoy on board.* 1.244 In the mean time all things were preparing at Lisbon, with the greatest splendor imaginable for his reception. Triumphal Arches were built, extraordinary bull Feasts contrived, and all the Gentry strove to outvie one ano∣ther (even to the ruin of their Estates and empoverishing their Families) in Gallantry. Yet all these mighty pre∣parations were cast away, for when it was thought the Duke would have gone aboard the Fleet, he at first be∣gan to delay and protract time, and after deluding them in this sort as long as he could, he at last positively broke•• off the Match. His subjects had always been averse to it, and that with good cause, as being unwil∣ling to part with their Soveraign without hope of ever seeing him again, as going to leave them for a Crown; and then if he should return, it must be with dishonour, as being disappointed of the End for which he left them. These considerations had at last prevailed upon his Mother, his Council, and himself, to alter their resolu∣tions, so that tho' the Articles of the marriage had been ratified on both sides, and so great an expence made towards the comsummating of it, all that had been done was dissolved and came to nothing. The Fleet returned to Lisbon with small satisfaction, and found as little there either at the Court for the affront put upon it, or in the City for the extravagant and useless expence it had been put to. This was the End of the de∣signed marriage of the Infanta with the Duke of Savoy.

The year 1683, put an End to the long sufferings of the most unfortunate Alphonso the 6th King of Portugal.* 1.245 He dyed on the 12th of December, at the Castle of Cin∣tra, in the Fortieth year of his Age, and 16th of his imprisonment. It is impossible to give a just character of him, fear of offending the prevailing party having stopt the mouths of his Loyal Servants and Friends, who best knew and would speak honourably of him, and there being no credit to be given to the slanders of his adversaries, whose chief care it ever was to reproach his person, and blacken his Actions. And this per∣haps is the greatest of calamities Kings are subject to, that their misfortunes do not terminate with their Lives, for never Prince was yet dethroned tho' never so bar∣barously, but his memory was also rendred odious to

prosperity, by all the Arts that malice could invent, because prevailing wrong could not subsist but under the colour of Right, and to defame justice oppressed, is to flatter and support iniquity Reigning. To say King Alphonso had no vices, were to say he was not man, yet to make them so enormous, as some would have them believed, were only to vouch for malice, and counte∣nance disloyalty. Through the course of his Reign, that is, whilst he was in power, there appears none of his actions that have been urged against him, tho' aggravated with the most malicious circumstances, which have not been seen in thousands of Subjects and yet passed unpu∣nished, either as without the reach of the Law, or excu∣sed as the effects of extravagant Youth. For his judg∣ment, as it could not be expected to be so solid at his Years, as in a riper Age, so neither can it be found by his words, or deportment that he was any way defective therein. And lastly as to his impotency in regard to pro∣creation, that, if true, could have been no lessening of his personal right to government, but it is so far from be∣ing certain, that I have heard several persons affirm they knew his illegitimate issue, whose mothers if they durst, would upon Oath confirm the assertion. But there is no∣thing so certain, as that Portugal never was more suc∣cessful both by Sea and Land than under this government, for under him were obtained four of the greatest victories against the Spaniards, which produced the Peace, the glo∣ry whereof was ascribed to his brother, who had done nothing to purchase it. And if any object that those Triumphs were due to the Generals, we must deprive all King's of the glory of warlike Exploits, who do not actually Command their Armies in person, besides that it is no small honour to him that he chose such Counsel∣lors as could direct, and such generals as knew how to act so much for his advantage. And as for the maritine affairs greater Fleets came home yearly from India and Brazil, and far lesser losses were sustained by Ship-wrack during his Reign than in many years after. This may suffice in some measure to do right to the memory of this unhappy Prince. Yet it may not be ungrateful to add one word more, touching certain words reported to have been spoken of him just before his death. The closeness of his confinement, and the danger of reporting his words abroad by those who heard them, is the cause that we

cannot be so positive in this particular therefore I do not avouch it for a certain known truth, but as a rumour whis∣pered about where People durst speake. It is said of him that when he was in the last agony, and as it were brea∣thing his last, he should say, I am now going, but it will not be long before the Queen shall follow me, to give an account before the dreadful tribunal of the wrong she has done me. As I do not averr this for a certainty, so it is very observable the said Queen outlived him but a very short time,* 1.246 that is, only three months and a few days. Her death was on the 27th of December, of the same year 1683, and since there is little to be said in her commendation, it will be better to be altogether silent than to make reflections upon the dead.

King Peter II. now seated on the Throne of Portugal,* 1.247 by the Death of his Brother, received the Compliments of all Forreign Princes upon his accession to the Crown. In the Year 1684. and the first of the new King's Reign, D. Francis de Tavora, being Vice-Roy of India, the City Goa, the Capital of all the Portuguese Con∣quests in those parts was besieged with a mighty Army by the Raja Savagi an Indian Prince,* 1.248 who took part with the eldest Son of the Great Mogul,* 1.249 Aurenge Zeb, then in Rebellion against his Father. The Inhabitants defended themselves with Resolution, and sent to ac∣quaint Aurenge Zeb, with the danger they were in up∣on his Account, praying Relief. He presently comman∣ded his second Son to march with an Army of 100000 Foot, and 80000 Horse, and a great Train of Artillery to their Succour. Upon the approach of this mighty Army,* 1.250 the Raja raised his Siege and departed, in his way destroying all the Country about Goa. The Siege being raised, the young Prince sent to assure the Portu∣gueses, that his Father would be always ready to assist them against their Enemies. They in return, sent a solemn Ambassy to the Mogul, by whom a setled Friend∣ship was established with that great Monarch. The King having long continued a Widdower, and having no Issue, but only one Daughter, was earnestly pressed by his Subjects to Marry to secure the Succession. Hereupon, by the advice of his Council, he resolved to demand in Marriage one of the Daughters of the E∣lector Palatine, and accordingly in the Month of October 1686, he named the Count de Villar Mayor, his

Ambassador Extraordinary to that Elector upon this occasion, who set forward in December following, for Heydelberg, where he arrived in the beginning of the Year 1687, with a very splendid Retinue. In June he made his publick Entry, which was extraordinary mag∣nificent, and the next day after he had Audience, in which he demanded of the Elector, his Daughter, the Princess Mary Sophia in Marriage, for the King his Ma∣ster. At the same time, in complyance to the Request of the King of Portugal, a Squadron of Men of War was fitted out in England, and sailed under the com∣mand of the Duke of Grafton to Rotterdam, there to take aboard the new Queen, and conduct her to Lisbon. On the 8th. of July, the Ceremony of the Marriage was performed at Heydelberg, on the 10th. the Queen set out on her Journey towards Rotterdam, on the 27th. she went aboard the English Squadron,* 1.251 at the Briel, and on the 11th. of August,* 1.252 arrived in the River of Lisbon. That same day the King went aboard to receive the Queen, and conducted her ashore, where the Marriage was consummated the same Night. The exact Neutrality which Portugal has observed during the late Wars, which have harrassed and exhausted the greatest part of Europe, is the cause there is nothing worthy our Observation to add relating to that Kingdom. Only this may be ob∣served, that as the War has improverished other States, so they by continuing in Peace, have vastly enriched themselves, and so improved their Maritime Strength, that they have at this Present, near 100 Sea-Men, for one they had 20 Years ago, for now they Trade in their own Vessels to all parts of Europe, whereas at that time, all their Commodities were transported upon For∣reign Bottoms. And moreover their own particular Trade to their Plantations in America, and to India is vastly augmented. Such are the Fruits of Peace, espe∣cially when other Nations sink under the Calamities of War. To conclude, there remains nothing more, but to set down the Royal Issue of Portugal. The Present King Peter II. on the 11th. of August, 1687. as was said before, marryed Mary Sophia, Princess of Newburg. He had issue by her, first John, born in 1689, and dy∣ed the same Year. Secondly, another John, born in 1690. Thirdly, Francis born, 1691. Fourthly, Louisa, born in 1694. And lastly, Emanuel born in 1697.

FINIS.

Notes

• * 1.1

  1640.
• * 1.2

  The Con∣dition of Portugal.
• * 1.3

  Margaret of Savoy Dutchess of Mantua, Governs Portugal.
• * 1.4

  Only the Duke of Braganza could give the Spani∣ards Jea∣lousie.
• * 1.5

  The People of Evora Mutiny.
• * 1.6

  The Duke of Braganza refuses to go into Ca∣stile.
• * 1.7

  The Duke made Ge∣neral.
• * 1.8

  The Duke in his Pro∣gress lays the Foun∣dation of his future Greatness.
• * 1.9

  Pinto, the Duke's A∣gent, Con∣spires with some of the Nobility.
• * 1.10

  The Conspi∣rators in∣censed, re∣solve to put their De∣signs in execution.
• * 1.11

  The Duke visits the Vice-Queen
• * 1.12

  The Conspi∣rators De∣puties con∣fer with the Duke at Almada
• * 1.13

  The Prime Minister of Spain re∣solves to draw the Duke out of Portugal.
• * 1.14

  1640.
• * 1.15

  The Duke's Arts in re∣fusing.
• * 1.16

  The Conspi∣rators con∣trive how to incense the Citi∣zens of Lisbon a∣gainst the Spaniards.
• * 1.17

  The Duke presses the Execution of the Con∣spiracy.
• * 1.18

  The Conspi∣rators meet and execute their De∣sign.
• * 1.19

  The Vice-Queen and others seized.
• * 1.20

  All Pro∣ceedings ordered to run in the Name of D. John, King of Portugal.
• * 1.21

  The Citadel taken from the Spa∣niards.
• * 1.22

  Three Spa∣nish Gale∣ons seized in the River of Lisbon.
• * 1.23

  The Duke proclaimed King in the Towns of his Depen∣dance.
• * 1.24

  The whole Kingdom follows the Example of Lisbon.
• * 1.25

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 St. Ju∣lian, at the Mouth of the River, taken.
• * 1.26

  How the News of his revolt•• was received in Spain.
• * 1.27

  New Go∣vernours placed in the Fron∣tiers.
• * 1.28

  Ambassa∣dors sent to all the Courts of Europe.
• * 1.29

  The Bish••p of Lame∣go, going Ambassa∣dor•• to Rome, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the Spaniards.
• * 1.30

  King John Proclaim∣ed in India.
• * 1.31

  A Cessation of Arms with the Dutch.
• * 1.32

  A Conspira∣cy against the New King, disco∣vered.
• * 1.33

  The princi∣pal Conspi∣rators seized and punished.
• * 1.34

  Several Military expeditions.
• * 1.35

  Other War like ex∣ploits.
• * 1.36

  The Duke of Medi∣na Sidoni∣a, being su∣spected in Spain, Challenges King John.
• * 1.37

  The Portu∣guese Am∣bassador at Rome.
• * 1.38

  The Island Terzera reduced.
• * 1.39

  Forreign Alliances concluded.
• * 1.40

  The Pro∣gress of the War in the Province of Alentejo.
• * 1.41

  Other Mi∣litary Acti∣ons.
• * 1.42

  Alliances in Africa and Asia.
• * 1.43

  Military Action in the Pro∣vince of Tralos Montes.
• * 1.44

  In the Pro∣vince of Beira.
• * 1.45

  The Cortes or Parlia∣ment held.
• * 1.46

  A Conspi∣racy to seize Carthage∣na, disco∣vered; and the Portu∣gueses se∣cured.
• * 1.47

  The Secre∣tary Fran∣cis Luce∣na, put to Death upon account of a suppo∣sed Conspi∣racy.
• * 1.48

  King John rewards those that suffered for the Conspi∣racy at Carthage∣••••.
• * 1.49

  The King of Spain's Favourite disgraced.
• * 1.50

  Several Persons suf∣fered Mar∣tyrdom in Japan.
• * 1.51

  The Portu∣guese Am∣bassador at Rome not being ad∣mitted, re∣turns home.
• * 1.52

  Great Pre∣parations both in Spain and Portugal.
• * 1.53

  The Por∣tuguese ar∣my in E∣stremadu∣ra.
• * 1.54

  The Spa∣nish Forces defeated.
• * 1.55

  A sham Conspiracy.
• * 1.56

  The Affairs of Ameri∣ca.
• * 1.57

  The Dutch contrary to Faith gi∣ven, take several places in India.
• * 1.58

  Actions in the Pro∣vince of A∣lentejo.
• * 1.59

  The Spa∣nish Army on the Por∣tuguese Frontiers.
• * 1.60

  The War in the Provin∣ces betwixt Duero and Minho, and Tralos Montes.
• * 1.61

  Actions of John Fer∣nandez Vieyra in Brazil a∣gainst the Dutch.
• * 1.62

  Faithless proceedings of the Dutch in Brazil.
• * 1.63

  The Portu∣gueses ra∣vage the Frontiers of Estrema∣dura.
• * 1.64

  The same from the Province of Beira.
• * 1.65

  The Portu∣gueses take Codisseira.
• * 1.66

  They At∣tempt Ba∣dajoz.
• * 1.67

  Actions in the Pro∣vince of Beira.
• * 1.68

  Both sides cease from Hostilities.
• * 1.69

  Portugues Affairs at Rome.
• * 1.70

  Of Ed∣ward Bro∣ther to King John
• * 1.71

  The Cortes or Parlia∣ment meet.
• * 1.72

  The War in Brazil.
• * 1.73

  The Dutch in Brasil receive Succors.
• * 1.74

  Affairs in Africk and India.
• * 1.75

  Several Enterprises on the Fron∣tiers of A∣lentejo.
• * 1.76

  Actions be∣twixt the Rivers Du∣ero and Minho.
• * 1.77

  A Design to Murder King John.
• * 1.78

  Negotiati∣ons at seve∣ral Courts.
• * 1.79

  Prosecution of the War in Brazil.
• * 1.80

  How things stood in A∣frick and India.
• * 1.81

  The Spani∣ards Be∣siege Oli∣venza without success.
• * 1.82

  Birth of King John's Son Peter▪ now Reigning. Negociati∣ons in France and Rome.
• * 1.83

  Success of the Portu∣gueses a∣gainst the Dutch in Brazil.
• * 1.84

  The Dutch beaten out of Angola in Africk.
• * 1.85

  Africk and India.
• * 1.86

  Count St. Lorenzo his Actions in Alente∣jo.
• * 1.87

  D. James de Lima, Governour of the Pro∣vince be∣twixt Due∣ro and Minho.
• * 1.88

  D. Rode∣rick de Ca∣stro in the Province of Beira.
• * 1.89

  The Dutch prepare to make War upon Por∣tugal.
• * 1.90

  Progress of the Portu∣guese A〈…〉〈…〉s in Brazil.
• * 1.91

  Tangier and India.
• * 1.92

  The Prin∣ces Rupert and Mau∣rice, fly to Lisbon, from the English, and are protected.
• * 1.93

  Small in∣cursions made by the Spani∣ards.
• * 1.94

  The Princes Rupert and Mau∣rice, with a Portu∣guese Squadron put to Sea, and return without fighting.
• * 1.95

  Proceedings of several Ambassa∣dors.
• * 1.96

  The War in Brazil pro∣secuted.
• * 1.97

  Tangier and India.
• * 1.98

  Enterprizes on the Fron∣tiers of A∣lentejo.
• * 1.99

  The Vis∣count de Villa Pou¦ca, burns two Towns in Galicia.
• * 1.100

  Negotiati∣ons in For∣reign Courts.
• * 1.101

  Francis Barreto prosecutes the War in Brazil.
• * 1.102

  Tangier and India.
• * 1.103

  The Prince made Cap∣tain Gene∣ral of all the Forces in Portu∣gal.
• * 1.104

  Some Acti∣ons in Bei∣ra.
• * 1.105

  Endea∣vours used for obtain∣ing Bishops, but in vain.
• * 1.106

  Francis Barreto, his further Actions in Brazil.
• * 1.107

  The Spani∣ards try the Governour of Tangier, without success.
• * 1.108

  The Affairs of India.
• * 1.109

  The War proceeds coldly on both sides.
• * 1.110

  Prince Theodosi-the Kings Eldest Son dyes.
• * 1.111

  The Portu∣guese Em∣bassadors brother, be∣headed for murder in England.
• * 1.112

  Francis Barreto holds the Dutch closely be∣sieged in Brazil.
• * 1.113

  D. Rode∣rick de Al∣encastre defeats a party of Moores at Tanier.
• * 1.114

  War in In∣dia with the Dutch.
• * 1.115

  Oliva ta∣ken by the Portugue∣ses.
• * 1.116

  The Spani∣ards carry off a great Booty.
• * 1.117

  Some Per∣sons appre∣hended up∣on a false Informati∣on of their correspon∣ding with Castile.
• * 1.118

  Francis Barreto turns his Blocade at Arrecise into a for∣mal Siege.
• * 1.119

  The War in India un∣successfull to Portu∣gal.
• * 1.120

  Very small matter this Year of martial Exploits.
• * 1.121

  Small in∣cursions in Be••••••a.
• * 1.122

  A do••ble pi••ce of Treachery.
• * 1.123

  Nothing of moment done in for∣reign courts, or at Tan∣gier.
• * 1.124

  Considera∣ble losses of the Portu∣gueses in India.
• * 1.125

  No milita∣ry Exploits of moment this Year.
• * 1.126

  Negotiati∣ons abroad.
• * 1.127

  The Count de Ericeyra succeeds D. Roderick de Castro, in the Go∣vernment of Tangier.
• * 1.128

  The King's last Sick∣ness and Death.
• * 1.129

  His Wife and Issue.
• * 1.130

  The Portu∣gueses a••¦temptin•• Barcarota are repul∣sed with loss.
• * 1.131

  The Duke of St. Ger∣man the Spanish Generall besieges O∣livenza.
• * 1.132

  The Por∣guese gene∣rall endea∣vours to draw away the Spanish Army from Olivenza by giving a diversion.
• * 1.133

  Moron surrendred.
• * 1.134

  The Queen prepares to invade Ca∣stile.
• * 1.135

  The Por∣tuguese Army lays Siege to Fort St. Christo∣pher near Badajoz.
• * 1.136

  The Siege raised from before the Castle, and layed to Ba∣dajoz.
• * 1.137

  The Spa∣nish Army advances to relieve Badajoz.
• * 1.138

  The Battle of Elvas.
• * 1.139

  The Spani∣ards de∣feated.
• * 1.140

  No Warlike exploits for two Years.
• * 1.141

  Peace be∣twixt France and Spain.
• * 1.142

  D. John of Austria with the Spanish Army, in∣vades Por∣tugal.
• * 1.143

  He takes Aronches.
• * 1.144

  The Por∣tuguese Horse un∣der Count Schom∣berg, rou∣ted near Badajoz.
• * 1.145

  D. John of Austria takes Al∣conchel.
• * 1.146

  Catherine Infanta of Portugal married to King Ch. the II▪ of England.
• * 1.147

  D. John of Austria burns and plunders the Country.
• * 1.148

  He takes and raises Villabuim.
• * 1.149

  Borba de∣livered to him.
• * 1.150

  Jurumen∣ha beseiged by D. John.
• * 1.151

  Jurumen∣ha surren∣dred.
• * 1.152

  He 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Crato.
• * 1.153

  King Al∣fonso takes upon him the Govern∣ment.
• * 1.154

  D. John of Austria in Portu∣gal, with an Army of 21000 Men.
• * 1.155

  Ebora, be∣sieged by D. John.
• * 1.156

  Ebora delivered to D. John.
• * 1.157

  The Por∣tuguese General Count de Villaflor, ordered to relieve E∣bora.
• * 1.158

  A mutiny at Lisbon for the loss of Ebora.
• * 1.159

  D. John. marches out of Ebora to give the Portu∣gueses bat∣tle.
• * 1.160

  The battle of Ebora.
• * 1.161

  D. John of Austria defeated.
• * 1.162

  The Count de Villa∣flor reco∣vers Ebo∣ra.
• * 1.163

  D. John atttempts Elvas, but is re∣presed.
• * 1.164

  The Duke of Ossuna builds, a Fort not far from Almeida.
• * 1.165

  The Count de Castan∣hed•• be∣sieges Va••lencia, de Acant••••••.
• * 1.166

  Valencia taken by the Portu∣guese Ge∣neral.
• * 1.167

  The Duke of Ossuna ass••ults Ca∣stel Rodri∣go, and is repulsed.
• * 1.168

  The Duke overthrown by Peter Jaques de Magalla∣ens.
• * 1.169

  A Body of Spanish Horse rou∣ted.
• * 1.170

  The Mar∣quess of Caracena General of the Spani∣ards.
• * 1.171

  The Mar∣quess of Caracena, besieges Villavicio∣sa.
• * 1.172

  The Count de Castanhe∣da the Por¦tugueses General, advances to relieve Vil∣laviciosa.
• * 1.173

  The Battle of Monte∣sclaros.
• * 1.174

  The Spa∣nish Army totally rou∣ted.
• * 1.175

  King Phi∣lip of Spain's Death.
• * 1.176

  A word concerning the follow∣ing Sheets.
• * 1.177

  The source of King Alphon∣so's Mis∣fortunes.
• * 1.178

  The Count de Ode∣mira Go∣vernor to the young King. His 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 1.179

  The Queens Ambition, and Diffe∣rences be∣twixt the two Bro∣thers.
• * 1.180

  Slanders cast upon the King.
• * 1.181

  The Queen sets up the Infante a∣gainst the King.
• * 1.182

  The Council combine with the Queen.
• * 1.183

  The faction seize Conti the Kings favourite in the King's appartment and send him to Bra∣zil.
• * 1.184

  Count Ca∣stelmelhor succeeds in the King's Favour.
• * 1.185

  The King resolves to take the Govern∣ment upon him.
• * 1.186

  She is at length for∣ced to re∣sign.
• * 1.187

  She pre∣tends to retire, but stays at Court in hopes to wrest the Power from her Son.
• * 1.188

  Count Ca∣stelmel∣hor rises,
• * 1.189

  Those that affronted the King in the Per∣son of Con∣ti banish∣ed.
• * 1.190

  The Queen Infante, and their party hold Consultati∣ons against the King.
• * 1.191

  The Queen at last for∣ced to re∣tire.
• * 1.192

  The King grows more loose in his Life.
• * 1.193

  Conti re∣called from Brazil.
• * 1.194

  But bani∣shed the Court.
• * 1.195

  Conti pri∣vately meets the King.
• * 1.196

  A conspira∣cy against the King discovered and merci∣fully puni∣nished.
• * 1.197

  The Counts brother fa∣vourite to th•• Infante.
• * 1.198

  The Infante counterfeits a Religious Life to gain followers.
• * 1.199

  A match concluded for the King.
• * 1.200

  The Queen motherdyes.
• * 1.201

  The Infan∣te grows discontent∣ed, and the King jealous.
• * 1.202

  The Infante enraged a∣gainst Count Castelmel∣hor.
• * 1.203

  Strange show of af∣fection be∣twixt the Infante, and the Queen.
• * 1.204

  Motives of the Queens Aversion to the King.
• * 1.205

  1667.
• * 1.206

  The Queen and Infan∣te's Party increases.
• * 1.207

  The In∣fante open∣ly espouses the Queens quarrel.
• * 1.208

  The Facti∣on level a∣gainst the Favourite.
• * 1.209

  The King offers the Infante Satisfacti∣on.
• * 1.210

  The Coun∣cil and Magistrates of Lisbon combine with the Infante.
• * 1.211

  The King fearing the faction, of∣fers to compound with the Infante.
• * 1.212

  Lisbon mutinies at the instiga∣tion of the Nobility.
• * 1.213

  The Queen assists the Infante.
• * 1.214

  The Count withdraws.
• * 1.215

  The King in great per∣plexity.
• * 1.216

  The Infante resolves to proceed.
• * 1.217

  The King betrayed by the Queen.
• * 1.218

  The King makes choice of Antony de Sousa de Macedo in the place of the Count.
• * 1.219

  The Queen's undecent behaviour towards the King.
• * 1.220

  The In∣fante heads the Rabble.
• * 1.221

  Antony de Sousa, and Emanuel Antunes the remain∣ing Friends of the King forced to fly.
• * 1.222

  The King abandoned by all Men.
• * 1.223

  The King forced by his Ene∣mies to call the Assem∣bly of the States.
• * 1.224

  He designs to fly to the Arm••▪ but is prevented by his Bro∣ther.
• * 1.225

  The Queen knowing the King would be deposed flies to a Mona∣stery.
• * 1.226

  Insolent words of the Mar∣quess de Cascae••▪ 〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.227

  Alphonso resolutely denies to resign the Crown.
• * 1.228

  The Infan∣te heads the multi∣tude, and sets upon the King, and ex••orts from him an instru¦ment of Resignati∣on.
• * 1.229

  The Cortes meet.
• * 1.230

  The Queen presses to have Peter declared King. He is received as Regent.
• * 1.231

  1668.
• * 1.232

  Peace with Spain.
• * 1.233

  The Mar∣riage of the King and Queen de∣clared null.
• * 1.234

  The In∣fante mar∣ries the Queen.
• * 1.235

  1669.
• * 1.236

  King Al∣phonso sent prisoner to the Island Tercera.
• * 1.237

  He is brought back and confined to the Castle of Cintra.
• * 1.238

  Birth of the Infante Mary Frances.
• * 1.239

  1677.
• * 1.240

  A Portu∣guese Colony at Rio de la Plata in America, destroyed by the Spani∣ards.
• * 1.241

  The dif∣ference ad∣justed.
• * 1.242

  1680.
• * 1.243

  A match concluded betwixt the Infanta and the Duke of Savoy.
• * 1.244

  The Match broke off.
• * 1.245

  Death of King Al∣phonso.
• * 1.246

  The Queens death.
• * 1.247

  King Peter upon the death of his brother, succeeds in his Throne.
• * 1.248

  1684.
• * 1.249

  Goa besie∣ged by the Indians.
• * 1.250

  The siege. raised.
• * 1.251

  1687.
• * 1.252

  King Peter Marries the Princess of New∣burg.